Upload
pita-kemboi
View
623
Download
22
Tags:
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Alcatel-Lucent GSM
PM Counters
OMC Document
Reference Guide
Release B10
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
Status RELEASED
Short title PM Counters
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, useand communication of its contents not permitted without writtenauthorization from Alcatel-Lucent.
BLANK PAGE BREAK
2 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
Contents
Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71.1 Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81.2 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91.3 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571.4 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 792.1 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 973.1 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
4 BSC-TYPE 4 - Resource usage on SDCCH channel measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1034.1 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1044.2 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1075.1 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1085.2 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1156.1 Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1166.2 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
7.1 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1747.2 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1807.3 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1838.1 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1848.2 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
9.1 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1909.2 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2039.3 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21310.1 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21410.2 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
11.1 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
12 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24512.1 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24612.2 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
13 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25713.1 Adjacency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
14 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26714.1 Adjacency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
15.1 Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32316.1 Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 3 / 1256
Contents
17 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34917.1 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35017.2 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35518.1 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35618.2 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
19 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41119.1 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
20 BSC-TYPE 33 - Electro-Magnetic Emission counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42120.1 Electro-Magnetic Emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42521.1 Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42621.2 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42821.3 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43721.4 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44722.1 – . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44822.2 Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45722.3 Quality of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54222.4 Resource Availability & Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61422.5 Traffic Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
23 BSC-TYPE 180 - 2G Traffic flow measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70323.1 Adjacency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
24 MFS-GPRS Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
24.1 Quality of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70824.2 Resource availability and usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90924.3 Traffic load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1079
25 MFS-LCS Counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121725.1 Quality of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121825.2 Traffic load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1240
4 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
Preface
Preface
Purpose The PM Counters include description of:
GSM Counters
GPRS Counters
LCS Counters.
What’s New In Edition 07This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 09rland from the MFS Counters database edition 06rl.In Edition 06This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 08rland from the MFS Counters database edition 05rl.In Edition 05This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 08rland from the MFS Counters database edition 02rl.In Edition 04This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 07rland from the MFS Counters database edition 02rl.In Edition 03This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 04rland from the MFS Counters database edition 02rl.In Edition 02This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 03rland from the MFS Counters database edition 02rl.
In Edition 01First official release of document.
This document was generated from the BSC Counters database edition 02rland from the MFS Counters database edition 02rl.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 5 / 1256
Preface
Audience This manual is designed for Operations & Maintenance Center-Radio (OMC-R)users, O&M technicians and system designers.
Assumed Knowledge Not applicable.
6 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 7 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.1 Handover
1.1.1 TCH
1.1.1.1 Outgoing
1.1.1.1.1 –
1.1.1.1.1.1 C710 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_REQ_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_REQ_TRX
Definition Nb of TCH outgoing handover requests, per TRX. Intracell, internal intercelland external handovers are counted together. This counter takes into accounthandovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into accountDTM Assignments.MC710 = C710
Trigger condition 1) Intracell HO: Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handoverprocedure starts an intra cell TCH handover procedure.2) Internal intercell HO:Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure selects atarget cell (among a list of target cells) for internal inter cell TCH handover.3)External HO: Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED message is sent onA interface to the MSC. If more than one 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED issent in the frame of the same Handover procedure, the counter is incrementedonly once.48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED is sent in following situations:1) Anexternal handover alarm has been raised, with corresponding list of candidatecells.2) The list of candidate cells for the current alarm has been updated.Note:This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
8 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2 Quality of Service
1.2.1 Directed Retry
1.2.1.1 Internal
1.2.1.1.1 Success
1.2.1.1.1.1 C717a - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_TRX
Long Name NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_TRX
Definition Number of incoming directed retry (towards a TCH channel in HR or FR usage)successes, per TRX.MC717a = C717a
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abisinterface from the target cell for a TCH channel involved in an internal directedretry procedure.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 9 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.2 Established Phase
1.2.2.1 SDCCH
1.2.2.1.1 Failure
1.2.2.1.1.1 C137 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB
Long Name NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB
Definition MC137=C137, Number of SDCCH drops in SDCCH established phase due toBSS problem.It may happen that several causes of failures mentioned beloware detected consecutively. In that case, the counter will only be incrementedonce, as soon as the call is released.
Trigger condition 1) LapD failure detected during the stable phase of an SDCCH transaction.2)SDCCH was released due to 48.058 ERROR REPORT with any cause valuebeing received during the stable phase of an SDCCH transaction.3) TelecomSupervisory module caused the call to be cleared.4) SDCCH was released dueto 0180 CLEAR_CMD message being received from BSSAPduring the stablephase of an SDCCH transaction : O&M has disabled the DTC
Sub Domain 1 Established Phase
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
10 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.2.1.1.2 C138 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF
Long Name NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF
Definition Number of SDCCH drops on SDCCH established phase due to radio link failure(radio link timeout or Lapdm timer expiry).
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with acause value of "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for an SDCCHchannel.2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received onAbis interface and leads to a loss of channel.
Sub Domain 1 Established Phase
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 11 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.2.2 TCH
1.2.2.2.1 Failure
1.2.2.2.1.1 C14c - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops in TCH established phase due toBSS problem.It may happen that several causes of failures mentioned beloware detected consecutively. In that case, the counter will only be incrementedonce, as soon as the call is released.This counter takes into account TCH intraffic or in signaling mode. It is not incremented in case of TCH drop during anormal assignment, a handover or a DTM assignment.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 ERROR REPORT message with a cause value of "O&Mintervention" is received on Abis interface after TCH seizure and leads to a lossof call.2) Whenever a 48.058 ERROR REPORT message on SAPI 0 with acause value of "message sequence error" is received on Abis interface after TCHseizure and leads to a loss of call.3) Whenever a LAPD failure is reported to theLayer 3 of the BSC (for an RSL supporting a TCH transaction after successfulTCH seizure) and leads to a loss of call.4) Whenever a TCH call release isinitiated by the BSS O&M FAULT MANAGEMENT application part or by the BSSTELECOM application part as the result of a system defense action which maybe due to BSS equipment failures external to the BSC (e.g. RSL failure or CUrecovery failure), or due to BSC internal hardware problems (e.g. TCU failureor DTC failure) or due to BSC internal software problems (e.g. inconsistenciesdetected between software modules or lack of software resources (memory,timer reference, file reference...) or communication problems between differentprocessor boards).Notes : 1. TCH call releases which are due to O&M operatoractions on BTS or BSC should not be counted. Indeed, in case of numerousfailures due to O&M commands, this counter will overestimate failures whichare due to problems which are internal to the BSS.However, due to the currentimplementation which does not allow to be aware of the origin of the failure,O&M operator actions will also be counted. 2. It may happen that the countercan not be incremented since it is implemented within the faulty entity.
Sub Domain 1 Established Phase
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
12 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.2.2.1.2 C162a - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_RLF
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_RLF
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops in TCH DTAP established phase dueto radio link failure (radio link timeout or Lapdm timer expiry).After an externalhandover, the target BSC considers that the CONNECT ACK has not alreadybeen received.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message witha cause value of "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCHchannel (after successful DTAP establishment).2) Whenever an 48.058 ERRORINDICATION message is received on Abis interface and leads to a loss of call.
Sub Domain 1 Established Phase
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 13 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.2.2.1.3 C162b - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops in TCH DTAP established phase dueto BSS problem.It may happen that several causes of failures mentioned beloware detected consecutively. In that case, the counter will only be incrementedonce, as soon as the call is released.After an external handover, the target BSCconsiders that the CONNECT ACK has not already been received.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR REPORT message with a cause value of "O&Mintervention" is received on Abis interface after TCH seizure and leads to a lossof call.2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR REPORT message on SAPI 0 with acause value of "message sequence error" is received on Abis interface afterTCHDTAP establishment and leads to a loss of call.3) Whenever a LAPD failureis reported to the Layer 3 of the BSC (for an RSL supporting a TCH transactionafter successful TCH seizure) and leads to a loss of call.4) Whenever a TCHcall release is initiated by the BSS O&M FAULT MANAGEMENT application partor by the BSS TELECOM application part as the result of a system defenseaction which may be due to BSS equipment failures external to the BSC (e.g.RSL failure or CU recovery failure), or due to BSC internal hardware problems(e.g. TCU failure or DTC failure) or due to BSC internal software problems(e.g. inconsistencies detected between software modules or lack of softwareresources (memory, timer reference, file reference...) or communicationproblems between different processor boards).Notes : 1. TCH call releaseswhich are due to O&M operator actions on BTS or BSC should not be counted.Indeed, in case of numerous failures due to O&M commands, this counterwill overestimate failures which are due to problems which are internal to theBSS.However, due to the current implementation which does not allow to beaware of the origin of the failure, O&M operator actions will also be counted. 2.It may happen that the counter can not be incremented since it is implementedwithin the faulty entity.
Sub Domain 1 Established Phase
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
14 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.2.2.1.4 C162c - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops in TCH DTAP established phasedue to remote transcoder failure. This counter is not concerned by the channelchange procedure.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with acause value of "remote transcoder failure" is received on Abis interface for aTCH channel (for an established call).
Sub Domain 1 Established Phase
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 15 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.2.2.1.5 C736 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF_TRX
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops in TCH established phase dueto radio link failure (radio link timeout or Lapdm timer expiry), per TRX. Thiscounter takes into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.MC736 = C736
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message witha cause value of "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCHchannel (after successful seizure).2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATIONmessage is received on Abis interface and leads to a loss of call.
Sub Domain 1 Established Phase
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
16 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.2.2.1.6 C739 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL_TRX
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops in TCH established phase due toremote transcoder failures (per TRX).
Trigger condition The counter is incremented whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILUREINDICATION message with cause "Remote Transcoder Failure" is receivedon Abis interface for an established TCH connection. The BSC considers aTCH connection as "established" once a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETEmessage (in case of normal assignments or an internal intra-cell handovers) ora 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message (in case of an internal inter-cellincoming HO or an external inter-cell incomingHO) has been received for theTCH connection.Note 1: MC739 = C739.Note 2: The counter is incrementedonly once per established TCH connection. Thus, even if the BTS sends several48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION messages with cause "RemoteTranscoder Failure" for a particular established TCH connection, BSC willincrement the counter only once for that connection."
Sub Domain 1 Established Phase
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 17 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.3 Handover
1.2.3.1 SDCCH
1.2.3.1.1 Failure
1.2.3.1.1.1 C07 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_OUT_HO
Long Name NB_SDCCH_DROP_OUT_HO
Definition MC07=C07, Number of SDCCH drops during any outgoing SDCCH handover.
Trigger condition Internal inter-cell SDCCH handover: whenever the timer supervising thehandover procedure (T3103) expires.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
18 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.3.1.2 Success
1.2.3.1.2.1 C03 - NB_OUT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Definition MC03=C03, Number of outgoing SDCCH handover (any kind) successes.
Trigger condition External SDCCH handover in the following cases:1/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND(cause= "handover successful") is received on the serving BSC.2/ 48.008CLEAR COMMAND (cause= "normal event/call control") received while T8 isrunning.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handoverevents.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 19 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.3.1.2.2 C10 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Definition MC10=C10, Number of incoming SDCCH handover (any kind) successes.
Trigger condition Internal inter-cell or external SDCCH handover: whenever a 44.018 HANDOVERCOMPLETE message is received on Abis interface from the target cell foran SDCCH Sub-channel.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN andintra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
20 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.3.2 TCH
1.2.3.2.1 Failure
1.2.3.2.1.1 C14a - NB_TCH_DROP_HO_PREP_EXEC_FAIL_BSS_PB
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_HO_PREP_EXEC_FAIL_BSS_PB
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops due to BSS problem during any TCHhandover preparation and execution phases.This counter is incremented on thecell on which the problem occurs(In the case of internal inter-cell handovers,it is not incremented on both serving and target cell). For problems that arenot related to a specific cell, the counter related to the serving cell will beincremented.It may happen that several causes of failures mentioned beloware detected consecutively. In that case, the counter will only be incrementedonce, as soon as the handover procedure fails. This counter takes into accounthandovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 21 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
Trigger condition 1) Whenever the BSC receives on Abis interface from the target cell negativeacknowledgment to the TCH channel activation involved in the handoverprocedure.2) Whenever the timer supervising the Channel Activation procedure(T9103) expires on the target cell during activation of a TCH channel involved inthe handover procedure.3) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR REPORT messagewith a cause value of "O&M intervention" is received on Abis interface fromeither the serving or the target cell during the external or internal inter-cellhandover procedure and leads to a transaction failure.4) Whenever an 48.058ERROR REPORT message with a cause value of "O&M intervention" isreceived on Abis interface on either the old or the new channel during theinternal intra-cell handover procedure and leads to a transaction failure.5)Whenever an 48.058 ERROR REPORT message on SAPI 0 with a cause valueof "message sequence error" is received on Abis interface from the servingcell between the sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message andthe reception of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACKNOWLEDGMENTduring the internal inter-cell TCH handover and leads to a transaction failure.6)Whenever an 48.058 ERROR REPORT message on SAPI 0 with a cause valueof "message sequence error" is received on Abis interface on the old channelbetween the sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message and thereception of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACKNOWLEDGE during theinternal intra-cell TCH handover and leads to a transaction failure.7) Whenevera LAPD failure related to either serving or target cell is reported to the Layer 3of the BSC (for an RSL supporting a TCH transaction for handover purpose)and leads to a transaction failure.8) Whenever an TCH handover abortion isinitiated by the BSS O&M FAULT MANAGEMENT application part or by the BSSTELECOM application part as the result of a system defense action which maybe due to BSS equipment failures external to the BSC (e.g. RSL failure or CUrecovery failure), or due to BSC internal hardware problems (e.g. TCU failureor DTC failure) or due to BSC internal software problems (e.g. inconsistenciesdetected between software modules or lack of software resources (memory,timer reference, file reference...) or communication problems between differentprocessor boards).9) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATIONmessage with a cause value of "remote transcoder failure" is received on Abisinterface from the old channel between the sending of the 48.058 CHANNELACTIVATION message and the reception of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATIONACKNOWLEDGE during an internal intra-cell or inter-cellTCH handoverprocedure and leads to a transaction failure.Notes : 1. TCH handover failureswhich are due to O&M operator actions on BTS or BSC should not be counted.Indeed, in case of numerous failures due to O&M commands, this counterwill overestimate failures which are due to problems which are internal to theBSS.However, due to the current implementation which does not allow to beaware of the origin of the failure, O&M operator actions will also be counted. 2.It may happen that the counter can not be incremented since it is implementedwithin the faulty entity.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
22 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 23 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.3.2.1.2 C621 - NB_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_EXEC_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_EXEC_TRX
Definition Number of TCH drops during the execution of any TCH outgoing handover,per TRX. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or insignaling mode.MC621 = C621
Trigger condition 1) Inter-cell TCH handover: whenever the timer supervising the handoverprocedure (T3103) expires.2) External TCH handover (2G -> 2G): wheneverthe timer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell (T8) expires,except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with "normal event/call control" causewas received from the MSC, leading to a normal call release. In such a case,the handover is considered as successful.3) Intra-cell TCH handover: wheneverthe timer supervising the handover procedure (T3107) expires.4) 2G -> 3G HO:whenever the timer supervising the 2G-3G handover procedure on the servingcell (T3121) expires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with "normalevent/call control" cause was received from the MSC, leading to a normal callrelease. In such a case, the 2G->3G handover is considered as successful.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
24 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.3.2.1.3 C711 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_TRX
Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover -preparation failures due to congestion, per TRX.Intracell, internal intercell and external handovers are counted together. Thiscounter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. Itdoes not take into account DTM Assignments.MC711 = C711
Trigger condition 1) Intracell HO: Whenever an intra-cell TCH handover cannot be performed,because there is no free TCH channel to allocate the handover to.2) Internalinter-cell HO: Whenever a internal inter-cell TCH handover cannot be performed,because there is no free TCH channel to allocate the handover to.3) ExternalHO: Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT with cause "noradio resource available" is received from the MSC by the serving BSC for anoutgoing external TCH HO.Note : the counter will be incremented for externalTCH HO if and only if the parameter RESP_REQ is set to 1.Note: This countercounts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 25 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.3.2.1.4 C713 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_REV_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_REV_TRX
Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover -execution failures due to MS access problemwith reversion of the mobile to the old channel. Intracell, internal intercell andexternal handovers are counted together. This counter takes into accounthandovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into accountDTM Assignments.MC713 = C713
Trigger condition 1) External HO: Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message is receivedon Abis interface from the serving cell, during an external TCH handover.2)Internal inter-cell HO: Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message isreceived on Abis interface from the serving cell, during an internal inter-cellTCH handover.3) Intracell HO: Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT FAILUREmessage is received on Abis interface on the serving channel, during aninternal intra-cell TCH handover.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN andintra-PLMN handover events.Note: This counter counts handover to UMTS.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
26 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.3.2.1.5 C714 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_NO_REV_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_NO_REV_TRX
Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover -execution failures due to MS access problemwithout reversion of the mobile to the old channel (call drop). Intracell, internalintercell and external handovers are counted together. This counter takes intoaccount handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take intoaccount DTM Assignments.MC714 = C714
Trigger condition 1) External TCH HO: Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedureon the serving cell (T8) expires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with"normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC, leading to anormal call release. In such a case, the handover is considered as successful.2)Internal intercell TCH HO: Whenever the timer supervising the handoverprocedure (T3103) expires during an internal inter-cell TCH handover.3) IntracellTCH HO: Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3107)expires during an internal intra-cellNote: This counter counts both inter-PLMNand intra-PLMN handover events.Note: This counter counts hantover to UMTS
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 27 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.3.2.2 Success
1.2.3.2.2.1 C712 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_TRX
Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover successes, per TRX. Intracell, internal intercelland external handovers are counted together. This counter takes into accounthandovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into accountDTM Assignments.MC712 = C712
Trigger condition 1) External HO in the following cases:1a) 48.008CLEAR COMMAND (cause ="handover successful") is received on the serving BSC on the TCH channel.1b)48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/call control") is receivedwhile T8 is running.2) Internal inter-cell HO: whenever 44.018HANDOVERCOMPLETE is received from the MS via the target cell on the TCH channel.3)Internal intra-cell HO: whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is receivedfrom the MS via the cell on the TCH channel.Note 1: This counter counts bothinter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.Note 2: This counter countshandover to UMTS.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
28 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.3.2.2.2 C717b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_TRX
Long Name NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_TRX
Definition Number of incoming internal and external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handoversuccesses per TRX; since there are no reliable means at the target BSC todistinguish external directed retry from external handover, the external directedretries are counted by this counter.MC717b = C717b
Trigger condition 1) Internal inter-cell or external TCH handover: whenever a 44.018 HANDOVERCOMPLETE message is received on Abis interface from the target cell fora TCH channel.2) Intra-cell handover: whenever an 44.018 ASSIGNMENTCOMPLETE message is received on Abis interface on the target channel.Note:This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 29 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.4 Speech
1.2.4.1 TFO
1.2.4.1.1 –
1.2.4.1.1.1 C170 - NB_CALL_TFO
Long Name NB_CALL_TFO
Definition Number of TCHs assigned in the serving cell for which TFO has beensuccessfully established.
Trigger condition For each assigned TCH, the counter is incremented the first time a 48.058 TFOREPORT message is received by the BSC, indicating that TFO is established(i.e. TFO = 1 in the TFO Status IE).Note 1: This counter shall be incrementedonly once per assigned TCH (i.e. the first time it is received for the assignedTCH).Note 2: A TCH is seen as assigned in the serving cell between thesending of 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message and the receipt of the48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message. This means that the counter canbe incremented either if the TCH is assigned to serve a normal assignment orif the TCH is assigned to serve an incoming internal (inter-cell or intra-cell) orexternal handover.Note 3: MC170 = C170
Sub Domain 1 Speech
Sub Domain 2 TFO
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
30 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.4.1.1.2 C171 - NB_TFO_CODEC_REQ
Long Name NB_TFO_CODEC_REQ
Definition Number of codec mismatch resolutions or codec optimisations requested tothe BSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 REMOTE CODEC CONFIGURATION REPORT is receivedby the BSC.
Sub Domain 1 Speech
Sub Domain 2 TFO
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 31 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
1.2.5.1 –
1.2.5.1.1 –
1.2.5.1.1.1 C901 - NB_Suspend_Resume_req
Long Name NB_Suspend_Resume_req
Definition Number of suspend / Resume requests.A request could lead to a success, afailure or a stop.
Trigger condition Emission of MS Suspend message by the BSC to the MFSEmission of MSResume message by the BSC to the MFSA suspend message received fromMS with a "suspend cause" filtered by BSC will not be counted. Stop causescould be:1) External handover2) MS channel failure.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
32 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.1.1.2 C902 - Nb_Suspend_fail
Long Name Nb_Suspend_fail
Definition Number of suspend/resume procedure failures.
Trigger condition Reception of -Suspend nack or resume nack, or expiration of T_GPRS_Resume.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 33 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.1.1.3 C903 - Nb_Suspend_succ
Long Name Nb_Suspend_succ
Definition Number of suspensions successes.
Trigger condition Reception of Resume ack message from MFS.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
34 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.1.2 Failure
1.2.5.1.2.1 C612c - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_T11_EXP
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_T11_EXP
Definition Case: 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST is queued because no TCH (inHR or FR usage) is available in the cell, timer T11 (case MSC requests forqueuing whatever QUEUE_ANYWAY value may be) or timer T11_forced(case QUEUE_ANYWAY=1, i.e. the queuing is forced within the BSC) isstarted, and no free TCH can be found before timer expiry, consequently therequest is rejected (by 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST cause: "no radio resourceavailable").Remark: If an internal directed retry is attempted and failed whileT11/T11_forced is running, the request is un-holded and the BSC waits for theexpiry of the relevant timer. Consequently, this counter must not be incrementedupon the failure of an internal directed retry.
Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST(cause : "no radio resource available") -following the expiry of T11 or T11forced for a queued TCH normal assignment.Note 1: The HMI name of theparameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is "FORCED_QUEUING".Note 2: In case of MxBSC, "no TCH available" could happen when the TCH processing capacity ofCCP reaches the limit defined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In thiscase, this counter and MC926 are incremented by one.Note 3: In IP mode, thiscounter is increased by 1 if:- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestionstatus;- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limitdefined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 35 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.2 DTAP Assignment
1.2.5.2.1 Success
1.2.5.2.1.1 C161a - NB_DTAP_MO_NOR_ASS_SUCC
Long Name NB_DTAP_MO_NOR_ASS_SUCC
Definition Number of mobile originating normal assignment - DTAP successes.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 CONNECT ACK is received on Abis interface.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 DTAP Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
36 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.2.1.2 C161b - NB_DTAP_MT_NOR_ASS_SUCC
Long Name NB_DTAP_MT_NOR_ASS_SUCC
Definition Number of mobile terminating normal assignment - DTAP successes.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 CONNECT ACK is sent on Abis interface.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 DTAP Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 37 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.3 Immediate Assignment
1.2.5.3.1 Failure
1.2.5.3.1.1 C04 - NB_IMM_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Definition MC04=C04, number of immediate assignment preparation failures due tocongestion.
Trigger condition All SDCCH sub-channels in the required cell were either Busy or Out of Service,when the 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED message was received.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
38 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.3.1.2 C149 - NB_IMM_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO
Definition Number of immediate assignment -execution failures due to MS access problem.
Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the Immediate Assignment Procedure (T3101)expires during the establishment of an SDCCH sub-channel.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 39 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.3.2 Success
1.2.5.3.2.1 C01 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MT
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MT
Definition Number of immediate assignment plus SDCCH normal assignment successesfor Mobile Terminating procedure.
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received froma CELL, with the L3_INFORMATION field including a 44.018 PAGINGRESPONSE message.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
40 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.3.2.2 C02 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO
Definition Number of immediate assignment successesfor Mobile Originating procedure.MC02 = C02 =C02a+C02b+C02c+C02d+C02e+C02f+C02g+C02h+C02i.Thefollowing counters C02a/b/c/d/e/f/g/h/i provide the distribution of the MO telecomprocedures on SDCCH.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 41 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.3.2.3 C02a - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LOC_UPD
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LOC_UPD
Definition case: Location Update request (except the "follow on" procedure)
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from acell, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with anMIE message type set to LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST and with an MIELocation updating type not set to a RESERVED value and a bit FOR set to0.This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to beforwarded to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
42 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.3.2.4 C02b - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SMS
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SMS
Definition case: SMS procedure on SDCCH
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from aCELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with anMIE message type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and with an MIE CM servicetype set to "SMS".This counter is incremented only if the L3 info messagereceived has to be forwarded to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 43 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.3.2.5 C02c - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SUP_SERV
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SUP_SERV
Definition case: Supplementary Service
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from aCELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with anMIE message type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and with an MIE CM servicetype set to "Supplementary Service".This counter is incremented only if the L3info message received has to be forwarded to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
44 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.3.2.6 C02d - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_FOLLOW_ON
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_FOLLOW_ON
Definition case: Location Update request ("follow on" procedure)
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from aCELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with anMIE message type set to LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST and with an MIELocation updating type not set to a RESERVED value and a bit FOR set to1.This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to beforwarded to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 45 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.3.2.7 C02e - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CM_REEST
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CM_REEST
Definition case: CM Re-establishment procedure
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from aCELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with anMIE message type set to CM RE-ESTABLISHMENT REQUEST message.Thiscounter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be forwardedto the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
46 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.3.2.8 C02f - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_L3INFO_UNKNOW
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_L3INFO_UNKNOW
Definition MC02f=C02f, number of immediate assignment successes for MobileOriginationg procedure, in case of L3 Info (within 48.058 ESTABLISHINDICATION) unknown by the BSC but transferred to the MSC.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 47 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.3.2.9 C02g - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_IMSI_DETACH
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_IMSI_DETACH
Definition MC02g=C02g, number of immediate assignment successes for MobileOriginationg procedure, in case of IMSI Detach Indication.
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from aCELL, with L3_INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message withan MIE message type set to IMSI DETACH INDICATION. This counter isincremented only if the L3 info message received has to be forwarded to theMSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
48 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.3.2.10 C02h - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CALL_EST
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CALL_EST
Definition case: normal or emergency call establishment
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from aCELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containg a 44.018 L3 message with anMIE message type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and an MIE CM servicetype set to either :- "emergency call establishment",- or "mobile originating callestablishment"This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message receivedhas to be forwarded to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 49 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.3.2.11 C02i - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LCS
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LCS
Definition case: Mobile originated LCS procedure on SDCCH
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a cell,with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with an MIEmessage type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and with an MIE CM service typeset to "Location Services" (LCS).This counter is incremented only if the L3 infomessage received has to be forwarded to the MSC
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
50 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.4 Normal Assignment
1.2.5.4.1 Failure
1.2.5.4.1.1 C612a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_NO_QUEUE
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_NO_QUEUE
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment preparation failuresbecause of the non-queuing of the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message.Case:48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST on TCH (in HR or FR usage) is received whenno TCH is available in the cell. The request is rejected (by 48.008ASSIGNMENTFAILURE, cause: "no radio resource available"), because the queuing procedureis either:1) disabled within the BSC (i.e. (T11=0 and QUEUE_ANYWAY=0), OR(T11_forced=0 and QUEUE_ANYWAY=1)), or2) enabled within the BSC, i.e.T11 <> 0, but not requested by the MSC when QUEUE_ANYWAY=0.
Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENTFAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for a TCH channel becauseno TCH is available and either the queuing is disabled in the BSC (T11=0and QUEUE_ANYWAY=0, or T11_forced=0 and QUEUE_ANYWAY=1), or thequeuing is enabled, QUEUE_ANYWAY=0, and the MSC does not requesta queuing.Note 1: The HMI name of the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is"FORCED_QUEUING".Note 2: In case of Mx BSC, "no TCH available" couldhappen when the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined bythe MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, this counter and MC926 areincremented by one.Note 3: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:- the cellmapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;- or the TCH processing capacity ofAbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TSparameter
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 51 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.4.1.2 C612b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_FULL
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_FULL
Definition MC612b=C612b, Case: 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST on TCH (in FR or HRusage) is received when no TCH is available in the cell. The queuing is enabledwithin the BSC, but the request is rejected (by 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE,cause: "no radio resource available"), because the queue is full and no requestof lower priority can be dequeued from the BSC queue.
Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENTFAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for a TCH channel because thequeue is full and no request of lower priority can be de-queued.Note 1: In caseof Mx BSC, "no TCH available" could happen when the TCH processing capacityof CCP reaches the limit defined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. Inthis case, this counter and MC926 are incremented by one.Note 2: In IP mode,this counter is increased by 1 if:- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestionstatus;- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limitdefined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
52 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.4.1.3 C612d - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_REJ
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_REJ
Definition Case: 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST is queued because no TCH (inHR or FR usage) is available in the cell, timer T11 (case MSC requests forqueuing whatever QUEUE_ANYWAY value may be) or timer T11_forced (caseQUEUE_ANYWAY=1, i.e. the queuing is forced within the BSC) is started,and before the timer expiry, the request is dequeued due to the receipt of ahigher priority request (i.e. 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST) : the BSC sends48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for thefirst transaction.Remark: As soon as an internal directed retry is attempted,the request is blocked within the BSC and cannot be dequeued by a higherpriority request.
Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of the 48.008 ASSIGMENTFAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for a de-queued TCHrequest (i.e. normal assignment) due to the receipt of a higher priorityrequest.Note 1: The HMI name of the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is"FORCED_QUEUING".Note 2: In case of Mx BSC, "no TCH available" couldhappen when the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined bythe MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, this counter and MC926 areincremented by one.Note 3: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:- the cellmapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;- or the TCH processing capacity ofAbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TSparameter
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 53 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.4.1.4 C746b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO_TRX
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment -execution failuresdue to MS access problem, per TRX. This counter also takes into accountDTM assignment -execution failures due to MS access problem for TCHestablishment in signaling mode (FR usage only).MC746b = C746b
Trigger condition 1) The timer T3107 in the BSS supervising the TCH channel seizure by themobile expires (following the sending of 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND for aTCH channel that is not involved in a handover procedure).2) The timer T3107in the BSS supervising the TCH channel seizure by the mobile expires, followingthe sending of 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND for a TCH channel insignaling mode.3) The BSC receives a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE onthe old (SDCCH) channel during the normal assignment procedure except incase of multiband cell, when the normal assignment procedure is performedin the inner zone and the ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is received with the cause"protocol error unspecified".4) The BSC receives a 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENTFAILURE on the old (SDCCH) channel during the DTM assignment procedure,for a TCH in signaling mode.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
54 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.4.1.5 C812 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Definition MC812 = C812 = C612a + C612b + C612c + C612d
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 55 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.2.5.4.2 Success
1.2.5.4.2.1 C718 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_SUCC_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_SUCC_TRX
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment successes, per TRX.This counter also takes into account normal assignment successes for TCHestablishment in signaling mode (FR usage only), for DTM.MC718 = C718
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message is received on Abisinterface for a TCH channel that is not involved in a handover procedure, intraffic or in signaling mode.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
56 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.3 Resource Availability & Usage
1.3.1 Resource Allocation & Management
1.3.1.1 –
1.3.1.1.1 –
1.3.1.1.1.1 C443 - NB_TIMES_TRAF_DETECTED_LOW
Long Name NB_TIMES_TRAF_DETECTED_LOW
Definition Number of times the traffic_load is "low", i.e. when a certain number(N_TRAFFIC_LOAD) of traffic averages (AV_LOAD) verify each:AV_LOAD < LOW_THRESHOLD. The traffic_load is evaluated per cellat each A_TRAFFIC_LOAD period.This counter permits to tune thefollowing parameters: A_TRAFFIC_LOAD, N_TRAFFIC_LOAD andLOW_THRESHOLD.This counter relates to the number of free TCH timeslots.
Trigger condition At each A_TRAFFIC_LOAD period, whenever the BSC decision processdetects a "low" traffic_load.Remark : the number of "indefinite" trafficload can be deduced from the counters NB_LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD andNB_HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD over the Accumulation Period.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 57 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.3.1.2 E-GSM
1.3.1.2.1 –
1.3.1.2.1.1 C706 - NB_EGSM_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU
Long Name NB_EGSM_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU
Definition Number of initial accesses for call establishments (except location update) ofMS supporting the E-GSM band, on a CELL basis.MC706 = C706
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGE message in the context of anyestablishment causes different from location update is received on Abisinterface with a "Mobile Station Classmark 3" or a "Mobile Station Classmark 2"Information Element field specifying that the MS supports the E-GSM band.Thecounter is incremented only once per SCCP connection in the serving cell, i.e.on receipt of the first 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGE message.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 E-GSM
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
58 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.3.1.3 Normal Assignment
1.3.1.3.1 –
1.3.1.3.1.1 C442 - NB_TIMES_TRAF_DETECTED_HIGH
Long Name NB_TIMES_TRAF_DETECTED_HIGH
Definition Number of times the traffic_load is "high", i.e. when a certain number(N_TRAFFIC_LOAD) of traffic averages (AV_LOAD) verify each:AV_LOAD > HIGH_THRESHOLD. The traffic_load is evaluated percell at each A_TRAFFIC_LOAD period.This counter permits to tunethe following parameters: A_TRAFFIC_LOAD, N_TRAFFIC_LOAD andHIGH_THRESHOLD.This counter relates to the number of free TCH timeslots.
Trigger condition At each A_TRAFFIC_LOAD period, whenever the BSC decision process detectsa "high" traffic_load.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 59 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.3.1.4 Service
1.3.1.4.1 –
1.3.1.4.1.1 C701a - NB_TCH_FR_REQ
Long Name NB_TCH_FR_REQ
Definition Number of TCH normal assignments requests from FR only mobiles (afterpossible filtering from the MSC).
Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call withonly GSM speech coding algorithm version 1 full rate allowed.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
60 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.3.1.4.1.2 C701b - NB_TCH_DR_REQ
Long Name NB_TCH_DR_REQ
Definition Number of TCH normal assignments requests from dual rate mobiles.
Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call withonly GSM speech coding algorithm version 1 full rate and GSM speech codingalgorithm version 1 half rate allowed.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 61 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.3.1.4.1.3 C701c - NB_TCH_DR_EFR_REQ
Long Name NB_TCH_DR_EFR_REQ
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment requests from mobiles supporting FR, HRand EFR.
Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call withGSM speech coding algorithm version 1 full rate, GSM speech coding algorithmversion 1 half rate and GSM speech coding algorithm version 2 full rate allowed.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
62 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.3.1.4.1.4 C701d - NB_TCH_AMR_REQ
Long Name NB_TCH_AMR_REQ
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment requests from AMR mobiles.
Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call withGSM speech coding algorithm version 3 full rate or half rate allowed.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 63 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.3.1.4.1.5 C701e - NB_TCH_DATA_REQ
Long Name NB_TCH_DATA_REQ
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment requests for data calls.
Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for data call.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
64 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.3.1.4.1.6 C702a - NB_TCH_NOR_FR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_FR_ALLOC
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in FR usage - whose channelis allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modify from TCHsignaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH in signalingmode).
Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,indicating a FR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 1, notrelated to handover.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 65 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.3.1.4.1.7 C702b - NB_TCH_NOR_HR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_HR_ALLOC
Definition number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in HR usage - whose channelis allocated in the BSC.
Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION / MODE MODIFY about to be sent to theBTS, indicating a HR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 1,not related to handover.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
66 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.3.1.4.1.8 C702c - NB_TCH_NOR_EFR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_EFR_ALLOC
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in EFR usage - whosechannel is allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modifyfrom TCH signaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH insignaling mode).
Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,indicating a FR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 2, notrelated to handover.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 67 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.3.1.4.1.9 C704a - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_FR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_FR_ALLOC
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in FR AMR usage - whosechannel is allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modifyfrom TCH signaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH insignaling mode).
Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,indicating a FR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 3, notrelated to handover.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
68 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.3.1.4.1.10 C704b - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_HR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_HR_ALLOC
Definition number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in HR AMR usage - whosechannel is allocated in the BSC.
Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,indicating a HR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 3, notrelated to handover.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 69 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.3.1.4.1.11 C705 - NB_TCH_NOR_DATA_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_DATA_ALLOC
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify for data - whose channel isallocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modify from TCHsignaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH in signalingmode).
Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,indicating a data call, not related to handover.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
70 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.4 Traffic Load
1.4.1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
1.4.1.1 Directed Retry
1.4.1.1.1 Internal
1.4.1.1.1.1 C15a - NB_INC_IDR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_INC_IDR_ALLOC
Definition MC15a=C15a, Number of incoming internal directed retry (towards a TCHchannel in HR or FR usage) whose target channel is allocated by the BSC.
Trigger condition The counter is incremented on the target cell whenever the 48.058 CHANNELACTIVATION message of a TCH channel is about to be sent during an internaldirected retry.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 3 Internal
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 71 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.4.1.2 Handover
1.4.1.2.1 SDCCH
1.4.1.2.1.1 C147 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_ALLOC
Long Name NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_ALLOC
Definition MC147=C147, Number of incoming internal or external SDCCH handovers-whose target SDCCH channel is allocated by the BSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message is about to be sent onAbis Interface to activate an SDCCH channel for any handover purposes.Note:This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Handover
Sub Domain 3 SDCCH
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
72 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.4.1.2.2 TCH
1.4.1.2.2.1 C13b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_QUEUED
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_QUEUED
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) incoming external handover requests thatare put in BSC queue
Trigger condition Further to the receipt of a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST message forTCH, the counter is incremented:i) upon the sending of a 48.008 QUEUINGINDICATION message if the queuing is authorised by the MSC, or,ii) when thehandover request is queued in the cell if the queuing is not authorised by theMSC and the request has its pre-emption indicator set (provided that the flagEN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to 'Enable').Note: MC13b = C13bNote: This countercounts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Handover
Sub Domain 3 TCH
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 73 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.4.1.2.2.2 C15b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_ALLOC
Long Name NB_INC_TCH_HO_ALLOC
Definition Number of incoming TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover (internal or external)-whose target channel is allocated by the BSC.Since there are no reliable meansat the target BSC to distinguish external directed retry from external handover,the external directed retries are counted by this counter.
Trigger condition The counter is incremented on the target cell whenever the 48.058 CHANNELACTIVATION message of a TCH channel is about to be sent during anyhandover procedure.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Handover
Sub Domain 3 TCH
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
74 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.4.1.3 Immediate Assignment
1.4.1.3.1 –
1.4.1.3.1.1 C148 - NB_IMM_ASS_ALLOC
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_ALLOC
Definition Number of immediate assignment plus SDCCH normal assignments -whoseSDCCH channel is allocated by the BSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message is about to be senton Abis Interface to activate an SDCCH channel for any purpose other thanhandover.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 75 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.4.1.4 Multiband
1.4.1.4.1 –
1.4.1.4.1.1 C850 - NB_MULTIBAND_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU_CELL
Long Name NB_MULTIBAND_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU_CELL
Definition Number of initial accesses for call establishments (location update apart)initiated by multiband mobile stations. The counter is defined on a per cellbasis.A MS is considered as multiband if it supports:- the P-GSM (or E-GSMor R-GSM) and the DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDSparameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 andthe DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to"GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands ifthe PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900bands", or,- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900bands".
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 Classmark Change message in the context of anyestablishment cause different from location update is received on Abisinterface from the MS with a "Mobile Station Classmark 3" Information Elementspecifying that the MS supports:- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) andthe DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is setto "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 and the DCS1800bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM850and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900bands", or,- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900bands".The counter is incremented only once per SCCP connection in theserving cell, i.e. on receipt of the first 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGE message.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Multiband
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
76 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.4.1.5 Normal Assignment
1.4.1.5.1 –
1.4.1.5.1.1 C13a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_QUEUED
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_QUEUED
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment requests that areput in BSC queue.
Trigger condition Further to the receipt of a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message forTCH, the counter is incremented:i) upon the sending of a 48.008 QUEUINGINDICATION message if the queuing is authorised by the MSC, or,ii) whenthe assignment request is queued in the cell if the queuing is not authorisedby the MSC and the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is set, or,iii) when theassignment request is queued in the cell if the queuing is not authorised by theMSC and the request has its pre-emption indicator set (provided that the flagEN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to 'Enable').Note 1: MC13a = C13aNote 2: The HMIname of the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is "FORCED_QUEUING".
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 77 / 1256
1 BSC-TYPE 1 - Traffic measurements
1.4.1.5.1.2 C703 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ALLOC_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ALLOC_TRX
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment whose RTCH channelis allocated in the BSC, per TRX. This counter also takes into account normalassignment whose RTCH channel is allocated in the BSC in signaling mode (FRusage only), for DTM.MC703 = C703
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message is about to be sent onAbis Interface to activate a TCH channel for normal assignment, or for DTMassignment with a TCH in signaling mode.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Traffic measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the traffic evaluation per telecom procedures
External Comment –
78 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 79 / 1256
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1 Resource Availability & Usage
2.1.1 Channel
2.1.1.1 CCCH
2.1.1.1.1 Availability
2.1.1.1.1.1 C27 - AV_NB_AVAIL_CCCH
Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_CCCH
Definition Average number of available CCCH channels.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 CCCH
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
80 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1.1.2 SDCCH
2.1.1.2.1 –
2.1.1.2.1.1 C803 - TIME_SDCCH_CONGESTION
Long Name TIME_SDCCH_CONGESTION
Definition Cumulated time (in seconds) during which the SDCCH request(s) are not servedbecause no SDCCH sub-channel is available.
Trigger condition The time counter is started whenever a SDCCH request cannot be served.Thetime counter is stopped whenever one of the following conditions is checked:- ifa SDCCH sub-channel becomes free and usable on a static SDCCH timeslotor on a dynamic timeslot allocated as SDCCH (i.e. when the timeslot is knownfrom the SDCCH_RM module). The term "usable" means here that the SDCCHsub-channel is not mapped on a TCU in a very high overload state, or,- if aSDCCH request is served successfully. This condition corresponds to the casethe SDCCH_RM module requests the TCH_RM module for a dynamic SDCCHtimeslot.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 81 / 1256
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1.1.2.2 Availability
2.1.1.2.2.1 C26 - AV_NB_AVAIL_SDCCH
Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_SDCCH
Definition Average number of available static SDCCH sub-channels (i.e. on static SDCCHtimeslots).
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.Note: "Available" has here to be understood as the operationalstate of a timeslot. The timeslot is available if it is not "blocked" or "out ofservice".
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
82 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1.1.2.3 Usage
2.1.1.2.3.1 C30 - AV_NB_BUSY_SDCCH
Long Name AV_NB_BUSY_SDCCH
Definition Average number of busy SDCCH subchannels, taking into account the followingSDCCH sub-channels: 1) Static SDCCH/x sub-channels, 2) Dynamic SDCCHsub-channels which are dynamically allocated on the dynamic SDCCH/8timeslots.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. In order to provide one decimal place, the average value (real) ismultiplied by ten and then rounded up or down to the nearest integer value.Notethat the counter value that is indicated in the ASCII file, which can be obtainedvia the OBSYNT interface, still has to be divided by 10, whereas the value thatis provided at the user interface is the correct one.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 83 / 1256
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1.1.2.3.2 C31 - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_SDCCH
Long Name NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_SDCCH
Definition Maximum number of simultaneously busy SDCCH subchannels, taking intoaccount the following SDCCH sub-channels: 1) Static SDCCH/x sub-channels,2) Dynamic SDCCH sub-channels which are dynamically allocated on thedynamic SDCCH/8 timeslots.
Trigger condition At each 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION (SDCCH subchannel) sent to thecell:C31 = MAX ["old" C31 value (i.e. before the channel activation), number ofbusy SDCCH subchannels observed for the cell].
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
84 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1.1.3 TCH
2.1.1.3.1 Availability
2.1.1.3.1.1 C250 - AV_NB_AVAIL_TCH
Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_TCH
Definition Average number of available TCH/PDCH timeslots for traffic usage (i.e. TCH (forHR or FR usage) or PDCH).
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The averaged value is rounded up or down to the nearest integervalue.Note 1: "Available" has here to be understood as the operational state of atimeslot. The timeslot is available if it is not "blocked" or "out of service".Note 2:The dynamic SDCCH timeslots are not taken into account in this counter.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 85 / 1256
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1.1.3.2 Usage
2.1.1.3.2.1 C141 - AV_NB_TCH_QUEUED
Long Name AV_NB_TCH_QUEUED
Definition Average number of queued TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment orexternal handover requests.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. In order to provide one decimal place, the averaged value (real) ismultiplied by ten and then rounded up or down to the nearest integer value.Notethat the counter value that is indicated in the ASCII file, which can be obtainedvia the OBSYNT interface, still has to be divided by 10, whereas the value thatis provided at the user interface is the correct one.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
86 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1.1.3.2.2 C28a - AV_NB_BUSY_CS_TS
Long Name AV_NB_BUSY_CS_TS
Definition Average number of busy TCH radio timeslot (in FR or HR usage, in traffic or insignaling mode) and busy dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslot allocated as TCH.
Trigger condition The BSC takes periodically a sample of the number of busy TCH radio timeslotsand busy dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots allocated as TCH. The samplingperiod is set to the value indicated in the Status Inspection field. At the expiry ofthe accumulation period, all samples are averaged (i.e. summed and dividedby the number of samples). The averaged value is rounded up or down to thenearest value with an accuracy of 0.1.A TCH radio timeslot is considered asbusy during the time it is allocated to a given MS for TCH traffic (in HR or FRusage). A dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot allocated as TCH is considered as busyduring the time it is allocated to a given MS for TCH traffic.Note 1: the countervalue that is indicated in the ASCII file (which can be obtained via the OBSYNTinterface) is an integer value (i.e. it is as if the BSC multiplies by 10 the average).The reported value shall then be divided by 10 afterwards so that the value thatis displayed to the end-user is the correct one.Note 2: This counter does nottake into account the PDCH radio timeslots allocated to the MFS.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 87 / 1256
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1.1.3.2.3 C29a - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_CS_TS
Long Name NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_CS_TS
Definition Maximum number of simultaneously busy TCH radio timeslots (in HR orFR usage, in traffic or in signaling mode) and simultaneously busy dynamicSDCCH/8 radio timeslots allocated as TCH.
Trigger condition Whenever a TCH radio timeslot or a dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslot allocatedas TCH becomes busy, the BSC determines the current number of busy TCHradio timeslots (in HR or FR usage) and busy dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslotsallocated as TCH. This counter is the maximum value of this number duringthe accumulation period.This counter does not take into account the PDCHsallocated to the MFS.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
88 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1.1.3.2.4 C320a - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND1
Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND1
Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslotsbelonging to the interference band 1. This number is updated upon the receiptof 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 89 / 1256
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1.1.3.2.5 C320b - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND2
Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND2
Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslotsbelonging to the interference band 2. This number is updated upon the receiptof 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The average value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
90 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1.1.3.2.6 C320c - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND3
Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND3
Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslotsbelonging to the interference band 3. This number is updated upon the receiptof 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 91 / 1256
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1.1.3.2.7 C320d - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND4
Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND4
Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots in FRor HR usage belonging to the interference band 4. This number is updated uponthe receipt of 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
92 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1.1.3.2.8 C320e - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND5
Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND5
Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslotsbelonging to the interference band 5. This number is updated upon the receiptof 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The average value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 93 / 1256
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1.1.4 TRX_TS
2.1.1.4.1 Availability
2.1.1.4.1.1 C24 - AV_NB_NOT_AVAIL_TRX_TS
Long Name AV_NB_NOT_AVAIL_TRX_TS
Definition Average number of not available radio timeslots (TRX_TS).
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TRX_TS
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
94 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
2.1.1.4.2 Usage
2.1.1.4.2.1 C34 - TIME_ALL_AVAIL_TRX_TS_BUSY
Long Name TIME_ALL_AVAIL_TRX_TS_BUSY
Definition Cumulated time (in seconds) during which there is no free FR TCH sub-channelto serve an incoming FR TCH request. A TCH sub-channel is seen as busy:i)if the TCH sub-channel is occupied by a HR or FR CS call (in particular if it isoccupied by the CS part of a DTM call), orii) if the TCH sub-channel is allocatedto the MFS to carry PS traffic.
Trigger condition The counter is started when there is no free FR TCH sub-channel to serve anincoming FR TCH request.The counter is stopped when there is a free FR TCHsub-channel to serve an incoming FR TCH request.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TRX_TS
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Resource availability measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the availability of the CCCH, SDCCH or TCH channels
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 95 / 1256
2 BSC-TYPE 2 - Resource availability measurements
96 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements
3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channelmeasurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 97 / 1256
3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements
3.1 Traffic Load
3.1.1 Channel
3.1.1.1 CCCH
3.1.1.1.1 –
3.1.1.1.1.1 C8a - NB_PAGING_CMD
Long Name NB_PAGING_CMD
Definition PCH load: number of 48.058 PAGING COMMAND messages sent either for PStraffic or for CS traffic on Abis towards the selected cell.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 PAGING COMMAND message (either for PS traffic or forCS traffic) is about to be sent on Abis interface to the cell on the related TRXtimeslot.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 CCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX_TS
Type Name Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the usage of the CCCH channel (PCH load, AGCHload, RACH load)
External Comment –
98 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements
3.1.1.1.1.2 C8b - NB_IMM_ASS_CMD
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_CMD
Definition AGCH load: number of 48.058 IMMEDIATE ASSIGN COMMAND messagessent for CS traffic on Abis to the MS.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 IMMEDIATE ASSIGN COMMAND message for CS traffic isabout to be sent on Abis interface to the cell on the related TRX timeslot.Note:This counter does not take into account the 48.058 IMMEDIATE ASSIGNCOMMAND messages sent for PS traffic.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 CCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX_TS
Type Name Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the usage of the CCCH channel (PCH load, AGCHload, RACH load)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 99 / 1256
3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements
3.1.1.1.1.3 C8c - NB_CHAN_REQD
Long Name NB_CHAN_REQD
Definition RACH load: number of 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED received via theselected cell.All the CHANNEL REQUIRED messages are counted whateverthe Establishment Cause is.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED message (either for PS traffic or forCS traffic) is received on Abis interface from the cell on the related TRX timeslot.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 CCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX_TS
Type Name Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the usage of the CCCH channel (PCH load, AGCHload, RACH load)
External Comment –
100 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements
3.1.1.1.1.4 C8d - NB_IMM_ASS_REJ
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_REJ
Definition Number of 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED received while no SDCCH can beallocated by the BSC (congestion), i.e. the number of 44.018IMMEDIATEASSIGNMENT REJECT sent to the MS via the selected cell.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message isabout to be sent on Abis interface to the cell on the related TRX timeslot witha "Full Immediate Assignment" Info Element containing a 44.018 IMMEDIATEASSIGNMENT REJECT message.Note: This counter only applies to CS traffic.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 CCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX_TS
Type Name Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the usage of the CCCH channel (PCH load, AGCHload, RACH load)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 101 / 1256
3 BSC-TYPE 3 - Resource usage on CCCH channel measurements
102 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
4 BSC-TYPE 4 - Resource usage on SDCCH channel measurements
4 BSC-TYPE 4 - Resource usage on SDCCH channelmeasurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 103 / 1256
4 BSC-TYPE 4 - Resource usage on SDCCH channel measurements
4.1 Resource Availability & Usage
4.1.1 Channel
4.1.1.1 SDCCH
4.1.1.1.1 Usage
4.1.1.1.1.1 C39 - NB_TIMES_SDCCH_BUSY
Long Name NB_TIMES_SDCCH_BUSY
Definition Number of times the SDCCH sub-channels belonging to the radio timeslot arebusy.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message is about to be sent to aCELL to activate an SDCCH Sub-channel on the related TRX timeslot.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object TRX_TS
Type Name Resource usage on SDCCH channel measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the usage of the SDCCH channel
External Comment –
104 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
4 BSC-TYPE 4 - Resource usage on SDCCH channel measurements
4.2 Traffic Load
4.2.1 Channel
4.2.1.1 SDCCH
4.2.1.1.1 –
4.2.1.1.1.1 C40 - TIME_SDCCH_BUSY
Long Name TIME_SDCCH_BUSY
Definition Cumulated time during which the SDCCH sub-channels belonging to the relatedstatic or dynamic SDCCH timeslot are busy.
Trigger condition For the related static or dynamic SDCCH timeslot, the counter cumulates, overthe Accumulation Period, all time unit during which a SDCCH sub-channel isbusy.For each SDCCH allocation of the sub-channel:1) The counter starts beingincremented after the sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION messageconcerning an SDCCH sub-channel on the related TRX timeslot.2) Thecounter stops being incremented after the reception of a 48.058 RF CHANNELRELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiry of timer T_RCR_ACKtwice (supervising 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message) concerning theSDCCH sub-channel previously activated on the related static or dynamicSDCCH timeslot.Example;Let us consider that on a given static SDCCH/8timeslot,- SDCCH sub-channel 1 has been busy for 10 s,- SDCCH sub-channel2 has been busy for 20 s,- SDCCH sub-channel n (with 3 <= n <= 8) has notbeen busy at all.Then, at the expiry of the reporting period, the value reportedby this counter is 10 + 20 = 30 s.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX_TS
Type Name Resource usage on SDCCH channel measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the usage of the SDCCH channel
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 105 / 1256
4 BSC-TYPE 4 - Resource usage on SDCCH channel measurements
106 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements
5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channelmeasurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 107 / 1256
5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements
5.1 Resource Availability & Usage
5.1.1 Channel
5.1.1.1 TCH
5.1.1.1.1 Usage
5.1.1.1.1.1 C370a - NB_TCH_FR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_FR_ALLOC
Definition Number of times a TCH radio timeslot or a dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot isallocated in FR usage, for normal assignment, for DTM assignment or handover,in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058CHANNEL_ACTIVATION message is about to be sent tothe cell to activate a full rate TCH channel for normal assignment, for DTMassignment or handover, in traffic or in signaling mode.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object TRX_TS
Type Name Resource usage on TCH channel measurements
Type Definition Set of counters releated to the usage of the TCH channel (in HR or FR usage)
External Comment –
108 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements
5.1.1.1.1.2 C370b - NB_TCH_HR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_HR_ALLOC
Definition Number of times a TCH radio timeslot or a dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot isallocated in HR usage (i.e. the upper or lower HR sub-channel of the radiotimeslot is allocated), for normal assignment or handover.
Trigger condition Whenever a CHANNEL_ACTIVATION message is about to be sent to thecell to activate a half rate TCH subchannel (either upper or lower) for normalassignment or handover.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object TRX_TS
Type Name Resource usage on TCH channel measurements
Type Definition Set of counters releated to the usage of the TCH channel (in HR or FR usage)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 109 / 1256
5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements
5.2 Traffic Load
5.2.1 Channel
5.2.1.1 TCH
5.2.1.1.1 –
5.2.1.1.1.1 C380a - TIME_FR_TCH_BUSY
Long Name TIME_FR_TCH_BUSY
Definition Time (in seconds) during which a TCH radio timeslot or a dynamic SDCCH/8timeslot in FR usage (in traffic or in signaling mode) is busy.
Trigger condition The counter cumulates over the Accumulation Period, per radio timeslot, all unittimes during which the TCH FR channel is busy.For each channel allocation:1)The counter starts being incremented after the sending of the 48.058 CHANNELACTIVATION message to the cell concerning a full rate TCH channel (intraffic or in signaling mode) for the related TRX timeslot.2) The counter stopsbeing incremented after the reception of a 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASEACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiry of timer T_RCR_ACK twice (after thesending of the 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message) concerning the TCHchannel previously activated on the related TRX timeslot.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX_TS
Type Name Resource usage on TCH channel measurements
Type Definition Set of counters releated to the usage of the TCH channel (in HR or FR usage)
External Comment –
110 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements
5.2.1.1.1.2 C380b - TIME_HR_TCH_BUSY
Long Name TIME_HR_TCH_BUSY
Definition Time during which a TCH radio timeslot or a dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot inHR usage is busy.
Trigger condition The counter cumulates, over the Accumulation Period, per half radio timeslot,all unit times during which the TCH HR channel (or the dynamic SDCCH/8timeslot) is busy. Both "HR timeslots" are counted independently.For eachchannel allocation:1) The counter starts being incremented after the sending ofthe 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message concerning a dynamic SDCCH/8timeslot or an half rate TCH sub-channel mapped either on the upper half or thelower half of the related TRX timeslot.2) The counter stops being incrementedwhen no HR sub-channel is active anymore on the related TRX channel.Thisis after the reception of a 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGEmessage or the expiry of timer T_RCR_ACK twice (after the sending of the48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message) or the BSC internal radio resourcerelease due to any BSS problem concerning the last HR TCH channel (or thedynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot) which was active on the related TRX timeslot.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX_TS
Type Name Resource usage on TCH channel measurements
Type Definition Set of counters releated to the usage of the TCH channel (in HR or FR usage)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 111 / 1256
5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements
5.2.1.1.1.3 C381a - TIME_FR_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS
Long Name TIME_FR_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS
Definition Time (in seconds) during which the TCH radio timeslot or the dynamic SDCCH/8timeslot in FR usage (in traffic or in signaling mode) is busy by a multiband mobilestation.A MS is considered as multiband if it supports:- the P-GSM (or E-GSMor R-GSM) and the DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDSparameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 andthe DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to"GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands ifthe PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900bands", or,- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900bands".
Trigger condition The counter cumulates over the Accumulation Period, per radio timeslot,all unit times during which the TCH FR channel (or the dynamic SDCCH/8timeslot) is busy (in traffic or in signaling mode).For each channel allocation:1) The counter starts being incremented after the sending of the 48.058CHANNEL ACTIVATION message to the cell concerning : - a full rateTCH channel (or the dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot) for the related TRXtimeslot- a mobile which has sent a 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGEmessage with a "Mobile Station Classmark 3" Information Element fieldspecifying that the MS supports:- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) andthe DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is setto "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 and the DCS1800bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM850and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900bands", or,- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900bands".2) The counter stops being incremented after the reception of a 48.058RF CHANNEL RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiry of timerT_RCR_ACK twice (after the sending of the 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX_TS
Type Name Resource usage on TCH channel measurements
Type Definition Set of counters releated to the usage of the TCH channel (in HR or FR usage)
External Comment –
112 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements
5.2.1.1.1.4 C381b - TIME_HR_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS
Long Name TIME_HR_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS
Definition Time during which the TCH radio timeslot or the dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslotin HR usage is busy by a multiband mobile station. A TCH radio timeslot (or adynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot) in HR usage is said busy by a multiband mobilestation when one or two HR sub-channels are busy by a multiband mobilestation.A MS is considered as multiband if it supports:- the P-GSM (or E-GSMor R-GSM) and the DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDSparameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 andthe DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to"GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands ifthe PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900bands", or,- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900bands".
Trigger condition The counter cumulates, over the Accumulation Period, per radio timeslot,all unit times during which the TCH HR channel (or the dynamic SDCCH/8timeslot) is busy.For each channel allocation:1) The counter starts beingincremented after the sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION messageconcerning : - an half rate TCH channel (or a dynamic SDCC/8 timeslot)mapped either on the upper half or the lower half of the related TRX timeslot.-a mobile which has sent a 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGE message witha "Mobile Station Classmark 3" Information Element field specifying that itis a multiband MS. the MS supports:- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM)and the DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter isset to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 and the DCS1800bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM850and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900bands", or,- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900bands".2) The counter stops being incremented when no HR sub-channel (or thedynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot) concerning a multiband mobile is active anymoreon the related TRX channel.This is after the reception of a 48.058 RF CHANNELRELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiry of timer T_RCR_ACK twice(after the sending of the 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message) or the BSCinternal radio resource release due to any BSS problem, concerning the last HRTCH channel (or the dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot) related to a multiband mobile.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX_TS
Type Name Resource usage on TCH channel measurements
Type Definition Set of counters releated to the usage of the TCH channel (in HR or FR usage)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 113 / 1256
5 BSC-TYPE 5 - Resource usage on TCH channel measurements
114 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 115 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1 Handover
6.1.1 SDCCH+TCH
6.1.1.1 Cause
6.1.1.1.1 –
6.1.1.1.1.1 C440 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover
Definition MC440=C440, Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, withthe cause 23: "traffic handover" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage).
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 23. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
116 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2 TCH
6.1.2.1 Cause
6.1.2.1.1 –
6.1.2.1.1.1 C444 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_24_GenCaptureHandover
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_24_GenCaptureHandover
Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with the cause 24:"general capture handover" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage).
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 24. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 117 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.2 C447 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_26_BadQualHR
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_26_BadQualHR
Definition Number of intracell handover attempts, with the cause 26: "HR to FR channeladaptation due to bad radio quality" on a TCH channel.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 26 on TCH.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
118 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.3 C448 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_27_GoodQualFR
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_27_GoodQualFR
Definition Number of intracell handover attempts, with the cause 27: "FR to HR channeladaptation due to good radio quality" on a TCH channel.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 27 on TCH.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 119 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.4 C449 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_28_FastTraffic
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_28_FastTraffic
Definition Number of handover attempts, with the cause 28 (Fast Traffic Handover).
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 28 on TCH. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
120 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.5 C450 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_22_TooShortDistance
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_22_TooShortDistance
Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handovers attempts, with cause 22: "tooshort MS-BTS distance" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). Only the outerzones of extended cells are concerned by this counter.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the mobile via the BTSbecause of cause 22 on TCH. This counter is incremented in the servingcell.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handoverevents.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 121 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.6 C460 - NB_TCH_HO_ALLOC_EMERGENCY_PRES
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ALLOC_EMERGENCY_PRES
Definition Number of high priority TCH requests served when the number of free TCHtimeslots is less than or equal to NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO.
Trigger condition The counter is incremented on the serving cell whenever the 48.058 CHANNELACTIVATION message allocating a TCH channel is sent and the followingtwo conditions are both fulfilled:1) the TCH is allocated to serve i) an internalhandover Cause 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17, 18, 22, 27, or, ii) anexternal handover Cause "Uplink quality", "Uplink strength", "Downlink quality","Downlink strength", "Distance", or iii) a normal assignment or an externalhandover with the preemption indicator set (i.e. Preemption Capability Indicator= 1 and EN_TCH_PREEMPT = Enable).2) the number of free TCH timeslotsis less than or equal to NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO.Note 1: This counter countsboth inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.Note 2: The HMI name of theparameter NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO is "NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO".
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
122 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.7 C461 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_29_TFO
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_29_TFO
Definition Number of intra-cell handover - attempts, with the cause 29 (TFO mismatchresolution, TFO optimisation).MC461 = C461
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 29 on TCH.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 123 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.8 C470 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_2_TooLowQualUp
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_2_TooLowQualUp
Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 2: "uplinkquality too low" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter takes intoaccount handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 2. This counter is incremented in the serving cell,Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
124 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.9 C471 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_3_TooLowLevUp
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_3_TooLowLevUp
Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 2: "uplinkquality too low" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter takes intoaccount handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 3. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 125 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.10 C472 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_4_TooLowQualDown
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_4_TooLowQualDown
Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 4:"downlink quality too low" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This countertakes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 4. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
126 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.11 C473 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_5_TooLowLevDown
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_5_TooLowLevDown
Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 5:"downlink level too low" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This countertakes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 5. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 127 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.12 C474 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_6_TooLongDistance
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_6_TooLongDistance
Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 6:"MS-BTS distance too long" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). Thiscounter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 6. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
128 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.13 C476 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_15_TooHighLevInterfUp
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_15_TooHighLevInterfUp
Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 15: "too high levelinterference on uplink" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This countertakes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 15.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 129 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.14 C477 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_16_TooHighLevInterfDown
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_16_TooHighLevInterfDown
Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 16: "too high levelinterference on downlink" on a TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This countertakes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 16.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
130 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.15 C478 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_12_TooLowPowBudg
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_12_TooLowPowBudg
Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 12: "toolow power budget" on a TCH channel (in FR or FR usage). This counter takesinto account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 12. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 131 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.16 C479 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand
Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 21: "highlevel in neighbour cell in the preferred band" on a TCH channel (in HR or FRusage). This counter is related to multiband.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 21 on TCH. This counter is incremented in the servingcell.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handoverevents.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
132 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.17 C585a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell
Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 7:"several consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a micro cell" on a TCHchannel (in HR or FR usage). This counter takes into account handoversfrom TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. This counter is related to micro cellenvironment.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 7. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 133 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.18 C585d - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell
Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handovers attempts, with cause 17:"too low level on the uplink in a microcell compared to a high threshold" on aTCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter takes into account handoversfrom TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.This counter is related to micro cellenvironment.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 17. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
134 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.19 C585e - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell
Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handovers attempts, with cause 18: "toolow level on the downlink in a microcell compared to a high threshold" on aTCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter takes into account handoversfrom TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.This counter is related to micro cellenvironment.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 18. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 135 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.20 C585f - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS
Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with cause 14: "highlevel in neighbour lower layer for slow mobile" on a TCH channel (in HR or FRusage). This counter is related to micro cell environment.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 14. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
136 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.21 C586a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_10_TooLowLevUpInZone
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_10_TooLowLevUpInZone
Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 10 "Inner zone uplink leveltoo low" on TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter is related toconcentric cell environment.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 10.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 137 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.22 C586b - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_11_TooLowLevDownInZone
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_11_TooLowLevDownInZone
Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 11: "Inner zone downlinklevel too low" on TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter is related toconcentric cell environment.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 11.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
138 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.23 C586c - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_13_TooHighLevUpDownOutZone
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_13_TooHighLevUpDownOutZone
Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 13: "Outer zone uplink anddownlink levels too high" on TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter isrelated to concentric cell environment.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 13.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 139 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.1.1.24 C75 - NB_TCH_HO_MSC_TRIG
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_MSC_TRIG
Definition Number of external handovers triggered by the MSC but not required by the BSS.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER COMMAND message is received on Ainterface from the MSC and timer T_HO_REQ_LOST is not running.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.Note: Thiscounter does not count hantover to UMTS
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
140 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.2 Incoming External
6.1.2.2.1 –
6.1.2.2.1.1 C220 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_REQ
Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover requests.
Trigger condition Whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST received by the target BSC for thetarget cell on TCH.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 141 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.2.1.2 C221 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attempts.
Trigger condition Whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent by the target BSCcontaining the 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND towards the target cell onTCH.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handoverevents.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
142 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.2.1.3 C41b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_NO_TTCH
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_NO_TTCH
Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparationfailures due to A-traffic-channel status mismatch between the BSC and the MSC.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of"requested terrestrial resource unavailable" is sent on A interface from the targetBSC to the MSC.2) Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message witha cause value of "terrestrial circuit already allocated" is sent on A interfacefrom the target BSC to the MSC.3) Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILUREmessage with a cause value of "BSS not equipped" is sent on A interface fromthe target BSC to the MSC.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN andintra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 143 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.2.1.4 C42 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successes.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abisinterface from the target cell for a TCH channel that is involved in an externalTCH handover.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
144 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.2.1.5 C43 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS
Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -executionfailures due to MS access problem.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with acause value of "handover access failure" is received on Abis interface from thetarget cell for a TCH channel during an external TCH handover.2) Whenever thetimer supervising the handover procedure on the target cell (T9113), expiresduring an external TCH handover.3) Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR COMMANDwith a cause value of "radio interface failure - reversion to old channel" isreceived on A interface on the target BSC from the MSC during an externalTCH handover.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 145 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.2.1.6 C541 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_R_ABIS
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_R_ABIS
Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparationfailures due to congestion (C541a), or A-traffic-channel status mismatchbetween the BSC and the MSC (C41b).
Trigger condition Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
146 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.2.1.7 C541a - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparationfailures due to congestion.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of"no radio resource available" is sent on A interface from the target BSC tothe MSC during an external TCH handover.Note 1: This counter counts bothinter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.Note 2: In MX BSC, this counter isincremented whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a causevalue of "no radio resource available" is sent due to the TCH processing capacityof CCP reaches the limit defined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. Inthis case, MC926 is also incremented by one.Note 3: In IP mode, this counteris increased by 1 if:- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;- orthe TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by theNB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 147 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.3 Incoming Internal
6.1.2.3.1 –
6.1.2.3.1.1 C230 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_REQ
Definition Number of incoming internal inter cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handoverrequests.
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure selects atarget cell (among a list of target cells) for internal inter cell TCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
148 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.3.1.2 C231 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming internal inter cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handoverattempts.
Trigger condition 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the serving BTS for internal inter cellTCH handover. However, the counter is incremented in the TARGET cell, basedon the target cell ID indicated by the HO Command message,
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 149 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.3.1.3 C52 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handoversuccesses.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abisinterface from the target cell for a TCH channel that is involved in an internalinter-cell TCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
150 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.3.1.4 C53 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS
Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS
Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover-execution failures due to MS access problem; the mobile either reverts or doesnot to the old channel.
Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires duringan internal inter-cell TCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 151 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.3.1.5 C551 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover-preparation failures due to congestion.
Trigger condition Whenever an internal inter-cell TCH handover cannot be performed, becausethe target cell is congested (no free TCH channel).Note 1: In MX BSC, thiscounter is incremented whenever an internal inter-cell TCH handover cannotbe performed due to the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limitdefined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, MC926 is alsoincremented by one.Note 2: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:- the cellmapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;- or the TCH processing capacity ofAbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TSparameter
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
152 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.4 Intra
6.1.2.4.1 –
6.1.2.4.1.1 C270 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_REQ
Definition Number of intra cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover requests. This countertakes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It doesnot take into account DTM Assignments.
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure starts anintra cell TCH handover procedure.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 153 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.4.1.2 C271 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of intra cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attempts. This countertakes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It doesnot take into account DTM Assignments.
Trigger condition 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the BTS for intra cell handoveron TCH.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
154 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.4.1.3 C561 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Definition Number of intra-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparation failuresdue to congestion. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH intraffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into account DTM Assignments.
Trigger condition Whenever a internal intra-cell TCH handover cannot be performed, becausethere is no free TCH channel to serve the handover.Note 1: In MX BSC,this counter is incremented whenever an intra-cell TCH handover cannot beperformed due to the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limitdefined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, MC926 is alsoincremented by one.Note 2: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:- the cellmapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;- or the TCH processing capacity ofAbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TSparameter
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 155 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.4.1.4 C62 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of intra-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successes. Thiscounter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. Itdoes not take into account DTM Assignments.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message is received on Abisinterface on the target channel for a TCH channel that is involved in an internalintra-cell TCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
156 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.4.1.5 C63 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Definition Number of intra-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover execution failuresdue MS access problem; the mobile is lost. This counter takes into accounthandovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into accountDTM Assignments.
Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3107) expires duringan internal intra-cell.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 157 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.4.1.6 C67 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Definition Number of intra-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -execution failures dueto MS access problem with reversion of the mobile to the old channel. Thiscounter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. Itdoes not take into account DTM Assignments.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message is received on Abisinterface on the serving channel, during an internal intra-cell TCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
158 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.5 Outgoing External
6.1.2.5.1 –
6.1.2.5.1.1 C45a - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_REAL_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_REAL_HO_REQ
Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover requests. Thiscounter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED message with the cellidentification discriminator set to a value identifying a GSM handover is senton A interface to the MSC for a TCH handover towards a 2G cell. If morethan one 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED is sent in the frame of the sameHandover procedure, the counter is incremented only once.48.008 HANDOVERREQUIRED is sent in following situations:1) An external handover alarm hasbeen raised, with corresponding list of candidate cells.2) The list of candidatecells for the current alarm has been updated.Note: This counter counts bothinter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 159 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.5.1.2 C46 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successes.This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signalingmode.
Trigger condition External TCH handover in the following cases:1/ a 48.008 CLEAR COMMANDmessage with a cause value of "handover successful" is received on A interfaceon the serving BSC from the MSC.2/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause="normal event/call control") is received while T8 is running.Note: This countercounts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.Note: This counterdoesnt count hantover to UMTS
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
160 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.5.1.3 C47 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -executionfailures due to MS access problem with reversion of the mobile to the oldchannel. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or insignaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message is received on Abisinterface from the serving cell , during an external TCH handover.Note 1: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.Note 2: Thiscounter does not count hantover to UMTS.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 161 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.5.1.4 C48 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover executionfailures due to MS access problem without reversion of the mobile to the oldchannel (call drop). This counter takes into account handovers from TCH intraffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell(T8), expires during an external TCH handover, except if a 48.008 CLEARCOMMAND with "normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC,leading to a normal call release. In such a case, the handover is consideredas successful.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.Note: This counter does not count handover to UMTS
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
162 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.5.1.5 C50 - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attempts. Thiscounter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent onAbis interface on the serving channel, during an external TCH handoverprocedure.Note 1: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.Note 2: This counter does not count handover to UMTS
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 163 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.6 Outgoing Internal
6.1.2.6.1 –
6.1.2.6.1.1 C411 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_IDR_IN_ZONE_REQ
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_IDR_IN_ZONE_REQ
Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handoverrequests, plus the number of internal directed retries requests, towards theinner zone of a target concentric cell.
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure at theserving cell generates an HO alarm towards the inner zone of a target concentriccell for internal inter-cell TCH handover, or for an internal directed retry.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
164 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.6.1.2 C412 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_IDR_IN_ZONE_EXEC_FAIL
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_IDR_IN_ZONE_EXEC_FAIL
Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover-executions failures, plus the number of internal directed retries -executionfailures due to MS access problem, towards the inner zone of a target concentriccell.This counter permits to tune the EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO parameter.
Trigger condition 1) Receipts of 44.018HANDOVER FAILURE (cause=radio interface failure,reversion to old channel).2) Timer T3103 expiry (this timer starts upon thesending of 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND and is stopped upon the receiptof 44.018HANDOVER COMPLETE).
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 165 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.6.1.3 C55a - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_REQ
Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handoverrequests. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or insignaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure selects atarget cell (among a list of target cells) for internal inter cell TCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
166 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.6.1.4 C56 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handoversuccesses. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or insignaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abisinterface from the target cell , during an internal inter-cell TCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 167 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.6.1.5 C57 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover-execution failures due to MS access problem with reversion of the mobile tothe old channel. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in trafficor in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message is received on Abisinterface from the serving cell, during an internal inter-cell TCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
168 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.6.1.6 C58 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover-execution failures due to MS access problem without reversion of the mobileto the old channel (call drop). This counter takes into account handovers fromTCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires duringan internal inter-cell TCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 169 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.1.2.6.1.7 C60 - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handoverattempts. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or insignaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent on Abisinterface on the serving channel, during an internal inter-cell TCH handoverprocedure.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
170 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
6.2 Traffic Load
6.2.1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
6.2.1.1 Normal Assignment
6.2.1.1.1 –
6.2.1.1.1.1 C413 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_INNER_ZONE_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_INNER_ZONE_ALLOC
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment -whose ressource isallocated in the BSC, in the inner zone of a concentric cell.
Trigger condition Whenever 48.058CHANNEL ACTIVATION is about to be send on Abis toactivate a TCH channel in the inner zone of the concentric cell for any normalassignment.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name TCH handover measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the TCH handover procedure. The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 171 / 1256
6 BSC-TYPE 6 - TCH handover measurements
172 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements
7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 173 / 1256
7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements
7.1 Quality of Service
7.1.1 Interface
7.1.1.1 Abis
7.1.1.1.1 LapD
7.1.1.1.1.1 L1.12 - NB_LAPD_CRC_ERROR
Long Name NB_LAPD_CRC_ERROR
Definition Number of frames received with CRC error on the LapD link.
Trigger condition Whenever the HDLC Formatter handling the Physical LAPD link detects a CRCerror in a received Frame.Note 1: In case of LapD over UDP, this counter ismeaningless and shall always be set to 0.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 Abis
Sub Domain 3 LapD
Measured Object LapD
Type Name LapD measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links
External Comment –
174 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements
7.1.1.1.1.2 L1.15 - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT
Long Name NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT
Definition Number of Information frames re-transmitted on the LapD link.
Trigger condition Whenever an Information Frame is retransmitted on a logical LAPD link.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 Abis
Sub Domain 3 LapD
Measured Object LapD
Type Name LapD measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 175 / 1256
7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements
7.1.1.1.1.3 L1.17 - NB_LAPD_EST
Long Name NB_LAPD_EST
Definition Number of data link establishment, re-establishment and reset on the LapD link.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever the layer 2 receives a SABME frame in state MF Established orTimer recovery (data link reset initiated by the BTS).2) Whenever the layer2 receives an UA frame in the state Awaiting Establishment (i.e. data linkestablishment, re-establishment or link reset initiated by the BSC).
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 Abis
Sub Domain 3 LapD
Measured Object LapD
Type Name LapD measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links
External Comment –
176 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements
7.1.1.1.1.4 L1.18 - TIME_LAPD_CONG
Long Name TIME_LAPD_CONG
Definition Time in seconds during which the LapD link is congested in transmission inthe BSC.
Trigger condition This counter will be incremented with the number of seconds elapsedbetween the reception of L2_CONGESTION_IND and the reception ofL2_END_CONGESTION_IND by the Layer 3 in the BSC
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 Abis
Sub Domain 3 LapD
Measured Object LapD
Type Name LapD measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 177 / 1256
7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements
7.1.1.1.1.5 L1.5 - NB_LAPD_RNR_SENT
Long Name NB_LAPD_RNR_SENT
Definition Number of Receive Not Ready (RNR) frames transmitted on the LapD link.
Trigger condition Whenever an RNR Frame is transmitted on a logical LAPD link.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 Abis
Sub Domain 3 LapD
Measured Object LapD
Type Name LapD measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links
External Comment –
178 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements
7.1.1.1.1.6 L1.6 - NB_LAPD_RNR_REC
Long Name NB_LAPD_RNR_REC
Definition Number of Receive Not Ready (RNR) frames received on the LapD link.
Trigger condition Whenever an RNR Frame is received on a logical LAPD link.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 Abis
Sub Domain 3 LapD
Measured Object LapD
Type Name LapD measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 179 / 1256
7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements
7.2 Resource Availability & Usage
7.2.1 Interface
7.2.1.1 Abis
7.2.1.1.1 Availability
7.2.1.1.1.1 L1.16 - TIME_LAPD_UNAVAIL
Long Name TIME_LAPD_UNAVAIL
Definition Time (in seconds) during which the LapD link is unavailable for any cause.
Trigger condition 1) This counter will be incremented with the number of seconds elapsedbetween LAPD layer entities initiation (first DL_ESTABLISH_ REQUESTprimitive sent by Layer 3 to Layer 2 for that logical LAPD link) and receptionof the DL-ESTABLISH-CONFIRM primitive for that logical LAPD link.2) Thiscounter will also be incremented with the number of seconds elapsed betweenreception of the DL-RELEASE-INDICATION primitive and reception of theDL_ESTABLISH-CONFIRM primitive for that logical LAPD link.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 Abis
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object LapD
Type Name LapD measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links
External Comment –
180 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements
7.3 Traffic Load
7.3.1 Interface
7.3.1.1 Abis
7.3.1.1.1 LapD
7.3.1.1.1.1 L1.1 - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_SENT
Long Name NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_SENT
Definition Number of Information frames transmitted on the LapD link, excluding there-transmissions.
Trigger condition Whenever an Information Frame is transmitted on a logical LAPD link, which isnot a retransmission of a previous Information Frame.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 Abis
Sub Domain 3 LapD
Measured Object LapD
Type Name LapD measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 181 / 1256
7 BSC-TYPE 7 - LapD measurements
7.3.1.1.1.2 L1.2 - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_REC
Long Name NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_REC
Definition Number of Information frames received on the LapD link, excluding there-transmissions.
Trigger condition Whenever an Information Frame is received on a logical LAPD link.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 Abis
Sub Domain 3 LapD
Measured Object LapD
Type Name LapD measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the LapD logical links
External Comment –
182 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements
8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 183 / 1256
8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements
8.1 Quality of Service
8.1.1 Interface
8.1.1.1 OMC-BSC
8.1.1.1.1 X25
8.1.1.1.1.1 X3.22 - NB_X25_INC_CALL_ABNORM_CLOSED
Long Name NB_X25_INC_CALL_ABNORM_CLOSED
Definition Number of incoming X.25 calls that are closed in an abnormal way, as seenby the BSC.
Trigger condition Whenever an incoming X.25 CALL is closed in an abnormal way.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 OMC-BSC
Sub Domain 3 X25
Measured Object X25
Type Name X25 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the X25 links OMC-BSC
External Comment –
184 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements
8.1.1.1.1.2 X3.23 - NB_X25_OUT_CALL_ABNORM_CLOSED
Long Name NB_X25_OUT_CALL_ABNORM_CLOSED
Definition Number of outgoing X.25 calls that are closed in an abnormal way, as seenby the BSC.
Trigger condition Whenever an outgoing X.25 CALL is closed in an abnormal way.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 OMC-BSC
Sub Domain 3 X25
Measured Object X25
Type Name X25 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the X25 links OMC-BSC
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 185 / 1256
8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements
8.2 Traffic Load
8.2.1 Interface
8.2.1.1 OMC-BSC
8.2.1.1.1 X25
8.2.1.1.1.1 X3.20 - NB_X25_INC_CALL_SUCC_CLOSED
Long Name NB_X25_INC_CALL_SUCC_CLOSED
Definition Number of incoming X.25 calls that are successfully closed by the BSC.
Trigger condition Whenever an incoming X.25 CALL is successfully closed.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 OMC-BSC
Sub Domain 3 X25
Measured Object X25
Type Name X25 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the X25 links OMC-BSC
External Comment –
186 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements
8.2.1.1.1.2 X3.21 - NB_X25_OUT_CALL_SUCC_CLOSED
Long Name NB_X25_OUT_CALL_SUCC_CLOSED
Definition Number of outgoing X.25 calls that are successfully closed by the BSC.
Trigger condition Whenever an outgoing X.25 CALL is successfully closed.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 OMC-BSC
Sub Domain 3 X25
Measured Object X25
Type Name X25 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the X25 links OMC-BSC
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 187 / 1256
8 BSC-TYPE 8 - X25 measurements
188 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 189 / 1256
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.1 Quality of Service
9.1.1 Interface
9.1.1.1 A
9.1.1.1.1 Layers1-2-3
9.1.1.1.1.1 N1.10 - NB_N7_CHANGEOVER
Long Name NB_N7_CHANGEOVER
Definition Number of changeovers from the primary (observed) N7 SL to anothersecondary one.
Trigger condition Whenever a changeover is made from using the primary signalling link to thesecondary signalling link.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
190 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.1.1.1.1.2 N1.11 - NB_N7_CHANGEBACK
Long Name NB_N7_CHANGEBACK
Definition Number of changebacks from the secondary (observed) N7 SL to the primaryone.
Trigger condition Whenever a change back is made from using the secondary signalling linkto the primary signalling link.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 191 / 1256
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.1.1.1.1.3 N1.12 - NB_N7_RESTORATION
Long Name NB_N7_RESTORATION
Definition Number of N7 SL restorations (i.e. correctly aligned after a failure).
Trigger condition Whenever the No.7 Signalling channel between the MSC and BSS is correctlyaligned after the removal of a failure condition, this counter will be incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
192 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.1.1.1.1.4 N1.2 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_ANY_CAUSE
Long Name NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_ANY_CAUSE
Definition Number of N7 SL failures (any reason).
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a No.7 Signalling Link failure is detected due to an abnormalForward Indicator Bit (FIB) being received by the BSS.2) Whenever a No.7Signalling Link failure is detected due to an abnormal Backward SequenceNumber (BSN) being received by the BSS.3) Whenever the timer supervisingthe reception of an acknowledgement message (T7) expires.4) Whenever aNo.7 Signalling Link failure is detected due to an excessive signal unit error ratebeing detected.5) Whenever a No.7 Signalling Link failure is detected due toan excessive duration of Signalling Link congestion.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 193 / 1256
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.1.1.1.1.5 N1.3 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_FIB_BSN
Long Name NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_FIB_BSN
Definition Number of Forward Indicator Bits (FIB) and Backward Sequence Number (BSN)on the N7 SL.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever any two Forward Indicator Bit values in 3 concecutive recievedMSUs or fill-in SUs indicate the start of a retransmission when no NACKhas been sent.2) Whenever two Backward Sequence Number values in 3concecutive received MSUs or fill-in SUs are not the same as the previous one orany of the Forward Sequence Number values of SUs in retransmission buffers.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
194 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.1.1.1.1.6 N1.4 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_T7_EXP
Long Name NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_T7_EXP
Definition Number of N7 SL failures due to non acknowledgment in time.
Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the reception of an acknowledgement message(T7) expires.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 195 / 1256
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.1.1.1.1.7 N1.5 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_SU_ERROR_RATE
Long Name NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_SU_ERROR_RATE
Definition Number of N7 SL failures due to exessive signal unit error rate.
Trigger condition Whenever a No.7 Signalling Link failure is detected due to an excessive SignalUnit error rate.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
196 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.1.1.1.1.8 N1.6 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_CONG
Long Name NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_CONG
Definition Number of N7 SL failures due to congestion during an extended period of time.
Trigger condition Whenever a No.7 Signalling Link failure is detected due to an excessive durationof Signalling Link congestion.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 197 / 1256
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.1.1.1.1.9 N1.7 - NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_ALIGNMENT
Long Name NB_N7_LINK_FAIL_ALIGNMENT
Definition Number of N7 SL failures due to expiry of timer supervising the alignment.
Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the alignment of the Signalling Link (T2) expires.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
198 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.1.1.1.1.10 N1.8 - NB_N7_SU_REC_WITH_ERROR
Long Name NB_N7_SU_REC_WITH_ERROR
Definition Number of Signalling Units received with errors on the N7 SL.
Trigger condition Whenever a Signalling Unit is received which is found to be in error.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 199 / 1256
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.1.1.1.1.11 N1.9 - NB_N7_NEG_ACK_REC
Long Name NB_N7_NEG_ACK_REC
Definition Number of Negative Acknowledgment receieved on the N7 SL.
Trigger condition Whenever a Negative Acknowledgement (NACK) is received.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
200 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.1.1.1.1.12 N3.10 - NB_N7_MSU_DISC_DUE_CONG
Long Name NB_N7_MSU_DISC_DUE_CONG
Definition Number Message Signalling Units (MSU) discarded due to a message bufferoverflow caused by an extended period of Signalling Link congestion.
Trigger condition Whenever an Message Signalling Unit (MSU) is discarded due to SignallingLink congestion.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 201 / 1256
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.1.1.1.1.13 N3.11 - NB_N7_CONG_WITH_MSU_LOST
Long Name NB_N7_CONG_WITH_MSU_LOST
Definition Number of times one (or more) Message Signalling Units (MSU) are lost dueto congestion on the N7 SL.
Trigger condition Whenever 1 or more MSU's are lost due to congestion on the signalling link.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
202 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.2 Resource Availability & Usage
9.2.1 Interface
9.2.1.1 A
9.2.1.1.1 Availability
9.2.1.1.1.1 N1.1 - TIME_N7_ALIGNED
Long Name TIME_N7_ALIGNED
Definition Time (in seconds) during which the N7 SL is correctly aligned.
Trigger condition Whenever the No.7 Signalling channel between the MSC and BSS is correctlyaligned, this counter will be incremented every second.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 203 / 1256
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.2.1.1.1.2 N2.7 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_ERROR_SL
Long Name TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_ERROR_SL
Definition Time (in seconds) during which the N7 SL is not correctly aligned due to afault on the N7 SL.
Trigger condition Whenever the No.7 Signalling channel between the MSC and BSS fails, until thetime when the fault has been removed and the link aligned, this counter will beincremented every second.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
204 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.2.1.1.1.3 N2.9 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_MSC_PROC_OUTAGE
Long Name TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_MSC_PROC_OUTAGE
Definition Time (in seconds) during which the N7 SL is not available due to a remoteMSC processor outage.
Trigger condition Whenever the MSC indicates to the BSS that it is unable to process signallingtraffic due to an outage, this counter will be incremented every second.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 205 / 1256
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.2.1.1.1.4 N3.7 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_CONG
Long Name TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_CONG
Definition Time (in seconds) during which the N7 SL is not available due to congestion.
Trigger condition Whenever the signalling link is congested, this counter will be incrementedevery second.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
206 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.2.1.1.1.5 N4.2 - TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_LINK_SET
Long Name TIME_N7_UNAVAIL_LINK_SET
Definition Time (in seconds) during which the Link Set towards the MSC is not availableon the N7.
Trigger condition Whenever the Link Set towards the MSC is unavailable, this counter will beupdated every second.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object N7 Link Set
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 207 / 1256
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.3 Traffic Load
9.3.1 Interface
9.3.1.1 A
9.3.1.1.1 Layers1-2-3
9.3.1.1.1.1 N3.1 - NB_N7_SIF_SIO_SENT
Long Name NB_N7_SIF_SIO_SENT
Definition Number of octets of Signalling Information (SIF) and Service Information Octets(SIO) transmitted on the N7 SL.
Trigger condition When sending an MSU, this counter is incremented by the length of the SIF, plusone for the SIO octet.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
208 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.3.1.1.1.2 N3.2 - NB_N7_OCTETS_RESENT
Long Name NB_N7_OCTETS_RESENT
Definition Number of octets re-transmitted on the N7 SL.
Trigger condition Whenever an octet has to be re-transmitted.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 209 / 1256
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.3.1.1.1.3 N3.3 - NB_N7_MSU_SENT
Long Name NB_N7_MSU_SENT
Definition Number of Message Signalling Units (MSU) transmitted on the N7 SL.
Trigger condition Whenever a Message Signalling Unit (MSU) is transmitted.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
210 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.3.1.1.1.4 N3.4 - NB_N7_SIF_SIO_REC
Long Name NB_N7_SIF_SIO_REC
Definition Number of octets of Signalling Information Field (SIF) and Service InformationOctets (SIO) received on the N7 SL.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever an octet of the Signalling Information Field (SIF) is received.2)Whenever a Service Information Octet is received.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 211 / 1256
9 BSC-TYPE 9 - N7 measurements
9.3.1.1.1.5 N3.5 - NB_N7_MSU_REC
Long Name NB_N7_MSU_REC
Definition Number of Message Signalling Units (MSU) received on the N7 SL.
Trigger condition Whenever a Message Signalling Unit (MSU) is received.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Layers1-2-3
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name N7 measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the N7 Signalling Links. Note that in the BSS context,the Link Set and the Route Set are identical.
External Comment –
212 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 213 / 1256
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1 Quality of Service
10.1.1 Interface
10.1.1.1 A
10.1.1.1.1 BSSAP
10.1.1.1.1.1 C180a - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_RadioIntMessFail
Long Name NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_RadioIntMessFail
Definition Number of 48.008CLEAR REQUEST (cause="radio interface message failure")sent to the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message with a cause value of "radiointerface message failure" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
214 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.2 C180b - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_O&Minterv
Long Name NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_O&Minterv
Definition Number of 48.008CLEAR REQUEST (cause="O&M intervention") sent to theMSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message with a cause value of "O&Mintervention" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 215 / 1256
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.3 C180c - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EquipFail
Long Name NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EquipFail
Definition Number of 48.008CLEAR REQUEST (cause="equipment failure") sent to theMSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message with a cause value of"equipment failure" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
216 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.4 C180d - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_RadioIntFail
Long Name NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_RadioIntFail
Definition Number of 48.008CLEAR REQUEST (cause="radio interface failure") sent tothe MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message with a cause value of "radiointerface failure" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 217 / 1256
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.5 C180e - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_NoRadioResAvail
Long Name NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_NoRadioResAvail
Definition Number of 48.008CLEAR REQUEST (cause="no radio resource available")sent to the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message with a cause value of "no radioresource available" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
218 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.6 C181a - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntMessFail
Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntMessFail
Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="radio interface messagefailure") sent to the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of"radio interface message failure" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 219 / 1256
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.7 C181b - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_O&Minterv
Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_O&Minterv
Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="O&M intervention") sentto the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of"O&M intervention" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
220 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.8 C181c - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_EquipFail
Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_EquipFail
Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="equipment failure") sentto the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of"equipment failure" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 221 / 1256
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.9 C181d - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_NoRadioResAvail
Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_NoRadioResAvail
Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="no radio resourceavailable") sent to the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of"no radio resource available" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
222 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.10 C181e - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqTerResUnav/Alloc
Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqTerResUnav/Alloc
Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="requested terrestrialresource unavailable", or "terrestrial resource already allocated") sent to theMSC.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of"requested terrestrial resource unavailable" is sent on A interface to the MSC.2)Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of"terrestrial resource already allocated" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 223 / 1256
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.11 C181f - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqTrans/RateUnav
Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqTrans/RateUnav
Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="requested transcoding/rateadaptation unavailable") sent to the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of"requested transcoding/rate adaptation unavailable" is sent on A interface tothe MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
224 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.12 C181g - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntFailRevOldChan
Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntFailRevOldChan
Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="radio interface failure-reversion to old channel") sent to the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of"radio interface failure - reversion to old channel" is sent on A interface to theMSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 225 / 1256
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.13 C181h - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntFail
Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_RadioIntFail
Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="radio interface failure")sent to the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of"radio interface failure" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
226 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.14 C181i - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_CipherAlgoNotSupp
Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_CipherAlgoNotSupp
Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="ciphering algorithm notsupported") sent to the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of"cipher algorithm not supported" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 227 / 1256
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.15 C181j - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_BSSnotEquip
Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_BSSnotEquip
Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="BSS not equiped") sentto the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of"BSS not equiped" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
228 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.16 C181k - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ProtocolError
Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ProtocolError
Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="protocol error betweenBSC and MSC") sent to the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of"protocol error between BSC and MSC" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 229 / 1256
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.17 C181l - NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqSpeechVersUnav
Long Name NB_N7_ASS_FAIL_ReqSpeechVersUnav
Definition Number of 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause="requested speech versionunavailable") sent to the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message with a cause value of"requested speech version unavailable" is sent on A interface to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
230 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.1.1.1.1.18 C182 - NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EST_PHAS
Long Name NB_N7_CLEAR_REQ_EST_PHAS
Definition Number of 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST sent to the MSC for calls in TCHestablished phase, and for internal inter-cell and external TCH handoverfailures.Intra-cell handover failures are not taken into account.This counter takesinto account TCH in traffic mode or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message, whatever the cause, is senton A interface to the MSC, for a call in TCH established phase. Note that thistrigger takes into account TCH in traffic mode or in signaling mode.2) Whenevera 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message is sent on A interface to the MSC, after aHandover command is sent, during a TCH internal inter-cell HO.3) Whenever a48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message is sent on A interface to the MSC, after aHandover command is sent, during a TCH external HO.4) Whenever a 48.008CLEAR REQUEST message is sent on A interface to the MSC, after a DTMAssignment Command is sent, during a DTM assignment, for a MS whichalready had a TCH allocated (i.e. the TCH in DTM Assignment Command isestablished in traffic mode).
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 BSSAP
Measured Object BSC
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 231 / 1256
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.2 Traffic Load
10.2.1 Interface
10.2.1.1 A
10.2.1.1.1 –
10.2.1.1.1.1 C750 - TIME_A_CHANNEL_BUSY
Long Name TIME_A_CHANNEL_BUSY
Definition Time (in seconds) during which the A channel is busy.
Trigger condition The counter cumulates over the Accumulation Period, all unit times during whichthe A channel is busy.For each channel allocation:1) The counter starts beingincremented when the A channel is activated (see C751)2) The counter stopsbeing incremented when the A channel is deallocated after the reception of a48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiryof timer T_RCR_ACK twice (after the sending of the 48.058 RF CHANNELRELEASE message).
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object A interface channel
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
232 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
10.2.1.1.1.2 C751 - NB_A_CHANNEL_ALLOC
Long Name NB_A_CHANNEL_ALLOC
Definition Number of allocations of the A-channel.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a A channel is allocated following the reception of 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST.2) Whenever a A channel is allocated followingthe reception of 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST3) Whenever a A channel isallocated during an internal handover procedure
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object A interface channel
Type Name A interface measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the different causes of 08.08CLEAR REQUEST and08.08ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 233 / 1256
10 BSC-TYPE 18 - A interface measurements
234 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements
11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 235 / 1256
11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements
11.1 Quality of Service
11.1.1 Short Message Service
11.1.1.1 Point to Point
11.1.1.1.1 Failure
11.1.1.1.1.1 C194a - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_RadioIntFail
Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_RadioIntFail
Definition Number of SMS connection rejections by the BSC with the cause "radiointerface failure".
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 SAPI "n" REJECT message related to SAPI 3 is sent fromBSC to MSC with a cause value of "radio interface failure".
Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service
Sub Domain 2 Point to Point
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SMS PP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMStransactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, arecounted.
External Comment –
236 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements
11.1.1.1.1.2 C194b - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_BSSnotEquip
Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_BSSnotEquip
Definition Number of SMS connection rejections by the BSC with the cause "BSS notequipped",
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 SAPI "n" REJECT message related to SAPI 3 with a causevalue of "BSS not equipped" is sent on A interface from BSC to MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service
Sub Domain 2 Point to Point
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SMS PP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMStransactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, arecounted.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 237 / 1256
11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements
11.1.1.1.1.3 C194c - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_ProtocolError
Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_REJ_ProtocolError
Definition Number of SMS connection rejections by the BSC with the cause "protocolerror between BSC and MSC".
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 SAPI "n" REJECT message related to SAPI 3 with a causevalue of "protocol error between BSC and MSC" is sent on A interface fromBSC to MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service
Sub Domain 2 Point to Point
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SMS PP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMStransactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, arecounted.
External Comment –
238 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements
11.1.1.1.1.4 C195 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_REL_LAPDM_ERROR
Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_REL_LAPDM_ERROR
Definition Number of SMS connection releases of established SMS SAPI 3 connections bythe BSC due to a LAPDm error.
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message related to SAPI 3 isreceived by the BSC with one of the following cause values :a) timer T200expired (N200+1) timesb) unsolicited DM response, multiple frame establishedstatec) sequence error.
Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service
Sub Domain 2 Point to Point
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SMS PP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMStransactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, arecounted.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 239 / 1256
11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements
11.1.1.1.2 Success
11.1.1.1.2.1 C190 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MO_SDCCH
Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_MO_SDCCH
Definition Number of Mobile Originating SMS connections on SDCCH.
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION (SAPI = 3) message related toan SDCCH sub-channel is received by the BSC.
Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service
Sub Domain 2 Point to Point
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SMS PP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMStransactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, arecounted.
External Comment –
240 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements
11.1.1.1.2.2 C191 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SDCCH
Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SDCCH
Definition Number of Mobile Terminating SMS connections on SDCCH.
Trigger condition Whenever an ESTABLISH CONFIRM (SAPI = 3) message related to an SDCCHsub-channel is received by the BSC.
Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service
Sub Domain 2 Point to Point
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SMS PP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMStransactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, arecounted.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 241 / 1256
11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements
11.1.1.1.2.3 C192 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MO_SACCH
Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_MO_SACCH
Definition Number of Mobile Originating SMS connections on SACCH.
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION (SAPI = 3) message related toan SACCH sub-channel is received by the BSC.
Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service
Sub Domain 2 Point to Point
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SMS PP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMStransactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, arecounted.
External Comment –
242 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements
11.1.1.1.2.4 C193 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SACCH
Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SACCH
Definition Number of Mobile Terminating SMS connections on SACCH.
Trigger condition Whenever an ESTABLISH CONFIRM (SAPI = 3) message related to an SACCHsub-channel is received by the BSC.
Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service
Sub Domain 2 Point to Point
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SMS PP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Point to Point. The SMStransactions on SDCCH and SACCH channels, originating or terminating, arecounted.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 243 / 1256
11 BSC-TYPE 19 - SMS PP measurements
244 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
12 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements
12 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 245 / 1256
12 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements
12.1 Quality of Service
12.1.1 Interface
12.1.1.1 A
12.1.1.1.1 SCCP
12.1.1.1.1.1 C153a - NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_NSS
Long Name NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_NSS
Definition Number of BSS originating SCCP connection failures due to the NSS.
Trigger condition 1) CREF received.2) RLSD received for a connection that was not established(this could indicate that the Connection Confirm from the MSC was not received).
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 SCCP
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name SCCP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links
External Comment –
246 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
12 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements
12.1.1.1.1.2 C153b - NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_BSS
Long Name NB_N7_CON_EST_FAIL_DUE_BSS
Definition Number of BSS originating SCCP connection failures due to the BSS.
Trigger condition N_DISC_REQ received from BSSAP for a connection that was not yetestablished.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 SCCP
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name SCCP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 247 / 1256
12 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements
12.1.1.1.1.3 C257 - NB_N7_CON_REF_SENT
Long Name NB_N7_CON_REF_SENT
Definition Number of CONNECTION REFUSED sent to the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION REFUSED message is sent on A interface fromthe BSC to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 SCCP
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name SCCP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links
External Comment –
248 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
12 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements
12.1.1.1.1.4 C258 - NB_N7_CON_REF_REC
Long Name NB_N7_CON_REF_REC
Definition Number of CONNECTION REFUSED received from the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION REFUSED message is received on A interfacefrom the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 SCCP
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name SCCP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 249 / 1256
12 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements
12.2 Traffic Load
12.2.1 Interface
12.2.1.1 A
12.2.1.1.1 SCCP
12.2.1.1.1.1 C251 - NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_SENT
Long Name NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_SENT
Definition Number of connectionless Unit Data messages class 0 sent to the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a UNIT DATA message (with protocol class parameter equal to 0) issent from the BSC to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 SCCP
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name SCCP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links
External Comment –
250 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
12 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements
12.2.1.1.1.2 C252 - NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_REC
Long Name NB_N7_UNIT_DATA_REC
Definition Number of connectionless Unit Data messages class 0 received from the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a UNIT DATA message (with protocol class parameter equal to 0) isreceived from the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 SCCP
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name SCCP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 251 / 1256
12 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements
12.2.1.1.1.3 C253 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_SENT
Long Name NB_N7_CON_REQ_SENT
Definition Number of CONNECTION REQUEST sent to the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION REQUEST message is sent on A interface fromthe BSC to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 SCCP
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name SCCP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links
External Comment –
252 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
12 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements
12.2.1.1.1.4 C254 - NB_N7_CON_REQ_REC
Long Name NB_N7_CON_REQ_REC
Definition Number of CONNECTION REQUEST received from the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION REQUEST message is received on A interfacefrom the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 SCCP
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name SCCP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 253 / 1256
12 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements
12.2.1.1.1.5 C255 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_SENT
Long Name NB_N7_CON_CONF_SENT
Definition Number of CONNECTION CONFIRM sent to the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION CONFIRM message is sent on A interface fromthe BSC to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 SCCP
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name SCCP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links
External Comment –
254 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
12 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements
12.2.1.1.1.6 C256 - NB_N7_CON_CONF_REC
Long Name NB_N7_CON_CONF_REC
Definition Number of CONNECTION CONFIRM received from the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a CONNECTION CONFIRM message is received on A interfacefrom the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 SCCP
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name SCCP measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the SCCP layer of the N7 Signalling Links
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 255 / 1256
12 BSC-TYPE 25 - SCCP measurements
256 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
13 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
13 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacencymeasurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 257 / 1256
13 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
13.1 Adjacency
13.1.1 Fixed serving Cell
13.1.1.1 –
13.1.1.1.1 –
13.1.1.1.1.1 C720 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)handover attempts. Note that for outgoing external handover, the "Cell Identifier"OIE is not always provided, so the counter is incremented only if this field isprovided. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or insignaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the fixedserving cell for an external or internal inter-cell TCH handover towards thevariable target cell.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.
External Comment –
258 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
13 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
13.1.1.1.1.2 C721 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of outgoing external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)handover successes. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH intraffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition 1) Internal handover: whenever 44.018 HANDOVER_COMPLETE messageis received on Abis interface from the variable target cell during an internalinter-cell TCH handover attempted from the fixed serving cell.2) Externalhandover from the fixed serving cell to the 2G target cell in the followingcases:2a) 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "handover successful") isreceived at the serving BSC from the MSC.2b) 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND(cause = "normal event/call control") is received while T8 is running.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 259 / 1256
13 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
13.1.1.1.1.3 C722 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Definition Number of outgoing external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)handover -execution failures due to MS access problem with reversion of themobile to the old channel. This counter takes into account handovers fromTCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message is received on Abisinterface from the fixed serving cell during an external or internal inter-cell TCHhandover attempted towards the variable 2G target cell.Note: This countercounts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.
External Comment –
260 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
13 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
13.1.1.1.1.4 C723 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Definition Number of outgoing external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)handover -execution failures due to MS access problem, without reversion ofthe mobile to the old channel. This counter takes into account handovers fromTCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition 1) Internal handover: whenever the timer supervising the internal inter-cell TCHhandover procedure (T3103) from the fixed serving cell to the variable target cellexpires.2) External handover: whenever the timer supervising the external TCHhandover procedure (T8) from the fixed serving cell to the variable target cellexpires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with "normal event/call control"cause was received from the MSC, leading to a normal call release. In such acase, the handover is considered as successful.Note: This counter counts bothinter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 261 / 1256
13 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
13.1.1.1.1.5 C724 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EMERGENCY_ATPT
Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_EMERGENCY_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)handover attempts with emergency cause. This counter takes into accounthandovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Inter-cell HO, External HO : Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND issent to the MS via the serving cell, for an outgoing handover cause 2, 3, 4, 5,6, 7, 17, 18, 22 on a TCH channel, from the fixed serving cell to the variabletarget cell.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handoverevents.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.
External Comment –
262 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
13 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
13.1.1.1.1.6 C725 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_BETTERCELL_ATPT
Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_BETTERCELL_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)handover attempts with better cell cause. This counter takes into accounthandovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Inter-cell HO, External HO : Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND issent to the MS via the serving cell, for an outgoing handover cause 12, 14, 21on a TCH channel, from the fixed serving cell to the variable target cell.Note:This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 263 / 1256
13 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
13.1.1.1.1.7 C727 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_TRAFFIC_ATPT
Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_TCH_HO_TRAFFIC_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)handover attempts with traffic cause. This counter takes into account handoversfrom TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Inter-cell HO, External HO : Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND issent to the MS via the serving cell, for an outgoing handover cause 23,24, 28 ona TCH channel, from the fixed serving cell to the variable target cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.
External Comment –
264 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
13 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
13.1.1.1.1.8 C728 - NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_ FORCED_DR_ATPT
Long Name NB_ADJ_SCELL_OUT_ FORCED_DR_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing (external or internal) inter-cell directed retries attempts withForced directed retry cause.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent to the MS foran outgoing (external or internal) inter-cell directed retry Cause 20 from theserving cell to a given target cell.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMNand intra-PLMN directed retry events.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed serving Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to outgoing TCH handover provided per adjacency.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 265 / 1256
13 BSC-TYPE 26 - TCH outgoing handover per adjacency measurements
266 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
14 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
14 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover peradjacency measurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 267 / 1256
14 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
14.1 Adjacency
14.1.1 Fixed target Cell
14.1.1.1 –
14.1.1.1.1 –
14.1.1.1.1.1 C730 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR orFR usage) handover attempts.
Trigger condition 1) Internal handover : whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to theMS via the variable serving cell for an internal inter-cell TCH handover towardsthe fixed target cell.2) External handover : whenever 48.008HANDOVERREQUEST ACK is sent to the MSC from the target BSC for an external TCHhandover from the variable 2G serving cell towards the fixed target cell. TheCell-identity of the serving and target cells is provided in the 48.008HANDOVERREQUEST. Only handovers from a 2G cell shall be taken into account (if thefield Cell Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST is set to 0000 or 0001).Note: This counter counts bothinter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3Gare not counted in type 27).
External Comment –
268 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
14 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
14.1.1.1.1.2 C731 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FRusage) handover successes.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abisinterface from the fixed target cell during an external or internal inter-cell TCHhandover attempted from the variable serving cell. Only handovers from a 2Gcell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell Identifier discriminator in theI.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to0000 or 0001).Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3Gare not counted in type 27).
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 269 / 1256
14 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
14.1.1.1.1.3 C733 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACC
Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACC
Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FRusage) handover -execution failures due to MS access problem, with or withoutreversion of the mobile to the old channel.
Trigger condition 1) Internal handover : - 44.018HANDOVER FAILURE (cause= "radio interfacefailure, reversion to old channel") received from the variable serving cell duringan internal inter-cell TCH handover towards the fixed target cell.- T3103 expiry2) External handover : - 48.058CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION (cause="handover access failure") received on the new channel from the fixed targetcell- 48.008CLEAR COMMAND (cause= "radio interface failure, reversion to oldchannel") received on the target BSC.Only handovers from a 2G cell shall betaken into account (if the field Cell Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier(serving) of the 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to 0000 or 0001).Note:This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3Gare not counted in type 27).
External Comment –
270 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
14 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
14.1.1.1.1.4 C734 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_EMERGENCY_ATPT
Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_EMERGENCY_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FRusage) handover attempts, with emergency cause.
Trigger condition 1) Internal inter-cell handover : whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMANDis sent to the MS via the variable serving cell for an internal inter-cell TCHhandover towards the fixed target cell, with cause 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 17, 18, 22 2)External handover : whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent tothe MSC from the target BSC for an external TCH handover from the variableserving cell towards the fixed target cell. The Cell-identity of the serving andtarget cells is provided in the 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST with 48.008 cause2, 3, 4, 5, 6Only handovers from a 2G cell shall be taken into account (if thefield Cell Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST is set to 0000 or 0001).Note: This counter counts bothinter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3Gare not counted in type 27).
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 271 / 1256
14 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
14.1.1.1.1.5 C735 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_BETTERCELL_ATPT
Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_BETTERCELL_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FRusage) handover attempts, with better cell cause.
Trigger condition 1) Internal intercell handover : whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sentto the MS via the variable serving cell for an internal inter-cell TCH handovertowards the fixed target cell, with cause 12, 14, 212) External handover :whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent to the MSC from thetarget BSC for an external TCH handover from the variable serving cell towardsthe fixed target cell. The Cell-identity of the serving and target cells is providedin the 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST with 48.008 cause 12Only handoversfrom a 2G cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell Identifier discriminatorin the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is setto 0000 or 0001).Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3Gare not counted in type 27).
External Comment –
272 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
14 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
14.1.1.1.1.6 C737 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_TRAFFIC_ATPT
Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_TRAFFIC_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FRusage) handover attempts, with traffic cause.
Trigger condition 1) Internal handover : whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to theMS via the variable serving cell for an internal inter-cell TCH handover towardsthe fixed target cell, with cause 23, 24, 282) External handover : whenever48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent to the MSC from the target BSCfor an external TCH handover from the variable serving cell towards the fixedtarget cell. The Cell-identity of the serving and target cells is provided in the48.008HANDOVER REQUEST with 48.008 cause 15.Only handovers from a2G cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell Identifier discriminator inthe I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to0000 or 0001).Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3Gare not counted in type 27).
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 273 / 1256
14 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
14.1.1.1.1.7 C738 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_FORCED_DR_ATPT
Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_FORCED_DR_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell directed retriesattempts, with Forced directed retry cause.
Trigger condition 1) Internal handover : whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent tothe MS via the variable serving cell for an internal inter-cell TCH handovertowards the fixed target cell, with cause 202) External handover : whenever48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent to the MSC from the target BSCfor an external TCH handover from the variable serving cell towards the fixedtarget cell. The Cell-identity of the serving and target cells is provided in the48.008HANDOVER REQUEST with 48.008 cause 13.Only handovers from a2G cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell Identifier discriminator inthe I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to0000 or 0001).Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3Gare not counted in type 27).
External Comment –
274 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
14 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
14.1.1.1.1.8 C753 - NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_OTHER_ATPT
Long Name NB_ADJ_TCELL_INC_TCH_HO_OTHER_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external and internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FRusage) handover attempts, with unknown or missing cause.
Trigger condition 1) Internal handover : whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to theMS via the variable serving cell for an internal inter-cell TCH handover towardsthe fixed target cell, with unknown or missing cause.2) External handover :whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent to the MSC from thetarget BSC for an external TCH handover from the variable serving cell towardsthe fixed target cell. The Cell-identity of the serving and target cells is providedin the 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST with unknown or missing 48.008 cause,or 48.008 cause different from 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 12, 13, 15.Only handovers from a2G cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell Identifier discriminator inthe I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to0000 or 0001).Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 Fixed target Cell
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to incoming TCH handover provided per adjacency.Only handovers from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handovers from 3Gare not counted in type 27).
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 275 / 1256
14 BSC-TYPE 27 - 2G TCH incoming handover per adjacency measurements
276 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 277 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1 Handover
15.1.1 SDCCH
15.1.1.1 Cause
15.1.1.1.1 –
15.1.1.1.1.1 C115 - NB_SDCCH_HO_MSC_TRIG
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_MSC_TRIG
Definition Number of external handovers triggered by the MSC but not required by the BSS.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER COMMAND message is received on Ainterface from the MSC and timer T_HO_REQ_LOST is not running.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
278 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.2 C445 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover
Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with the cause 23:"traffic handover" on SDCCH. This counter counts also the directed retries.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 23 on SDCCH. This counter is incremented in the servingcell.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handoverevents.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 279 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.3 C446 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_24_GenCaptureHandover
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_24_GenCaptureHandover
Definition Number of inter-cell internal or external handover attempts, with the cause 24:"general capture handover" on SDCCH. This counter counts also the directedretries.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 24 on SDCCH. This counter is incremented in the servingcell.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handoverevents.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
280 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.4 C454 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_22_TooShortDistance
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_22_TooShortDistance
Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause22: "too short MS-BTS distance". This cause is restricted to the extendedcells.This counter counts also the directed retries.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the mobile via the BTSbecause of cause 22 on SDCCH. This counter is incremented in the servingcell.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handoverevents.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 281 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.5 C510 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_2_TooLowQualUp
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_2_TooLowQualUp
Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts triggeredwith cause 2: "uplink quality too low".
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 2. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
282 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.6 C511 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_3_TooLowLevUp
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_3_TooLowLevUp
Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause3: "uplink level too low".
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 3. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 283 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.7 C512 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_4_TooLowQualDown
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_4_TooLowQualDown
Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause4: "downlink quality too low".
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 4. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
284 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.8 C513 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_5_TooLowLevDown
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_5_TooLowLevDown
Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts triggeredwith cause 5: "downlink level too low".
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 5. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 285 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.9 C514 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_6_TooLongDistance
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_6_TooLongDistance
Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause6: "MS-BTS distance too long".
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 6. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
286 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.10 C516 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_15_TooHighLevInterfUp
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_15_TooHighLevInterfUp
Definition Number of SDCCH intra-cell handover attempts with cause 15: "too high levelinterference on uplink".
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 15.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 287 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.11 C517 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_16_TooHighLevInterfDown
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_16_TooHighLevInterfDown
Definition Number of SDCCH intra-cell handover attempts with cause 16: "too high levelinterference on downlink".
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 16.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
288 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.12 C518 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_12_TooLowPowBudg
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_12_TooLowPowBudg
Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause12: "too low power budget".
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 12. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 289 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.13 C519 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand
Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause21: "high level in neighbour cell in the preferred band". This counter is relatedto multiband.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 21. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
290 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.14 C605a - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell
Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause7: "several consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a micro cell". Thiscounter is related to micro cell environment.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 7. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 291 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.15 C605d - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell
Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause17 "too low level on the uplink in a microcell compared to a high threshold". Thiscounter is related to micro cell environment.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 17. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
292 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.16 C605e - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell
Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause18: "too low level on the downlink in a microcell compared to a high threshold".This counter is related to micro cell environment.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 18. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 293 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.17 C605f - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS
Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause14: "high level in neighbour lower layer cell for slow mobile". This counter isrelated to micro cell environment.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 14. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
294 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.1.1.18 C607 - NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_20_HighLevNeigCellForcDR
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_ATPT_20_HighLevNeigCellForcDR
Definition Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handover attempts with cause20: "forced directed retry". This counter is related to a forced directed retry(internal or external).
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 20. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 295 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.2 Incoming External
15.1.1.2.1 –
15.1.1.2.1.1 C310 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_REQ
Definition Number of incoming external SDCCH handover requests.
Trigger condition 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST is received by the target BSC for the targetcell on the SDCCH channel.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN andintra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
296 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.2.1.2 C311 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming external SDCCH handover attempts.
Trigger condition 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent by the target BSC containingthe 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND towards the target cell on the SDCCHchannel.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handoverevents.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 297 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.2.1.3 C81 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Definition MC81=C81, Number of incoming external SDCCH handover -preparationfailures due to congestion.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of"no radio resource available" is sent on A interface from the target BSC to theMSC during an external SDCCH handover.Note: This counter counts bothinter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
298 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.2.1.4 C82 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of incoming external SDCCH handover successes.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abisinterface from the target cell for an SDCCH Sub-channel that is involved in anexternal SDCCH handover.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN andintra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 299 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.2.1.5 C83 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS
Definition Number of incoming external SDCCH handover -execution failures due to MSaccess problem.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with acause value of "handover access failure" is received on Abis interface from thetarget cell, for an SDCCH Sub-channel during an external SDCCH handover.2)Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the target cell(T9113), expires during an external SDCCH handover.3) Whenever a 48.008CLEAR COMMAND with a cause value of "radio interface failure - reversion toold channel" is received on A interface on the target BSC from the MSC duringan external SDCCH handover.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN andintra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
300 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.3 Incoming Internal
15.1.1.3.1 –
15.1.1.3.1.1 C330 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_REQ
Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell SDCCH handover requests.
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure selects atarget cell (among a list of target cells) for internal inter cell SDCCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 301 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.3.1.2 C331 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell SDCCH handover attempts.
Trigger condition 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the serving cell for internalinter cell SDCCH handover. However, the counter is incremented in the TARGETcell, based on the target cell ID indicated by the HO Command message,
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
302 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.3.1.3 C91 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Long Name NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Definition MC91=C91, Number of incoming internal inter-cell SDCCH handover-preparation failures due to congestion.
Trigger condition Whenever a internal inter-cell SDCCH handover cannot be performed, becausethere is no free SDCCH Sub-channel to allocate the handover to.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 303 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.3.1.4 C92 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell SDCCH handover successes.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abisinterface from the target cell during an internal inter-cell SDCCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
304 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.3.1.5 C93 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS
Long Name NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS
Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell SDCCH handover -execution failuresdue to MS access problem.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expiresduring an internal inter-cell SDCCH handover.2) Whenever a HANDOVERFAILURE message is received on Abis interface from the serving cell during andinternal inter-cell SDCCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 305 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.4 Intra
15.1.1.4.1 –
15.1.1.4.1.1 C101 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Long Name NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Definition MC101=C101, Number of intra-cell SDCCH handover -preparation failures dueto congestion.
Trigger condition Whenever a internal intra-cell SDCCH handover cannot be performed, becausethere is no free SDCCH Sub-channel to allocate the handover to.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
306 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.4.1.2 C102 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of intra-cell SDCCH handover successes.
Trigger condition Whenever a ASSIGNEMENT COMPLETE message is received on the targetchannel during an internal intra-cell SDCCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 307 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.4.1.3 C103 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Long Name NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Definition Number of intra-cell SDCCH handover -execution failures due to MS accessproblem without reversion to the old channel.
Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the internal intra-cell SDCCH handoverprocedure (T3107) expires.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
308 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.4.1.4 C107 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Long Name NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Definition Number of intra-cell SDCCH handover -execution failures due to MS accessproblem with reversion to the old channel.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message is received on theServing Sub-channel, during an internal intra-cell SDCCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 309 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.4.1.5 C360 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_REQ
Definition Number of intra-cell SDCCH handover requests.
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure starts anintra cell SDCCH handover procedure.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
310 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.4.1.6 C361 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of intra-cell SDCCH handover attempts.
Trigger condition 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the cell for intra cellhandover on SDCCH.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 311 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.5 Outgoing External
15.1.1.5.1 –
15.1.1.5.1.1 C85a - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_REAL_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_REAL_HO_REQ
Definition Number of outgoing external SDCCH handover requests.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED message is sent on A interfaceto the MSC for a SDCCH handover. If more than one 48.008 HANDOVERREQUIRED is sent in the frame of the same Handover procedure, the counteris incremented only once.48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED is sent in followingsituations :1) An external handover alarm has been raised, with correspondinglist of candidate cells.2) The list of candidate cells for the current alarm hasbeen updated.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
312 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.5.1.2 C86 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of outgoing external SDCCH handover successes.
Trigger condition External SDCCH handover in the following cases:1/ a 48.008 CLEARCOMMAND message with a cause of "handover successful" is received onA interface on the serving BSC from the MSC.2/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND(cause= "normal event/call control") received while T8 is running.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 313 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.5.1.3 C87 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Definition Number of outoing external SDCCH handover -execution failures due to MSaccess problem with reversion to the old channel.
Trigger condition Whenever a HANDOVER FAILURE message is received on Abis interface fromthe serving cell, during an external SDCCH handover.Note: This counter countsboth inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
314 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.5.1.4 C88 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Definition Number outoing external SDCCH handover -execution failures due to MSaccess problem without reversion to the old channel.
Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell(T8), expires during an external SDCCH handover, except if a 48.008 CLEARCOMMAND with "normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC,leading to a normal call release. In such a case, the handover is consideredas successful.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 315 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.5.1.5 C90 - NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing external SDCCH handover attempts.
Trigger condition Whenever the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent on Abisinterface on the serving channel, during an external SDCCH handoverprocedure.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handoverevents.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
316 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.6 Outgoing Internal
15.1.1.6.1 –
15.1.1.6.1.1 C100 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell SDCCH handover attempts.
Trigger condition Whenever the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent on Abisinterface to the mobile via the serving cell, during an internal inter-cell SDCCHhandover procedure.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 317 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.6.1.2 C95a - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_REQ
Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell SDCCH handover requests.
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure selects atarget cell (among a list of target cells) for internal inter cell SDCCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
318 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.6.1.3 C96 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of outgoing internal inter-cell SDCCH handover successes.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abisinterface from the target cell, during an internal inter-cell SDCCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 319 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.6.1.4 C97 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Definition Number of outoing internal inter-cell SDCCH handover execution failures due toMS access problem with reversion to the old channel.
Trigger condition Whenever a HANDOVER FAILURE message is received on Abis interface fromthe serving cell, during an internal inter-cell SDCCH handover.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
320 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
15.1.1.6.1.5 C98 - NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_SDCCH_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Definition Number outoing internal inter-cell SDCCH handover -execution failures due toMS access problem without reversion to the old channel.
Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the internal inter-cell handover procedure(T3103) expires.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name SDCCH handover
Type Definition Set of counters related to SDCCH handover procedure.The counters areprovided per handover category : incoming and outgoing, internal (inter-cell andintra-cell) and external. The handover causes are also provided.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 321 / 1256
15 BSC-TYPE 28 - SDCCH handover
322 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 323 / 1256
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1 Handover
16.1.1 Directed Retry
16.1.1.1 External
16.1.1.1.1 Outgoing
16.1.1.1.1.1 C142b - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_SUCC
Definition Number of outgoing forced external directed retry (towards a TCH channel inHR or FR usage) successes.
Trigger condition Forced external directed retry in the following cases:1/ 48.008CLEARCOMMAND (cause = "handover successful") is received on the serving BSC2/48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/call control") received whileT8 is running.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNdirected retry events.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 External
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
324 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.1.1.2 C142d - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_SUCC
Definition Number of outgoing normal external directed retry (towards a TCH channel inHR or FR usage) successes.
Trigger condition Normal external directed retry in the following cases:1/ 48.008 CLEARCOMMAND (cause = "handover successful") is received on the serving BSC2/48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/call control") received whileT8 is running.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNdirected retry events.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 External
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 325 / 1256
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.1.1.3 C143c - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Definition Number of outgoing forced external directed retry -execution failures due to MSaccess problem with reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channelcan be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE is received from the MS via the servingcell on the old channel (SDCCH).Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMNand intra-PLMN directed retry events.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 External
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
326 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.1.1.4 C143d - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Definition Number of outgoing forced external directed retry -execution failures due to MSaccess problem without reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channelcan be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T8) expires duringa forced external directed retry, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with"normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC, leading toa normal call release. In such a case, the directed retry is considered assuccessful.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directedretry events.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 External
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 327 / 1256
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.1.1.5 C143g - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Definition Number of outgoing normal external directed retry -execution failures due to MSaccess problem with reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channelcan be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE is received from the MS via the servingcell on the old channel (SDCCH).Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMNand intra-PLMN directed retry events.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 External
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
328 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.1.1.6 C143h - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Definition Number of outgoing normal external directed retry -execution failures due to MSaccess problem without reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channelcan be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T8) expires duringa normal external directed retry, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with"normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC, leading toa normal call release. In such a case, the directed retry is considered assuccessful.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directedretry events.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 External
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 329 / 1256
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.1.1.7 C144b - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_REQ
Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_REQ
Definition Number of outgoing forced external directed retry requests. The target TCHchannel can be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for handover procedure starts a forcedexternal directed retry from the serving cell.Note: This counter counts bothinter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directed retry events.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 External
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
330 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.1.1.8 C144d - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_REQ
Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_REQ
Definition Number of outgoing normal external directed retry requests. The target TCHchannel can be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for handover procedure starts a normalexternal directed retry from the serving cell.Note: This counter counts bothinter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directed retry events.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 External
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 331 / 1256
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.1.1.9 C145b - NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_ATPT
Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_EDR_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing forced external directed retry attempts. The target TCHchannel can be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the servingcell on the SDCCH channel for a forced external directed retry.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directed retry events.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 External
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
332 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.1.1.10 C145d - NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_ATPT
Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_EDR_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing normal external directed retry attempts. The target TCHchannel can be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the servingcell on the SDCCH channel for a normal external directed retry.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN directed retry events.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 External
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 333 / 1256
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.2 Internal
16.1.1.2.1 Incoming
16.1.1.2.1.1 C151 - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC (29)
Long Name NB_INC_IDR_SUCC (29)
Definition Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal, towards a TCHchannel in HR or FR usage) successes.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMPLETE is received from the MS via thetarget cell, for a forced or internal internal directed retry procedure.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Incoming
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
334 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.2.1.2 C152 - NB_INC_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS
Long Name NB_INC_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS
Definition Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal) -execution failuresdue to MS access problem. The target TCH channel can be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition 1) 44.018HANDOVER FAILURE on SDCCH received from the MS via theserving cell2) timer T3103 expiry (this timer supervizes the 44.018HANDOVERCOMMAND)
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Incoming
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 335 / 1256
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.2.1.3 C153 - NB_INC_IDR_REQ
Long Name NB_INC_IDR_REQ
Definition MC153=C153, Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal)requests. The target TCH channel can be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for handover procedure selects thetarget cell for forced or normal internal directed retry.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Incoming
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
336 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.2.1.4 C154 - NB_INC_IDR_ATPT
Long Name NB_INC_IDR_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal) attempts. Thetarget TCH channel can be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the servingcell on the SDCCH. However, the counter is incremented in the TARGET cell,based on the target cell ID indicated by the HO Command message,
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Incoming
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 337 / 1256
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.2.1.5 C555 - NB_INC_IDR_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Long Name NB_INC_IDR_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Definition Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal) -preparationfailures due to congestion (on Air or A-bis interface). The target TCH channelcan be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever there are no free TCH in the target cell during a forced or normalinternal directed retry.2) Whenever no TCH resource is available on A-bisinterface for a forced or normal internal directed retry. (not valid in B7).Note 1: InMX BSC, this counter is incremented whenever a TCH cannot be not allocateddue to the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined by theMAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, MC926 is also incrementedby one.Note 2: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:- the cell mappedon a BTS is in IP congestion status;- or the TCH processing capacity ofAbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TSparameter
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Incoming
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
338 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.2.2 Outgoing
16.1.1.2.2.1 C142a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_SUCC
Definition Number of outgoing forced internal directed retry (towards a TCH channel inHR or FR usage) successes.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMPLETE is received from the MS via thetarget cell, for a forced internal directed retry procedure.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 339 / 1256
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.2.2.2 C142c - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_SUCC
Definition Number of outgoing normal internal directed retry (towards a TCH channel inHR or FR usage) successes.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMPLETE is received from the MS via thetarget cell, for a normal internal directed retry procedure.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
340 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.2.2.3 C143a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Definition Number of outgoing forced internal directed retry -execution failures due to MSaccess problem with reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channelcan be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition 44.018HANDOVER FAILURE on SDCCH received from the MS via the servingcell.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 341 / 1256
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.2.2.4 C143b - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Definition Number of outgoing forced internal directed retry -execution failures due to MSaccess problem without reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channelcan be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Timer T3103 expiry (this timer supervizes the 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND).
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
342 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.2.2.5 C143e - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Definition Number of outgoing normal internal directed retry -execution failures due to MSaccess problem with reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channelcan be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition 44.018HANDOVER FAILURE on SDCCH received from the MS via the servingcell.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 343 / 1256
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.2.2.6 C143f - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Definition Number of outgoing normal internal directed retry -execution failures due to MSaccess problem without reversion to the old channel. The target TCH channelcan be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Timer T3103 expiry (this timer supervizes the 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND).
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
344 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.2.2.7 C144a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_REQ
Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_REQ
Definition Number of outgoing forced internal directed retry (towards a TCH channel inHR or FR usage) requests.
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for handover procedure initiates aforced internal directed retry from the serving cell.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 345 / 1256
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.2.2.8 C144c - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_REQ
Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_REQ
Definition Number of outgoing normal internal directed retry requests. The target TCHchannel can be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for handover procedure initiates anormal internal directed retry from the serving cell.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
346 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.2.2.9 C145a - NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_ATPT
Long Name NB_OUT_FORCED_IDR_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing forced internal directed retry attempts. The target TCHchannel can be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the servingcell on the SDCCH channel for a forced internal directed retry.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 347 / 1256
16 BSC-TYPE 29 - Directed retry measurements
16.1.1.2.2.10 C145c - NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_ATPT
Long Name NB_OUT_NOR_IDR_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing normal internal directed retry attempts. The target TCHchannel can be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the servingcell on the SDCCH channel for a normal internal directed retry.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Outgoing
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Directed retry measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the directed retry procedure. The counters areprovided per directed retry category : incoming and outgoing, internal andexternal, forced and normal.
External Comment –
348 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
17 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements
17 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 349 / 1256
17 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements
17.1 Quality of Service
17.1.1 Short Message Service
17.1.1.1 Cell Broadcast
17.1.1.1.1 Failure
17.1.1.1.1.1 CB603 - NB_SMS_CB_FAIL_IND
Long Name NB_SMS_CB_FAIL_IND
Definition Each time a FAILURE INDICATION sent to the CBC, number of cells implicatedby the failure.The BSC detects a failure and request the CBC (by the FAILUREINDICATION message) to stop the sending of messages to a list of cells.
Trigger condition Whenever a FAILURE INDICATION is sent to the CBC, the counter isincremented by the Cell-List mandatory IE.
Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service
Sub Domain 2 Cell Broadcast
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object BSC
Type Name SMS CB measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Cell Broadcast.
External Comment –
350 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
17 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements
17.1.1.1.1.2 CB604 - NB_SMS_CB_WRITE_REP_KILL_MESS_REJ
Long Name NB_SMS_CB_WRITE_REP_KILL_MESS_REJ
Definition Number of cells rejected for a WRITE REPLACE or KILL MESSAGE request.AWRITE REPLACE or a KILL MESSAGE request coming from the CBC isreceived by the BSC. This request is addressed to a list of cells. The BSC isable to process the request either :- entirely (i.e. for all cells of the list) : the BSCsends a REPORT SUCCESS to the CBC- partially (i.e. for a part of the list) :the BSC returns a REPORT SUCCESS to the CBC- not at all (i.e. for no cell): the BSC returns a REPORT FAILURE to the CBC if the cause of the rejectis the same for all cells, otherwise a REPORT SUCCESS is returned.When aREPORT SUCCESS is returned, the Failure-List optional Information Elementspecifies for each cell whose request has not been completed, the cause anddiagnostic of the failure.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a WRITE REPLACE or a KILL MESSAGE request is totallyrejected by REPORT FAILURE (then, for all cells with the same cause), thecounter is incremented by the Cell-List IE value provided within the requestmessage.2) Whenever a REPORT SUCCESS to a WRITE REPLACE or a KILLMESSAGE request is returned to the CBC, the counter is incremented by thenumber of cells provided within the Failure-List IE of the REPORT SUCCESS.
Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service
Sub Domain 2 Cell Broadcast
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object BSC
Type Name SMS CB measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Cell Broadcast.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 351 / 1256
17 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements
17.2 Traffic Load
17.2.1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
17.2.1.1 Short Message Service
17.2.1.1.1 Cell Broadcast
17.2.1.1.1.1 CB601 - NB_SMSCB_WRITE_REPL_SUCC
Long Name NB_SMSCB_WRITE_REPL_SUCC
Definition Number of cells successfully served for a WRITE REPLACE.A WRITEREPLACE request coming from the CBC is received by the BSC. This requestis addressed to a list of cells. The BSC is able to process the request either :-entirely (i.e. for all cells of the list) : the BSC sends a REPORT SUCCESSto the CBC- partially (i.e. for a part of the list) : the BSC returns a REPORTSUCCESS to the CBC- not at all (i.e. for no cell) : the BSC returns a REPORTFAILURE to the CBC if the cause of the reject is the same for all cells, otherwisea REPORT SUCCESS is returned.When a REPORT SUCCESS is returned,the No-of-Broadcasts-completed-list optional Information Element specifies thenumber of cells successfully served by the request. This IE is not providedwhen no cells can be served.
Trigger condition Whenever a REPORT SUCCESS to a WRITE REPLACE is sent to the CBC,the counter is incremented by the No-of-Broadcasts-completed-list optional IE(if not provided; the counter is not incremented, since it means that no cellsare served).
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Short Message Service
Sub Domain 3 Cell Broadcast
Measured Object BSC
Type Name SMS CB measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Cell Broadcast.
External Comment –
352 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
17 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements
17.2.1.1.1.2 CB602 - NB_SMSCB_KILL_MESS_SUCC
Long Name NB_SMSCB_KILL_MESS_SUCC
Definition Number of cells successfully served for a KILL MESSAGE.A KILL MESSAGErequest coming from the CBC is received by the BSC. This request is addressedto a list of cells. The BSC is able to process the request either :- entirely (i.e.for all cells of the list) : the BSC sends a REPORT SUCCESS to the CBC-partially (i.e. for a part of the list) : the BSC returns a REPORT SUCCESS tothe CBC- not at all (i.e. for no cell) : the BSC returns a REPORT FAILUREto the CBC if the cause of the reject is the same for all cells, otherwise aREPORT SUCCESS is returned.When a REPORT SUCCESS is returned, theNo-of-Broadcasts-completed-list optional Information Element specifies thenumber of cells successfully served by the request. This IE is not providedwhen no cells can be served.
Trigger condition Whenever a REPORT SUCCESS to a KILL MESSAGE is sent to the CBC, thecounter is incremented by the No-of-Broadcasts-completed-list optional IE (ifnot provided, the counter is not incremented, since it means that no cells areserved).
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Short Message Service
Sub Domain 3 Cell Broadcast
Measured Object BSC
Type Name SMS CB measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to the Short Message Service Cell Broadcast.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 353 / 1256
17 BSC-TYPE 30 - SMS CB measurements
354 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 355 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1 Quality of Service
18.1.1 RMS
18.1.1.1 –
18.1.1.1.1 –
18.1.1.1.1.1 RMS10 - VQ_NOISY_UL_INTERFERENCE
Long Name VQ_NOISY_UL_INTERFERENCE
Definition Number of calls suffering from problem of interference on the uplink path.
Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies : 100*(INTERFERED_UL_SAMPLES /NUM_UL_SAMPLES) > VQ_INTF_THRESHOLDThis calculation is donewhen 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is received for the observedcall.INTERFERED_UL_SAMPLES = nb of times where AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ> VQ_RXQUAL and AV_RXLEV_UL_VQ>VQ_RXLEVAV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ :average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXQUAL_ULAV_RXLEV_UL_VQ: average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXLEV_ULNUM_UL_SAMPLES: total number of averages calculated on UL measurements during the call onthe considered TRX
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
356 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.2 RMS11 - VQ_NOISY_DL_INTERFERENCE
Long Name VQ_NOISY_DL_INTERFERENCE
Definition Number of calls suffering from problems of interference on the downlink path.
Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies : 100*(INTERFERED_DL_SAMPLES /NUM_DL_SAMPLES) > VQ_INTF_THRESHOLDThis calculation is donewhen 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is received for the observedcall.INTERFERED_DL_SAMPLES = nb of times where AV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ> VQ_RXQUAL and AV_RXLEV_DL_VQ>VQ_RXLEVAV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ :average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXQUAL_DLAV_RXLEV_DL_VQ: average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXLEV_DLNUM_DL_SAMPLES: total number of averages calculated on DL measurements during the call onthe considered TRX
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 357 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.3 RMS12 - VQ_NOISY_UL_COVERAGE
Long Name VQ_NOISY_UL_COVERAGE
Definition Number of calls suffering from bad coverage on the uplink path.
Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies : 100*(BAD_COVERAGE_UL_SAMPLES/ NUM_UL_SAMPLES) > VQ_INTF_THRESHOLDThis calculationis done when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is receivedfor the observed call.BAD_COVERAGE_UL_SAMPLES = nbof times where AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ > VQ_RXQUAL andAV_RXLEV_UL_VQ<=VQ_RXLEVAV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ : averageon VQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXQUAL_ULAV_RXLEV_UL_VQ :average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXLEV_ULNUM_UL_SAMPLES :total number of averages calculated on DL measurements during the call on theconsidered TRX
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
358 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.4 RMS13 - VQ_NOISY_DL_COVERAGE
Long Name VQ_NOISY_DL_COVERAGE
Definition Number of calls suffering from bad coverage on the downlink path.
Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies : 100*(BAD_COVERAGE_DL_SAMPLES/ NUM_DL_SAMPLES) > VQ_INTF_THRESHOLDThis calculationis done when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is receivedfor the observed call.BAD_COVERAGE_DL_SAMPLES = nbof times where AV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ > VQ_RXQUAL andAV_RXLEV_DL_VQ<=VQ_RXLEVAV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ : averageon VQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXQUAL_DLAV_RXLEV_DL_VQ :average on VQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXLEV_DLNUM_DL_SAMPLES :total number of averages calculated on DL measurements during the call on theconsidered TRX
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 359 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.5 RMS14 - VQ_NOISY_UL_UNDEFINED
Long Name VQ_NOISY_UL_UNDEFINED
Definition Number of calls suffering from both problem of interference and bad coverageon the uplink path.These calls are not counted in VQ_NOISY_UL_COVERAGEor VQ_NOISY_UL_INTERFERENCE.
Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies : 100*(BAD_COVERAGE_UL_SAMPLES/ NUM_UL_SAMPLES) <= VQ_INTF_THRESHOLDand100*(INTERFERED_UL_SAMPLES / NUM_UL_SAMPLES) <=VQ_INTF_THRESHOLDand100*(BAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES /NUM_UL_SAMPLES) > VQ_INTF_THRESHOLDThis calculationis done when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is receivedfor the observed call.BAD_COVERAGE_UL_SAMPLES =nb of times where AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ > VQ_RXQUAL andAV_RXLEV_UL_VQ<=VQ_RXLEVINTERFERED_UL_SAMPLES = nb oftimes when AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ > VQ_RXQUAL and AV_RXLEV_UL_VQ >VQ_RXLEVBAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES = INTERFERED_UL_SAMPLES +BAD_COVERAGE_UL_SAMPLES = nb of times when AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ >VQ_RXQUALAV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurementsof RXQUAL_ULAV_RXLEV_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurementsof RXLEV_ULNUM_UL_SAMPLES : total number of averages calculated on ULmeasurements during the call on the considered TRX
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
360 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.6 RMS15 - VQ_NOISY_DL_UNDEFINED
Long Name VQ_NOISY_DL_UNDEFINED
Definition Number of calls suffering from both problem of interference and bad coverage onthe downlink path.These calls are not counted in VQ_NOISY_DL_COVERAGEor VQ_NOISY_DL_INTERFERENCE.
Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies : 100*(BAD_COVERAGE_DL_SAMPLES/ NUM_DL_SAMPLES) <= VQ_INTF_THRESHOLDand100*(INTERFERED_DL_SAMPLES / NUM_DL_SAMPLES) <=VQ_INTF_THRESHOLDand100*(BAD_QUALITY_DL_SAMPLES /NUM_DL_SAMPLES) > VQ_INTF_THRESHOLDThis calculationis done when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is receivedfor the observed call.BAD_COVERAGE_DL_SAMPLES =nb of times where AV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ > VQ_RXQUAL andAV_RXLEV_DL_VQ<=VQ_RXLEVINTERFERED_DL_SAMPLES = nb oftimes when AV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ > VQ_RXQUAL and AV_RXLEV_DL_VQ >VQ_RXLEVBAD_QUALITY_DL_SAMPLES = INTERFERED_DL_SAMPLES +BAD_COVERAGE_DL_SAMPLES = nb of times when AV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ >VQ_RXQUALAV_RXQUAL_DL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurementsof RXQUAL_DLAV_RXLEV_DL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGE measurementsof RXLEV_DLNUM_DL_SAMPLES : total number of averages calculated on DLmeasurements during the call on the considered TRX
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 361 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.7 RMS16 - VQ_NOISY_UL_BAD_FER
Long Name VQ_NOISY_UL_BAD_FER
Definition Number of calls with bad quality measurements and with bad FERmeasurements on the uplink path.
Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies :100*(BAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES / NUM_UL_SAMPLES) >VQ_INTF_THRESHOLDand100*(BAD_QUAL_BAD_FER_UL_SAMPLES /BAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES) > VQ_FER_THRESHOLDThis calculationis done when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is received for theobserved call.In the equations above, the following notations are used:*BAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES = INTERFERED_UL_SAMPLES +BAD_COVERAGE_UL_SAMPLES = nb of times when AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ >VQ_RXQUAL* BAD_QUAL_BAD_FER_UL_SAMPLES = nb of times whenAV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ > VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER and AV_RXFER_UL_VQ> VQ_BAD_RXFER* AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGEmeasurements of RXQUAL_UL* AV_RXLEV_UL_VQ : average onVQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXLEV_UL* NUM_UL_SAMPLES : totalnumber of averages calculated on UL measurements during the call onthe considered TRX
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
362 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.8 RMS17 - VQ_NOISY_UL_GOOD_FER
Long Name VQ_NOISY_UL_GOOD_FER
Definition Number of calls with bad quality measurements but with good FERmeasurements on the uplink path.
Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies :100*(BAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES / NUM_UL_SAMPLES) >VQ_INTF_THRESHOLDand100*(BAD_QUAL_GOOD_FER_UL_SAMPLES /BAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES) > VQ_FER_THRESHOLDThis calculation isdone when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is received for the observedcall.BAD_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES = INTERFERED_UL_SAMPLES +BAD_COVERAGE_UL_SAMPLES= nb of times when AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ >VQ_RXQUALBAD_QUAL_GOOD_FER_UL_SAMPLES = nb of times whenAV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ > VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER and AV_RXFER_UL_VQ<= VQ_GOOD_RXFERAV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ : average on VQ_AVERAGEmeasurements of RXQUAL_ULAV_RXFER_UL_VQ : average onVQ_AVERAGE measurements of FER_ULNUM_UL_SAMPLES : totalnumber of averages calculated on UL measurements during the call onthe considered TRX
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 363 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.9 RMS18 - VQ_ABNORMAL_BAD_FER
Long Name VQ_ABNORMAL_BAD_FER
Definition Number of calls with fair quality measurements but with bad FER measurementson the uplink path.
Trigger condition Whenever a call verifies : 100*(FAIR_QUAL_BAD_FER_UL_SAMPLES/ FAIR_QUALITY_UL_SAMPLES) > VQ_FER_THRESHOLDThiscalculation is done when 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE is receivedfor the observed call.FAIR_QUAL_BAD_FER_UL_SAMPLES = nb oftimes when AV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ<VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER andAV_RXFER_UL_VQ>VQ_BAD_RXFERAV_RXQUAL_UL_VQ : average onVQ_AVERAGE measurements of RXQUAL_ULAV_RXFER_UL_VQ : averageon VQ_AVERAGE measurements of FER_ULNUM_UL_SAMPLES : totalnumber of averages calculated on UL measurements during the call on theconsidered TRX
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
364 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.10 RMS32 - TOT_MEAS
Long Name TOT_MEAS
Definition Number of MEASUREMENT RESULTS messages sent and used for RMScomputation in the concerned cell.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 MEASUREMENT RESULTS message is sent by the BTS,and used for RMS.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 365 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.11 RMS33 - TOT_MEAS_L1INFO_NOL3INFO
Long Name TOT_MEAS_L1INFO_NOL3INFO
Definition Number of MEASUREMENT RESULTS messages sent without Layer 3information but with Layer 1 present.The result is first calculated by the BTS at aTRX level, then compilated by the BSC at a cell level.This counter reflects theuplink quality, it is incremented due to bad uplink radio quality or long handoverinterruptions.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 MEASUREMENT RESULTS message is sent by the BTSwithout Layer 3 information but with Layer 1 present, and used for RMS.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
366 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.12 RMS34 - TOT_MEAS_DTX_UL
Long Name TOT_MEAS_DTX_UL
Definition Number of measurement results used for RMS, where DTX is used on theuplink path.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 MEASUREMENT RESULTS message is sent by the BTS,with DTX_UL=1, used for RMS.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 367 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.13 RMS35 - TOT_MEAS_DTX_DL
Long Name TOT_MEAS_DTX_DL
Definition Number of measurement results indicating that DTX is used on the downlinkpath, used for RMS.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 MEASUREMENT RESULTS message is sent by the BTS,with DTX_UL=1, and used for RMS.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
368 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.14 RMS36 - PERC_TA_GT_TA_STAT
Long Name PERC_TA_GT_TA_STAT
Definition Reserved for internal Alcatel-Lucent usage (PS detection on TS basis for Edgecapable TRX)
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 369 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.15 RMS38 - TOT_EMR
Long Name TOT_EMR
Definition Total number of Extended Measurement Results.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
370 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.16 RMS3a - TPR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL
Long Name TPR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL
Definition Table of 3x 8x10 results.Each cell (i,j) of the table contains :1) number of reportsin which UL RXQUAL is equal to j and UL RXLEV is reported in level bandi (Cij)2) corresponding averaged value of MS power level3) correspondingaveraged value of Timing AdvanceFor Cij, the result is given as follows :Cij=Vij x254 / Max_i, where Vij represents the real number of measurements, and Max_ithe greatest value of Vij, for i given (see RMS3b).Cij=0 indicates 'number ofmeasurements = 0'Cij=254 indicates 'number of measurements = Max_i'Cij=255is reserved to indicate overflow.The values of the average MS power level (2)and the average Timing Advance (3) are directly given, both with a precisionof 0.25. Note that these values (2 and 3) that are indicated in the ASCII file,which can be obtained via the OBSYNT interface, still have to be divided by4, whereas the values that are provided at the user interface are the correctones.UL RXQUAL can take values from 0 to 7.Level band i is defined by :MEAS_STAT_LEV_(i-1)<= RXLEV < MEAS_STAT_LEV_iMEAS_STAT_LEV_0= -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = -110 dBmAccording to 3GPP, values ofRXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered as equal to -110 dBm
Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT uplink RXQUAL is equal to j,while uplink RXLEV for the same call is in the given interval of MEAS_STAT_LEV.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 371 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.17 RMS3b - TMR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL
Long Name TMR_RXQUAL_UL_RXLEV_UL
Definition Table of 10 maximum results.Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatestvalue of the Vij for a i given in RMS3a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
372 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.18 RMS41a - AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_BAD
Long Name AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_BAD
Definition Table of 3 resultsEach cell (i) of the table contains:number of FR AMR WBGMSK UL bad speech frames.The result is given as follows :- Ci=MAX(Round[Vix 254 / Max], 1), where Vi represents the real number of measurements,and Max the greatest value of Vi (see RMS41b).- Ci=0 indicates 'number ofmeasurements = 0'- Ci=254 indicates 'number of measurements = Max'- Ci=255is reserved to indicate overflow.FR AMR WB GMSK codecs are defined by :-codec 1 = 6.60 kbit/s, codec 2 = 8.85 kbit/s, codec 3 = 12.65 kbit/s.
Trigger condition The TRE counts for each AMR WB call and for each FR AMR WB GMSK codecthe number of bad speech frames received from the MS (or sent to the TC) inuplink. Only speech frames of type "Speech_Degraded", "Speech_Bad" or"SID_Bad" shall be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 373 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.19 RMS41b - MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_BAD
Long Name MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_BAD
Definition Greatest values of the Vi in RM41a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
374 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.20 RMS42a - AMR_WB_GMSK _FR_UL_RXLEV_UL
Long Name AMR_WB_GMSK _FR_UL_RXLEV_UL
Definition Table of 3x10 resultsEach cell (i,k) of the table contains:1) number of correctUL speech frames using FR AMR WB GMSK codec k for which UL RXLEV isreported in level band i. The result is given as follows:- Cik=MAX(Round[Vikx 254 / Max_i], 1), where Vik represents the real number of measurements,and Max_i the greatest value of Vik, for i given (see RMS42b).- Cik=0indicates 'number of measurements = 0'- Cik=254 indicates 'number ofmeasurements = Max_i'- Cik=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.Level bandi is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_j<= RXLEV < MEAS_STAT_LEV_Ij = i1MEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = -110 dBmFR AMRWB GMSK codecs are defined by:codec 1 = 6.60 kbit/s, codec 2 = 8.85 kbit/s,codec 3 = 12.65 kbit/s.According to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110dBm are considered as equal to -110 dBm
Trigger condition In the period of the SACCH multiframe, the TRE counts for each FR AMR WBGMSK call and for each FR AMR WB GMSK codec the number of correctspeech frames received from the MS (or sent to the TRAU) in uplink. To insureconsistency of the results, only speech frames of type "Speech_Good" or"SID_Update" shall be taken into account.At reception of the measurementreport of a given MS, the results are gathered in the line of the matrixcorresponding to reported UL RXLEV.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 375 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.21 RMS42b - MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL
Long Name MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL
Definition Table of 10 maximum results.Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatestvalue of the Vik for a i given in RMS42a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
376 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.22 RMS43a - AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL
Long Name AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL
Definition Table of 3x10 resultsEach cell (i,k) of the table contains :1) number of correctDL speech frames using FR AMR WB GMSK codec k for which DL RXLEV isreported in level band i.The result is given as follows :Cik=MAX(Round[Vikx 254 / Max_i], 1), where Vik represents the real number of measurements,and Max_I the greatest value of Vik, for i given (see RMS43b).Cik=0indicates 'number of measurements = 0'Cik=254 indicates 'number ofmeasurements = Max_i'Cik=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.Level bandi is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_j<= RXLEV < MEAS_STAT_LEV_ij = i -1MEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = -110 dBmFR AMRWB GMSK codecs are defined by:codec 1 = 6.60 kbit/s, codec 2 = 8.85 kbit/s,codec 3 = 12.65 kbit/s.According to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110dBm are considered as equal to -110 dBm
Trigger condition In the period of the SACCH multiframe, the TRE counts for each FR AMR WBcall and for each FR AMR WB codec the number of correct speech framesreceived from the TC (or sent to the MS) in downlink. To insure consistency ofthe results, only speech frames of type "Speech_Good" or "SID_Update" shallbe taken into account.At reception of the measurement report of a given MS, theresults are gathered in the line of the matrix
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 377 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.23 RMS43b - MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL
Long Name MAX_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL
Definition Table of 10 maximum results.Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatestvalue of the Vik for a i given in RMS43a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
378 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.24 RMS44a - AMR_FR_UL_BAD
Long Name AMR_FR_UL_BAD
Definition Table of 8 resultsEach cell (i) of the table contains :number of AMR FR ULbad speech frames.The result is given as follows :Ci=MAX(Round[Vi x 254 /Max], 1), where Vi represents the real number of measurements, and Max thegreatest value of Vi (see RMS44b).Ci=0 indicates 'number of measurements= 0'Ci=254 indicates 'number of measurements = Max'Ci=255 is reserved toindicate overflow.AMR FR codecs are defined by :codec 1 = 4.75 kbit/s, codec2 = 5.15 kbit/s, codec 3 = 5.9 kbit/s, codec 4 = 6.7 kbit/s, codec 5 = 7.4 kbit/s,codec 6 = 7.95 kbit/s, codec 7 = 10.2 kbit/s, codec 8 = 12.2 kbit/s
Trigger condition The TRE counts for each AMR call and for each AMR FR codec the numberof bad speech frames received from the MS (or sent to the TC) in uplink. Onlyspeech frames of type "Speech_Degraded", "Speech_Bad" or "SID_Bad" shallbe taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 379 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.25 RMS44b - MAX_AMR_FR_UL_BAD
Long Name MAX_AMR_FR_UL_BAD
Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RM44a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
380 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.26 RMS45a - AMR_HR_UL_BAD
Long Name AMR_HR_UL_BAD
Definition Table of 5 resultsEach cell (i) of the table contains :number of AMR HR ULbad speech frames.The result is given as follows :Ci=MAX(Round[Vi x 254 /Max], 1), where Vi represents the real number of measurements, and Max thegreatest value of Vi (see RMS45b).Ci=0 indicates 'number of measurements= 0'Ci=254 indicates 'number of measurements = Max'Ci=255 is reserved toindicate overflow.AMR HR codecs are defined by :codec 1 = 4.75 kbit/s, codec 2= 5.15 kbit/s, codec 3 = 5.9 kbit/s, codec 4 = 6.7 kbit/s, codec 5 = 7.4 kbit/s
Trigger condition The TRE counts for each AMR call and for each AMR HR codec the numberof bad speech frames received from the MS (or sent to the TC) in uplink. Onlyspeech frames of type "Speech_Degraded", "Speech_Bad" or "SID_Bad" shallbe taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 381 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.27 RMS45b - MAX_AMR_HR_UL_BAD
Long Name MAX_AMR_HR_UL_BAD
Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RM45a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
382 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.28 RMS46a - AMR_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL
Long Name AMR_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL
Definition Table of 8x10 resultsEach cell (i,k) of the table contains :1) number of correct ULspeech frames using AMR FR codec k for which UL RXLEV is reported in levelband i.The result is given as follows :Cik=MAX(Round[Vik x 254 / Max_i], 1),where Vik represents the real number of measurements, and Max_i the greatestvalue of Vik, for i given (see RMS46b).Cik=0 indicates 'number of measurements= 0'Cik=254 indicates 'number of measurements = Max_i'Cik=255 is reserved toindicate overflow.Level band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_(i-1)<= RXLEV< MEAS_STAT_LEV_iMEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 =-110 dBmAMR FR codecs are defined by :codec 1 = 4.75 kbit/s, codec 2 = 5.15kbit/s, codec 3 = 5.9 kbit/s, codec 4 = 6.7 kbit/s, codec 5 = 7.4 kbit/s, codec 6= 7.95 kbit/s, codec 7 = 10.2 kbit/s, codec 8 = 12.2 kbit/sAccording to 3GPP,values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered as equal to -110 dBm
Trigger condition In the period of the SACCH multiframe, the TRE counts for each AMR call andfor each AMR FR codec the number of correct speech frames received from theMS (or sent to the TRAU) in uplink. To insure consistency of the results, onlyspeech frames of type "Speech_Good" or "SID_Update" shall be taken intoaccount.At reception of the measurement report of a given MS, the results aregathered in the line of the matrix corresponding to reported UL RXLEV.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 383 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.29 RMS46b - MAX_AMR_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL
Long Name MAX_AMR_FR_UL_RXLEV_UL
Definition Table of 10 maximum results.Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatestvalue of the Vik for a i given in RMS46a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
384 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.30 RMS47a - AMR_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL
Long Name AMR_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL
Definition Table of 8x10 resultsEach cell (i,k) of the table contains :1) number of correct DLspeech frames using AMR FR codec k for which DL RXLEV is reported in levelband i.The result is given as follows :Cik=MAX(Round[Vik x 254 / Max_i], 1),where Vik represents the real number of measurements, and Max_i the greatestvalue of Vik, for i given (see RMS47b).Cik=0 indicates 'number of measurements= 0'Cik=254 indicates 'number of measurements = Max_i'Cik=255 is reserved toindicate overflow.Level band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_(i-1)<= RXLEV< MEAS_STAT_LEV_iMEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 =-110 dBmAMR FR codecs are defined by :codec 1 = 4.75 kbit/s, codec 2 = 5.15kbit/s, codec 3 = 5.9 kbit/s, codec 4 = 6.7 kbit/s, codec 5 = 7.4 kbit/s, codec 6= 7.95 kbit/s, codec 7 = 10.2 kbit/s, codec 8 = 12.2 kbit/sAccording to 3GPP,values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered as equal to -110 dBm
Trigger condition In the period of the SACCH multiframe, the TRE counts for each AMR call andfor each AMR FR codec the number of correct speech frames received from theTC (or sent to the MS) in downlink. To insure consistency of the results, onlyspeech frames of type "Speech_Good" or "SID_Update" shall be taken intoaccount.At reception of the measurement report of a given MS, the results aregathered in the line of the matrix corresponding to reported DL RXLEV.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 385 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.31 RMS47b - MAX_AMR_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL
Long Name MAX_AMR_FR_DL_RXLEV_DL
Definition Table of 10 maximum results.Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatestvalue of the Vik for a i given in RMS47a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
386 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.32 RMS48a - AMR_HR_UL_RXLEV_UL
Long Name AMR_HR_UL_RXLEV_UL
Definition Table of 5x10 resultsEach cell (i,k) of the table contains :1) number of correctspeech frames using AMR HR codec k for which UL RXLEV is reported in levelband i.The result is given as follows :Cik=MAX(Round[Vik x 254 / Max_i], 1),where Vik represents the real number of measurements, and Max_i the greatestvalue of Vik, for i given (see RMS46b).Cik=0 indicates 'number of measurements= 0'Cik=254 indicates 'number of measurements = Max_i'Cik=255 is reserved toindicate overflow.Level band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_(i-1)<= RXLEV< MEAS_STAT_LEV_iMEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 =-110 dBmAMR HR codecs are defined by :codec 1 = 4.75 kbit/s, codec 2 = 5.15kbit/s, codec 3 = 5.9 kbit/s, codec 4 = 6.7 kbit/s, codec 5 = 7.4 kbit/s.Accordingto 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered as equal to-110 dBm
Trigger condition In the period of the SACCH multiframe, the TRE counts for each AMR call andfor each AMR HR codec the number of correct speech frames received from theMS (or sent to the TRAU) in uplink. To insure consistency of the results, onlyspeech frames of type "Speech_Good" or "SID_Update" shall be taken intoaccount.At reception of the measurement report of a given MS, the results aregathered in the line of the matrix corresponding to reported UL RXLEV.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 387 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.33 RMS49a - AMR_HR_DL_RXLEV_DL
Long Name AMR_HR_DL_RXLEV_DL
Definition Table of 5x10 resultsEach cell (i,k) of the table contains :1) number of correct DLspeech frames using AMR HR codec k for which DL RXLEV is reported in levelband i.The result is given as follows :Cik=MAX(Round[Vik x 254 / Max_i], 1),where Vik represents the real number of measurements, and Max_i the greatestvalue of Vik, for i given (see RMS46b).Cik=0 indicates 'number of measurements= 0'Cik=254 indicates 'number of measurements = Max_i'Cik=255 is reserved toindicate overflow.Level band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_(i-1)<= RXLEV< MEAS_STAT_LEV_iMEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 =-110 dBmAMR HR codecs are defined by :codec 1 = 4.75 kbit/s, codec 2 = 5.15kbit/s, codec 3 = 5.9 kbit/s, codec 4 = 6.7 kbit/s, codec 5 = 7.4 kbit/s.Accordingto 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered as equal to-110 dBm
Trigger condition In the period of the SACCH multiframe, the TRE counts for each AMR call andfor each AMR HR codec the number of correct speech frames received from theTC (or sent to the MS) in downlink. To insure consistency of the results, onlyspeech frames of type "Speech_Good" or "SID_Update" shall be taken intoaccount.At reception of the measurement report of a given MS, the results aregathered in the line of the matrix corresponding to reported DL RXLEV.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
388 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.34 RMS49b - MAX_AMR_HR_DL_RXLEV_DL
Long Name MAX_AMR_HR_DL_RXLEV_DL
Definition Table of 10 maximum results.Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatestvalue of the Vik for a i given in RMS49a.
Trigger condition .
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 389 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.35 RMS4a - TPR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL
Long Name TPR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL
Definition Table of 3x 8x10 results.Each cell (i,j) of the table contains :1) number of reportsin which DL RXQUAL is equal to j and DL RXLEV is reported in level band I (Cij)2)corresponding averaged value of BS power level :For G2 BTS : correspondingaveraged value of [BTS_MAX_OUTPUT_POWER - abs(BS_TXPWR)]ForEvolium BTS : corresponding averaged value of [ MAX_POWER_PER_TRX-abs(BS_TXPWR)].BS_TXPWR is the BTS transmitted power defined relativelyto the maximum absolute output power of the BTS. BS_TXPWR is expressedin dB, whereas BTS_MAX_OUTPUT_POWER is expressed in dBm. Notethat the formula is written independently of the coding used for the variables.The function abs() gives the absolute value of its argument.3) correspondingaveraged value of Timing AdvanceFor Cij, the result is given as follows :Cij=Vij x254 / Max_i, where Vij represents the real number of measurements, and Max_ithe greatest value of Vij, for i given (see RMS4b).Cij=0 indicates 'number ofmeasurements = 0'Cij=254 indicates 'number of measurements = Max_i'Cij=255is reserved to indicate overflow.The values of the average BS power level (2)and the average Timing Advance (3) are directly given, both with a precisionof 0.25. Note that these values (2 and 3) that are indicated in the ASCII file,which can be obtained via the OBSYNT interface, still have to be divided by4, whereas the values that are provided at the user interface are the correctones.DL RXQUAL can take values from 0 to 7.Level band i is defined by :MEAS_STAT_LEV_(i-1)<= RXLEV < MEAS_STAT_LEV_iMEAS_STAT_LEV_0= -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = -110 dBmAccording to 3GPP, values ofRXLEV lower than -110 dBm are considered as equal to -110 dBm
Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT DL RXQUAL is equal to j,while DL RXLEV for the same call is in the given interval of MEAS_STAT_LEV.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
390 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.36 RMS4b - TMR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL
Long Name TMR_RXQUAL_DL_RXLEV_DL
Definition Table of 10 maximum results.Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatestvalue of the Vij for a i given in RMS4a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 391 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.37 RMS50a - TPR_TIMING_ADVANCE
Long Name TPR_TIMING_ADVANCE
Definition Table of 10 resultsEach cell (i) of the table contains :1) number of reportsin which Timing Advance is in Timing Advance band iThe result is givenas follows :Ci=MAX(ROUND[Vi x 254 / Max], 1), where Vi represents thereal number of measurements, and Max the greatest value of Vi, (seeRMS50b).Ci=0 indicates 'number of measurements = 0'Ci=254 indicates'number of measurements = Max'Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.TimingAdvancee band is defined by : MEAS_STAT_TA_(i-1)<= Timing Advance <MEAS_STAT_TA_iMEAS_STAT_TA_0 = -110 dB, MEAS_STAT_TA_10 = 110 dB
Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT the Timing Advance is inthe given interval of MEAS_STAT_TA.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
392 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.38 RMS50b - MAX_TIMING_ADVANCE
Long Name MAX_TIMING_ADVANCE
Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RM50a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 393 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.39 RMS51 - TPR_UL_RXLEV_TA_BAND
Long Name TPR_UL_RXLEV_TA_BAND
Definition Table of 10 resultsEach cell (i) of the table contains :average value of UpLinkRxlev of reports in TA band i.Averaged Rxlev is given with a precision of2 digits after the comma (step size for coding = 0.01, -110 dBm coded 0,-109.99 dBm coded 1...).i = 1...10TA band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_TA_(i-1)<= Timing Advance < MEAS_STAT_TA_iMEAS_STAT_TA_0 = 0 bper,MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = 63 bper.According to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lowerthan -110 dBm are considered as equal to -110 dBm
Trigger condition Whenever a MEASUREMENT RESULT is received, UL RXLEV is stored.Atthe end of the measurement period, UL RXLEV corresponding to the sameTA band are averaged.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
394 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.40 RMS52 - TPR_DL_RXLEV_TA_BAND
Long Name TPR_DL_RXLEV_TA_BAND
Definition Table of 10 resultsEach cell (i) of the table contains :average value of DownLinkRxlev of reports in TA band i.Averaged Rxlev is given with a precision of2 digits after the comma (step size for coding = 0.01, -110 dBm coded 0,-109.99 dBm coded 1...).i = 1...10TA band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_TA_(i-1)<= Timing Advance < MEAS_STAT_TA_iMEAS_STAT_TA_0 = 0 bper,MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = 63 bper.According to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lowerthan -110 dBm are considered as equal to -110 dBm
Trigger condition Whenever a MEASUREMENT RESULT is received, DL RXLEV is stored.Atthe end of the measurement period, DL RXLEV corresponding to the sameTA band are averaged.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 395 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.41 RMS53 - TPR_UL_RXQUAL_TA_BAND
Long Name TPR_UL_RXQUAL_TA_BAND
Definition Table of 10 resultsEach cell (i) of the table contains :average value of UpLinkRxqual of reports in TA band i.Averaged Rxqual is given with a precision of 2digits after the comma (step size for coding = 0.01, 0 coded 0, 0.01 coded 1,...).i = 1...10TA band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_TA_ (i-1)<= Timing Advance< MEAS_STAT_TA_iMEAS_STAT_TA_0 = 0 bper, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = 63bper.
Trigger condition Whenever a MEASUREMENT RESULT is received, UL RXQUAL is stored.Atthe end of the measurement period, UL RXQUAL corresponding to the sameTA band are averaged.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
396 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.42 RMS54 - TPR_DL_RXQUAL_TA_BAND
Long Name TPR_DL_RXQUAL_TA_BAND
Definition Table of 10 resultsEach cell (i) of the table contains :average value of DownLinkRxqual of reports in TA band i.Averaged Rxqual is given with a precision of 2digits after the comma (step size for coding = 0.01, 0 coded 0, 0.01 coded 1,...).i = 1...10TA band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_TA_ (i-1)<= Timing Advance< MEAS_STAT_TA_iMEAS_STAT_TA_0 = 0 bper, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10 = 63bper.
Trigger condition Whenever a MEASUREMENT RESULT is received, DL RXQUAL is stored.Atthe end of the measurement period, DL RXQUAL corresponding to the sameTA band are averaged.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 397 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.43 RMS5a - TPR_BFI_RXLEV_UL
Long Name TPR_BFI_RXLEV_UL
Definition Table of 10x10 resultsEach cell (i,j) of the table contains :1) number of reportsin which consecutive BFI counter is in BFI band j and UL RXLEV is reportedin level band I (Cij)The result is given as follows :Cij=Vij x 254 / Max_i, whereVij represents the real number of measurements, and Max_i the greatest valueof Vij, for i given (see RMS5b).Cij=0 indicates 'number of measurements =0'Cij=254 indicates 'number of measurements = Max_i'Cij=255 is reserved toindicate overflow.BFI band is defined by : MEAS_STAT_BFI_(j-1)<= ConsecutiveBFI counter < MEAS_STAT_BFI_jMEAS_STAT_BFI_0 = 0, MEAS_STAT_BFI_10= 25Level band i is defined by : MEAS_STAT_LEV_(i-1)<= RXLEV <MEAS_STAT_LEV_iMEAS_STAT_LEV_0 = -47 dBm, MEAS_STAT_LEV_10= -110 dBmAccording to 3GPP, values of RXLEV lower than -110 dBm areconsidered as equal to -110 dBm
Trigger condition Whenever the Consecutive BFI counter is in the given interval ofMEAS_STAT_BFI, while RXLEV_UL for the same call is in the given intervalof MEAS_STAT_LEV.RMS5a is not incremented while DTX is applied on theuplink path.Consecutive BFI counter is incremented :1) Whenever, within theperiod of the SACCH multiframe, a speech frame with BFI=1 is received whilethe previous speech frame had also BFI=1. The counter must hold concurrentlyseveral periods of consecutive bad speech frames within the SACCH multiframe.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
398 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.44 RMS5b - TMR_BFI_RXLEV_UL
Long Name TMR_BFI_RXLEV_UL
Definition Table of 10 maximum results.Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatestvalue of the Vij for a i given in RMS5a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 399 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.45 RMS6a - TPR_RADIO_LINK
Long Name TPR_RADIO_LINK
Definition Table of 10 resultsEach cell (i) of the table contains :1) number of reports inwhich Radio linkI counter is in S band iThe result is given as follows :Ci=Vi x254 / Max_i, where Vi represents the real number of measurements, and Max_ithe greatest value of Vi (see RMS6b).Ci=0 indicates 'number of measurements= 0'Ci=254 indicates 'number of measurements = Max_i'Ci=255 is reservedto indicate overflow.S band is defined by : MEAS_STAT_S_(i-1)<= Radio linkcounter < MEAS_STAT_S_iMEAS_STAT_S_0 = 0, MEAS_STAT_S_10 = 128
Trigger condition Whenever the Radio Link counter (S) is in the given interval of MEAS_STAT_S.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
400 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.46 RMS6b - MAX_RADIO_LINK
Long Name MAX_RADIO_LINK
Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMS6a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 401 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.47 RMS7a - TPR_PATH_BALANCE
Long Name TPR_PATH_BALANCE
Definition Table of 10 resultsEach cell (i) of the table contains :1) number of reportsin which Path Balance is in Path Balance band iThe result is given asfollows :Ci=Vi x 254 / Max_i, where Vi represents the real number ofmeasurements, and Max_i the greatest value of Vi, (see RMS7b).Ci=0indicates 'number of measurements = 0'Ci=254 indicates 'number ofmeasurements = Max_i'Ci=255 is reserved to indicate overflow.Path Balanceband is defined by : MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALANCE_(i-1)<= Path balance <MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALANCE_iMEAS_STAT_PATH_BALANCE_0 = -110 dB,MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALANCE_10 = 110 dB
Trigger condition Whenever in a 44.018 MEASUREMENT RESULT the Path Balance isin the given interval of MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALANCE.Path Balance =(RXLEV_UL-MS_TXPWR) - (RXLEV_DL - [BTS_MAX_OUTPUT_POWER -abs(BS_TXPWR)]), where BS_TXPWR is the BTS transmitted power definedrelatively to the maximum absolute output power of the BTS. BS_TXPWRis expressed in dB, whereas BTS_MAX_OUTPUT_POWER is expressed indBm. RXLEV_UL and RXLEV_DL are the received signal levels by the basestation and by the mobile station respectively. They are expressed in dBm.MS_TXPWR is the transmission power of the mobile station and expressed indBm, too. Note that the formula is written independently of the coding used forthe variables. The function abs() gives the absolute value of its argument.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
402 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.48 RMS7b - MAX_PATH_BALANCE
Long Name MAX_PATH_BALANCE
Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMS7a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 403 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.49 RMS8a - TPR_CIN
Long Name TPR_CIN
Definition Table of 10 results per neighbour cell.Each cell i of the table contains :1) numberof reports in which the C/I related to the neighbour cell is reported in C/I bandi.The result is given as follows :Ci=Vi x 254 / RMS8b, where Vi representsthe real number of measurementsCi=0 indicates 'number of measurements= 0'Ci=254 indicates 'number of measurements = Max_i'Ci=255 is reservedto indicate overflow.C/I band is defined by : MEAS_STAT_PATH_C_I_(i-1)<=C/I < MEAS_STAT_C_I_iMEAS_STAT_PATH_C_I_0 = -63 dB,MEAS_STAT_PATH_C_I_10 = 63 dBIf EN_BALANCED_CI = TRUE thenC/I (dB)= RXLEV_DL + abs(BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX) - RXLEV_NCELLNotethat the formula is written independently of the coding used for the variables.RXLEV_DL and RXLEV_NCELL are the received signal levels of the servingand of the neighbour cells, expressed in dBm. BS_TXPWR is the BTStransmitted power and BS_TXPWR_MAX is the maximum allowed BTStransmission power. Both are defined relatively to the maximum absoluteoutput power of the BTS (BTS_MAX_OUTPUT_POWER). BS_TXPWR andBS_TXPWR_MAX are expressed in dB. The function abs() gives the absolutevalue of its argument.elseC/I (dB) = RXLEV_DL (dBm) - RXLEV_NCELL (dBm)
Trigger condition Whenever a measurement report indicates that C/I value for the call related tothe neighbour cell is included in the corresponding interval.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
404 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.50 RMS8b - MR_CIN
Long Name MR_CIN
Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMS8a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 405 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.51 RMS9a - TPR_CIF
Long Name TPR_CIF
Definition Table of 10 results per frequency reported by extended measurement.Eachcell i of the table contains :1) number of reports in which the C/I relatedto the extended measurement frequency is reported in C/I band i.Theresult is given as follows :Ci=Vi x 254 / RMS9b, where Vi represents thereal number of measurementsCi=0 indicates 'number of measurements =0'Ci=254 indicates 'number of measurements = Max_i'Ci=255 is reserved toindicate overflow.C/I band is defined by : MEAS_STAT_PATH_C_I_(i-1)<=C/I < MEAS_STAT_C_I_iMEAS_STAT_PATH_C_I_0 = -63 dBm,MEAS_STAT_PATH_C_I_10 = 63 dBmIf EN_BALANCED_CI = TRUEthenC/I (dB) = RXLEV_DL + abs(BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX) -RXLEV_NCELLNote that the formula is written independently of the codingused for the variables. RXLEV_DL and RXLEV_NCELL are the received signallevels of the serving and of the neighbour cells, expressed in dBm. BS_TXPWRis the BTS transmitted power and BS_TXPWR_MAX is the maximum allowedBTS transmission power. Both are defined relatively to the maximum absoluteoutput power of the BTS (BTS_MAX_OUTPUT_POWER). BS_TXPWR andBS_TXPWR_MAX are expressed in dB. The function abs() gives the absolutevalue of its argument.elseC/I (dB) = RXLEV_DL (dBm) - RXLEV_NCELL (dBm)
Trigger condition Whenever a measurement report indicates that C/I value for the extendedmeasurement frequency is included in the corresponding interval.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
406 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.52 RMS9b - MR_CIF
Long Name MR_CIF
Definition Greatest value of the Vi in RMS9a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 407 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.1.1.1.53 RMSPw3 - MAX_POWER_PER_TRX
Long Name MAX_POWER_PER_TRX
Definition Maximum GMSK TRX power level applied at the BTS antenna output connectorin dBm.The power takes into account the different losses (cables, internalcombiners) and the internal/ external leveling but it does not take into accountthe BS-TXPWR-MAX, attenuation required by the OMC_R.If the feature"unbalancing TRX output power per BTS sector" is activated (parameter"En-Unbalanced-Output-Power" set to 1), the counter is set by the BTS to thepower required by the BSC for the corresponding TRE (i.e. for the TRE onwhich is mapped that TRX).
Trigger condition Information provided by the BTS in RMS_DATA_IND message.
Sub Domain 1 RMS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
408 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.1.2 Speech
18.1.2.1 –
18.1.2.1.1 –
18.1.2.1.1.1 RMS48b - MAX_AMR_HR_UL_RXLEV_UL
Long Name MAX_AMR_HR_UL_RXLEV_UL
Definition Table of 10 maximum results.Each cell Ci of the table indicates the greatestvalue of the Vik for a i given in RMS48a.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Speech
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 409 / 1256
18 BSC-TYPE 31 - Radio Measurement Statistics
18.2 Resource Availability & Usage
18.2.1 Channel
18.2.1.1 TCH
18.2.1.1.1 Usage
18.2.1.1.1.1 RMS31 - TOT_SEIZ_TCH
Long Name TOT_SEIZ_TCH
Definition Number of successful TCH seizures for the concerned cell. This counter takesinto account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever an ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from the MS toindicate the activation of a TCH channel for normal assignment or handover.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Radio Measurement Statistics
Type Definition Set of counters describing result of radio measurements for a given cell / TRX.
External Comment –
410 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
19 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements
19 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency bandmeasurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 411 / 1256
19 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements
19.1 Quality of Service
19.1.1 Handover
19.1.1.1 TCH
19.1.1.1.1 –
19.1.1.1.1.1 C403a - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attemptsincluding a change of the (TCH) frequency band.
Trigger condition Whenever 48.008 HANDOVER_REQUEST_ACK is sent by the target BSCcontaining the 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND towards the target cell on TCHand the target and serving cell belong to different frequency bands. Remark:The change of the (TCH) frequency band for an incoming external handover canonly be detected and taken into account if the adjacency link is defined in bothdirections. In case of multiband cells, the BCCH frequency band of the servingcell will be taken as reference.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN andintra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Change of frequency band measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequencyband.
External Comment –
412 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
19 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements
19.1.1.1.1.2 C403b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC
Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successesincluding a change of the (TCH) frequency band.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abisinterface from the target cell for a TCH channel that is involved in an externalTCH handover with a change of the frequency band.Remark: The change of the(TCH) frequency band for an incoming external handover can only be detectedand taken into account if the adjacency link is defined in both directions. Incase of multiband cells, the BCCH frequency band of the serving cell will betaken as reference.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Change of frequency band measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequencyband.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 413 / 1256
19 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements
19.1.1.1.1.3 C404a - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attemptsincluding a change of the (TCH) frequency band.
Trigger condition Whenever the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent on Abisinterface on the serving channel, during an external TCH handover procedureincluding a change of the (TCH) frequency band.Note: This counter counts bothinter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.In case of multiband cells, theBCCH frequency band of the target cell will be taken as reference.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Change of frequency band measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequencyband.
External Comment –
414 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
19 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements
19.1.1.1.1.4 C404b - NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC
Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successesincluding a change of the (TCH) frequency band.
Trigger condition External TCH handover including a change of the TCH frequency band, in thefollowing cases:1/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND message with a cause valueof "handover successful" is received.2/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause ="normal event/call control") is received while T8 is running.Note: This countercounts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.In case of multibandcells, the BCCH frequency band of the target cell will be taken as reference.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Change of frequency band measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequencyband.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 415 / 1256
19 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements
19.1.1.1.1.5 C420a - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT
Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming internal TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attemptsincluding a change of the (TCH) frequency band.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND with a target cell belonging to adifferent frequency band is sent to the serving BTS for internal inter cell TCHhandover. However, the counter is incremented in the TARGET cell, based onthe target cell ID indicated by the HO Command message.In case of multibandcells, the BCCH frequency band of the target cell will be taken as reference.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Change of frequency band measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequencyband.
External Comment –
416 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
19 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements
19.1.1.1.1.6 C420b - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC
Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC
Definition Number of incoming internal TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successesincluding a change of the (TCH) frequency band.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abisinterface from the target cell for a TCH channel that is involved in an internalinter-cell TCH handover including a change of the (TCH) frequency band.Incase of multiband cells, the BCCH frequency band of the target cell will betaken as reference.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Change of frequency band measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequencyband.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 417 / 1256
19 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements
19.1.1.1.1.7 C421a - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing internal TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attemptsincluding a change of the (TCH) frequency band.
Trigger condition Whenever the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent on Abisinterface on the serving channel, during an internal inter-cell TCH handoverprocedure including a change of the (TCH) frequency band.In case of multibandcells, the BCCH frequency band of the target cell will be taken as reference.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Change of frequency band measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequencyband.
External Comment –
418 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
19 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements
19.1.1.1.1.8 C421b - NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_TCH_HO_NEW_BAND_SUCC
Definition Number of outgoing internal TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successesincluding a change of the (TCH) frequency band.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abisinterface from the target cell , during an internal inter-cell TCH handoverincluding a change of the (TCH) frequency band.In case of multiband cells, theBCCH frequency band of the target cell will be taken as reference.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Change of frequency band measurements
Type Definition Set of counters related to handovers including a change of the TCH frequencyband.
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 419 / 1256
19 BSC-TYPE 32 - Change of frequency band measurements
420 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
20 BSC-TYPE 33 - Electro-Magnetic Emission counters
20 BSC-TYPE 33 - Electro-Magnetic Emission counters
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 421 / 1256
20 BSC-TYPE 33 - Electro-Magnetic Emission counters
20.1 Electro-Magnetic Emission
20.1.1 –
20.1.1.1 –
20.1.1.1.1 –
20.1.1.1.1.1 E01 - EME_PWR_GSM
Long Name EME_PWR_GSM
Definition Average emitted power at the BTS antenna output connector for the GSMfrequency band (GSM850 or E-GSM or P-GSM).Counter coded in tenth of Watt.Value 0 indicates that the TRX frequency is neither GSM850 nor E-GSM norP-GSM band. Value FFFFh indicates overflow of the measurement period.
Trigger condition TRE collects permanently power data. At the end of each measurement period,triggered by reception of EME_DATA_REQ message from the BSC, the averageemitted power is calculated and sent back to the BSC.
Sub Domain 1 –
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Electro-Magnetic Emission counters
Type Definition Set of counters related to electromagetic emission measurements in the BTS.
External Comment Counter coded in tenth of Watt. Value 0 indicates that TRX frequency isneither 900 MHz nor 850 MHz.This counter is only reported for cells mappedon Evolium BTS.
422 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
20 BSC-TYPE 33 - Electro-Magnetic Emission counters
20.1.1.1.1.2 E02 - EME_PWR_DCS
Long Name EME_PWR_DCS
Definition Average emitted power at the BTS antenna output connector for the DCSfrequency band (DCS1800 or DCS1900).Counter coded in tenth of Watt. Value0 indicates that the TRX frequency is neither DCS1800 nor DCS1900 band.Value FFFFh indicates overflow of the measurement period.
Trigger condition TRE collects permanently power data. At the end of each measurement period,triggered by reception of EME_DATA_REQ message from the BSC, the averageemitted power is calculated and sent back to the BSC.
Sub Domain 1 –
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Electro-Magnetic Emission counters
Type Definition Set of counters related to electromagetic emission measurements in the BTS.
External Comment This counter is only reported for cells mapped on Evolium BTS.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 423 / 1256
20 BSC-TYPE 33 - Electro-Magnetic Emission counters
424 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 425 / 1256
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.1 Handover
21.1.1 TCH
21.1.1.1 –
21.1.1.1.1 –
21.1.1.1.1.1 V09 - NB_INC_VGCS_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_INC_VGCS_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of successful incoming handover for VGC-talker per cell duringobservation period.Since there are no reliable means at the target BSC todistinguish external directed retry from external handover, the external directedretries are counted by this counter.Intracell handover are not counted.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented for internal inter-cell or external handover, i. e. :whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received from the MSin the target cell for the channel of the VGCS talker.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
426 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.1.1.1.1.2 V10 - NB_INC_VGCS_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_INC_VGCS_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming handover attempts for VGC-talker per cell duringobservation period.Intracell, internal intercell and external handovers arecounted together.Intracell handover are not counted.
Trigger condition External handover :Whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent bythe target BSC containing the 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND towards thetarget cell on TCH, for a VGC-talker.Internal intercell handover :Whenever a44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the serving BTS for internal intercell TCH handover, for a VGC talker. However, the counter is incremented inthe TARGET cell, based on the target cell ID indicated by the HO Commandmessage.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 427 / 1256
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.2 Quality of Service
21.2.1 Established Phase
21.2.1.1 –
21.2.1.1.1 –
21.2.1.1.1.1 V06 - NB_VGC_RELEASED_VGCS
Long Name NB_VGC_RELEASED_VGCS
Definition Number of released VGC per cell during observation period.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented each time a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND is receivedfrom the MSC on the VGCS resource controlling SCCP connection, i. e. on theSCCP connection initiated with VGCS/VBS ASSIGNMENT REQUEST.
Sub Domain 1 Established Phase
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
428 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.2.2 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
21.2.2.1 –
21.2.2.1.1 –
21.2.2.1.1.1 V03 - NB_VGCS_ESTABLISHMENT_REQ
Long Name NB_VGCS_ESTABLISHMENT_REQ
Definition Number of VGC establishment requests per cell during observation period.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented each time the BSS receives a 48.008 VGCS/VBSASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 429 / 1256
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.2.2.1.1.2 V04 - NB_VGCS_ESTABLISHMENT_SUCC
Long Name NB_VGCS_ESTABLISHMENT_SUCC
Definition Number of successfully established VGC per cell during observation period.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented each time the BSS sends the first 48.008VGCS/VBS ASSIGNMENT RESULT to the MSC corresponding to a VGCS/VBSASSIGNMENT REQUEST.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
430 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.2.2.1.1.3 V05 - NB_CM_SERV_REQ_VGCS
Long Name NB_CM_SERV_REQ_VGCS
Definition Number of received CM_SERVICE-REQ for VGC per cell during observationperiod.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented each time the BSS receives a CM SERVICEREQUEST message with parameter CM Service Type set to "Voice group callestablishment (1001)".
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 431 / 1256
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.2.2.1.1.4 V12 - NB_VGC_BLOCKED_VGCS
Long Name NB_VGC_BLOCKED_VGCS
Definition Number of blocked VGC due to lack of resources per cell during observationperiod.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented when the BSC cannot allocate the VGCH, i. e.sends to the MSC:- The 48.008 VGCS/VBS ASSIGNMENT FAILURE messagewith cause parameter set to "Resource unavailable (010)" whenever 1/ no TCHis available and either: - queuing was not requested by the MSC (parameter"priority.qa" set to "queuing not allowed 0") in case of immediate allocation(parameter "assignment requirement" set to "immediate and the resources shallnot be de-allocated until the end of the call (channel establishment on demandforbidden by the MSC) 00000001" or "immediate and the resources may furtherbe de-allocated by the BSS (channel establishment on demand forbidden by theMSC) 00000010" ; - queuing was requested by the MSC (parameter "priority.qa"set to "queuing allowed 1") but disabled in the BSC ; - queuing was requested bythe MSC but the queue is full and no request of lower priority can be dequeued ;- the request is dequeued due to the reception of higher priority request ; -the request is dequeued due to T14 timer expiry ;2/ the maximum number ofTCH allowed for VGCs has been reached ;- the 48.008 CLEAR REQUESTmessage with cause parameter set to "resource unavailable 010" in case ofdelayed allocation for a VGCH (i. e. sent over an SCCP connection previouslyestablished with a 48.008 VGCS/VBS ASSIGNMENT REQUEST messagewith parameter "assignment requirement" set to "delay allowed 00000000" andparameter "priority.qa" set to "queuing not allowed 0", whenever no more TCH isavailable or the maximum number of TCH allowed for VGCs has been reached.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
432 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.2.2.1.1.5 V14 - NB_ASS_REQ_ABLE_PREEMT
Long Name NB_ASS_REQ_ABLE_PREEMT
Definition Number of ASSIGNEMENT REQUEST able to pre-empt per cell duringobservation period.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented each time the BSC receives a 48.008ASSIGNEMENT REQUEST message with "Preemption Capability indicator(pci)" of "Priority" parameter set to "this allocation request may preempt anexisting connection (1)".Notes :1) This counter is not limited to VGC, so italso counts messages related to point-to-point calls.2) Repetitions of theASSIGNMENT REQUEST message in case of channel modification are notcounted.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 433 / 1256
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.2.2.1.1.6 V15 - NB_VGCS_ASS_REQ_ABLE_TO_PREEMPT
Long Name NB_VGCS_ASS_REQ_ABLE_TO_PREEMPT
Definition Number of VGCS/VBS ASSIGNEMENT REQUEST able to pre-empt per cellduring observation period.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented each time the BSC receives from the MSC aVGCS/VBS ASSIGNEMENT REQUEST message with "Preemption Capabilityindicator (pci)" of "Priority" parameter set to "this allocation request may preemptan existing connection (1)".
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
434 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.2.2.2 Normal Assignment
21.2.2.2.1 –
21.2.2.2.1.1 V01 - NB_PTP_CALL_PREEMPTED_VGCS
Long Name NB_PTP_CALL_PREEMPTED_VGCS
Definition Number of point-to-point CS-calls pre-empted for VGC channels per cell duringobservation period.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented each time a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST message issent to the MSC under the three following conditions :- "Cause" parameter is setto "Premption (0101001)" ;- sent on a point-to-point SCCP connection, excludingthe VGCS talker connexion ;- sent further to the reception and processing ofeither - a 48.008 VGCS/VBS ASSIGNEMENT REQUEST message receivedfrom the MSC with "Priority" parameter having the information element"Preemption Capability indicator (pci)" set to "this allocation request may preemtan existing connection (1)" ; or - a 48.008 ASSIGNEMENT REQUEST messagereceived from the MSC with "talker flag" parameter present and with "Priority"parameter having the information element "Preemption Capability indicator(pci)" set to "this allocation request may preemt an existing connection (1)".
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 435 / 1256
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.2.3 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
21.2.3.1 –
21.2.3.1.1 –
21.2.3.1.1.1 V18 - NB_PREEMTED_TCH_VGCS
Long Name NB_PREEMTED_TCH_VGCS
Definition Number of pre-empted TCHper cell during observation period.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented each time a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST or a 48.008UPLINK RELEASE INDICATIONwith parameter "Cause" set to "pre-emption(0101001)" is sent to the MSC.Note 1: Any pre-empted TCH is counted (i. e.point-to-point call TCH, VGC talker TCH, VGC listener TCH).Note 2: Whateverthe TCH is pre-emted for (point-to-point call TCH, VGC talker TCH, VGC listenerTCH), the counter is incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
436 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.3 Resource Availability & Usage
21.3.1 Channel
21.3.1.1 TCH
21.3.1.1.1 –
21.3.1.1.1.1 V021 - AV_PARALLEL_TCH_VGCS
Long Name AV_PARALLEL_TCH_VGCS
Definition Average number of parallel TCH in use for VGCS per cell during observationperiod.TCH used for VGC listening service and TCH used for VGC talkingservice are both counted.
Trigger condition The BSC takes periodically a sample of the number of busy TCH radio timeslotsallocated for VGCS.The sampling period is set to the value indicated in theStatus Inspection field.At the expiry of the accumulation period, all samples areaveraged with an accuracy of 0.1 (i.e. summed, multiplied by 10 and dividedby the number of samples). The averaged value is rounded up or down to thenearest value.Note : The reported value shall then be divided by 10 so that thevalue that is taken into acount (interger and decimal parts) is the correct one.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 437 / 1256
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.3.1.1.1.2 V022 - MAX_PARALLEL_TCH_VGCS
Long Name MAX_PARALLEL_TCH_VGCS
Definition Maximum number of parallel TCH in use for VGCS per cell during observationperiod.TCH used for VGC listening service and TCH used for VGC talkingservice are both counted.
Trigger condition Whenever a TCH radio timeslot is allocated for VGCS, the BSC determines thecurrent number of busy TCH radio timeslots allocated to VGCS. This counter isthe maximum value of this number during the accumulation period.Note: bothtalker TCH and listener TCH are counted.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
438 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.4 Traffic Load
21.4.1 Channel
21.4.1.1 –
21.4.1.1.1 –
21.4.1.1.1.1 V13 - NB_VGCS_NOTIFIFICATION_FACCH
Long Name NB_VGCS_NOTIFIFICATION_FACCH
Definition Number of VGC notifications sent over FACCH per cell during observationperiod.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented each time the BSC sends a 48.058 UNIT DATAREQUEST (NOTIFICATION/FACCH) message to the BTS with the indication"Group Call Information".Note : this counter does not include paging requests.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 439 / 1256
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.4.1.1.1.2 V19 - NB_PAGING_FACCH
Long Name NB_PAGING_FACCH
Definition Number of PTP pagings sent over FACCH per cell during observation period.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented each time the BSC sends a 48.058 UNIT DATAREQUEST (NOTIFICATION/FACCH) message to the BTS with the indication"Paging Information".Note : this counter does not include notification of VGCS.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
440 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.4.2 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
21.4.2.1 –
21.4.2.1.1 –
21.4.2.1.1.1 V07 - NB_OUT_VGCS_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_OUT_VGCS_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing handover attempts for VGC-talker per cell duringobservation period.Intracell, internal intercell and external handovers arecounted together.
Trigger condition Internal intercell HO, external HO :This counter is incremented each time the44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent to the MS on the servingchannel, during a TCH handover procedure for a VGCS talker.Intracell HO:This counter is incremented each time a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMANDmessage is sent to the MS for a TCH handover procedure for a VGCS talker.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 441 / 1256
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.4.2.1.1.2 V08 - NB_OUT_VGCS_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_VGCS_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of successful outgoing handover for VGC-talker per cell duringobservation period.Intracell, internal intercell and external handovers arecounted together.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented in following cases :1) External HO: whenever48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause="handover successful") is received on theserving BSC on the channel of the CGCS talker ;2) Internal inter-cell HO:whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE is received from the MS via thetarget cell on the channel of the VGCS talker ;3) Internal intra-cell HO: whenever44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is received from the MS via the cell on thechannel of the VGCS talker.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
442 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.4.2.1.1.3 V11 - NB_TALKER_CHANGE_VGCS
Long Name NB_TALKER_CHANGE_VGCS
Definition Number of talker change in the BSC during observation period.This counter isthe TOTAL number of talker change in the BSC during the observation period.
Trigger condition This counter is increment each time the BSC sends a 48.008 UPLINKREQUEST CONFIRMATION message to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object BSC
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 443 / 1256
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.4.2.1.1.4 V16 - NB_VGCS_QUEUED
Long Name NB_VGCS_QUEUED
Definition Number of VGC queued per cell during the polling period.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented each time a VGCS/VBS QUEUING INDICATIONmessage is sent to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
444 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
21.4.2.1.1.5 V17 - NB_VGCS_ESTABLISHED
Long Name NB_VGCS_ESTABLISHED
Definition Number of VGC successfully established per BSC during the observation period.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented each time the BSC sens a 48.008 VGCS/VBSSETUP ACKNOWLEDGE message to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object BSC
Type Name Voice Group Call Services
Type Definition Set of counters related to Voice Group Call Services (VGCS).
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 445 / 1256
21 BSC-TYPE 34 - Voice Group Call Services
446 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 447 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.1 –
22.1.1 –
22.1.1.1 –
22.1.1.1.1 –
22.1.1.1.1.1 MC940 - Reserve_BSC_1
Long Name Reserve_BSC_1
Definition For future usage
Trigger condition The value of this provisioned counter shall be set to "0"
Sub Domain 1 –
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object BSC
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
448 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.1.1.1.1.2 MC941 - Reserve_BSC_2
Long Name Reserve_BSC_2
Definition For future usage
Trigger condition The value of this provisioned counter shall be set to "0"
Sub Domain 1 –
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object BSC
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 449 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.1.1.1.1.3 MC942 - Reserve_BSC_3
Long Name Reserve_BSC_3
Definition For future usage
Trigger condition The value of this provisioned counter shall be set to "0"
Sub Domain 1 –
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object BSC
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
450 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.1.1.1.1.4 MC943 - Reserve_BSC_4
Long Name Reserve_BSC_4
Definition For Future usage
Trigger condition The value of this provisioned counter shall be set to "0"
Sub Domain 1 –
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object BSC
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 451 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.1.1.1.1.5 MC944 - Reserve_BSC_5
Long Name Reserve_BSC_5
Definition For future usage
Trigger condition The value of this provisioned counter shall be set to "0"
Sub Domain 1 –
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object BSC
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
452 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.1.1.1.1.6 MC945 - Reserve_BSC_6
Long Name Reserve_BSC_6
Definition For future usage
Trigger condition The value of this provisioned counter shall be set to "0"
Sub Domain 1 –
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object BSC
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 453 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.1.1.1.1.7 MC938 - NB_CALL_TFO_AMR
Long Name NB_CALL_TFO_AMR
Definition For future usage (Number of TCH assigned using AMR for which TFO hasbeen successfully established).
Trigger condition The value of this provisioned counter shall be set to "0".
Sub Domain 1 –
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
454 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.1.1.1.1.8 MC939 - NB_HO_INTER_TFO_AMR
Long Name NB_HO_INTER_TFO_AMR
Definition For future usage (Number of TCH assigned using AMR for which TFO has beensuccessfully established after an inter cell handover).
Trigger condition The value of this provisioned counter shall be set to "0".
Sub Domain 1 –
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 455 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.1.1.1.1.9 MC950 - NB_HO_EXT_TFO_AMR
Long Name NB_HO_EXT_TFO_AMR
Definition For future usage (Number of TCH assigned using AMR for which TFO has beensuccessfully established after an external handover).
Trigger condition The value of this provisioned counter shall be set to "0".
Sub Domain 1 –
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
456 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2 Handover
22.2.1 Directed Retry
22.2.1.1 Internal
22.2.1.1.1 Incoming
22.2.1.1.1.1 MC151 - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC (29)
Long Name NB_INC_IDR_SUCC (29)
Definition Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal, towards a TCHchannel in HR or FR usage) successes.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMPLETE is received from the MS via thetarget cell, for a forced or internal internal directed retry procedure.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Incoming
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 457 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.1.1.1.2 MC153 - NB_INC_IDR_REQ
Long Name NB_INC_IDR_REQ
Definition MC153=C153, Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal)requests. The target TCH channel can be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC process responsible for handover procedure selects thetarget cell for forced or normal internal directed retry.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Incoming
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
458 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.1.1.1.3 MC555 - NB_INC_IDR_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Long Name NB_INC_IDR_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Definition Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal) -preparationfailures due to congestion (on Air or A-bis interface). The target TCH channelcan be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever there are no free TCH in the target cell during a forced or normalinternal directed retry.2) Whenever no TCH resource is available on A-bisinterface for a forced or normal internal directed retry. (not valid in B7).Note 1: InMX BSC, this counter is incremented whenever a TCH cannot be not allocateddue to the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined by theMAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, MC926 is also incrementedby one.Note 2: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:- the cell mappedon a BTS is in IP congestion status;- or the TCH processing capacity ofAbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TSparameter
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Incoming
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 459 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.2 Resource Allocation & Management
22.2.2.1 –
22.2.2.1.1 –
22.2.2.1.1.1 MC480 - NB_TCH_HO_REQ_30_ReturnCSZone
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_REQ_30_ReturnCSZone
Definition Number of TCH intracell HO cause 30 requests
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC detects that a TCH needs to be moved from PS zone toCS zone, I.e. whenever at MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT calculation time, the BSCdetects that 1 TCH is allocated in both MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT zone and the nonpre-emptable PS zone and EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO = Enabled.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
460 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.2.1.1.2 MC481 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_30_ReturnCSZone
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_30_ReturnCSZone
Definition Number of TCH intracell HO cause 30 attempts.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 Assignment Command is sent to the MS for a TCH HOcause 30.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 461 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.2.1.1.3 MC922g - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_PREP_FAIL_3GCONG
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_PREP_FAIL_3GCONG
Definition Number of 3G to 2G TCH hand over failures in preparation phase due to 3Ghigh load in the target cell.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message is sent to the MSC withcause "no radio resource available" for a TCH HO request coming from 3G, dueto 3G high load in the target cell. This counter shall be incremented only ifTHR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT < 100%.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
462 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.3 SDCCH
22.2.3.1 Cause
22.2.3.1.1 –
22.2.3.1.1.1 MC607 - NB_SDCCH_HO_20_HighLevNeigCellForcDR
Long Name NB_SDCCH_HO_20_HighLevNeigCellForcDR
Definition MC607=C607, Number of SDCCH inter-cell internal or external handoverattempts with cause 20: "forced directed retry". This counter is related to aforced directed retry (internal or external).
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 20.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN andintra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 463 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.3.2 Incoming External
22.2.3.2.1 –
22.2.3.2.1.1 MC81 - NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Definition MC81=C81, Number of incoming external SDCCH handover -preparationfailures due to congestion.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of"no radio resource available" is sent on A interface from the target BSC to theMSC during an external SDCCH handover.Note: This counter counts bothinter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
464 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.3.3 Incoming Internal
22.2.3.3.1 –
22.2.3.3.1.1 MC91 - NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Long Name NB_INC_INT_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Definition MC91=C91, Number of incoming internal inter-cell SDCCH handover-preparation failures due to congestion.
Trigger condition Whenever a internal inter-cell SDCCH handover cannot be performed, becausethere is no free SDCCH Sub-channel to allocate the handover to.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 465 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.3.4 Intra
22.2.3.4.1 –
22.2.3.4.1.1 MC101 - NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Long Name NB_INTRA_SDCCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Definition MC101=C101, Number of intra-cell SDCCH handover -preparation failures dueto congestion.
Trigger condition Whenever a internal intra-cell SDCCH handover cannot be performed, becausethere is no free SDCCH Sub-channel to allocate the handover to.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
466 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4 SDCCH+TCH
22.2.4.1 –
22.2.4.1.1 –
22.2.4.1.1.1 MC922a - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_REQ
Definition Number of incoming external SDCCH and TCH HO requests from a UMTSsystem.
Trigger condition 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST received by the BSC for an SDCCH or TCHexternal handover towards the target cell. Only handovers from a UMTS systemshall be taken into account (if the field Cell Identifier discriminator in the I.E. CellIdentifier (serving) of the 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to 1011)
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 467 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.1.1.2 MC922b - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of incoming external SDCCH and TCH HO successes from a UMTSsystem.
Trigger condition 44.018HANDOVER_COMPLETE message received from the MS. Onlyhandovers from a UMTS system shall be taken into account (if the field CellIdentifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the corresponding48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to 1011).
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
468 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.1.1.3 MC922c - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACC
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACC
Definition Number of incoming external TCH and SDCCH UMTS to GSM HO executionfailures due to MS access problem, with or without reversion of the mobile tothe old channel.
Trigger condition 1) Reception of 48.058CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION (cause="handover access failure") for a HO from a UMTS system.2) Reception of48.008CLEAR COMMAND (cause= "radio interface failure, reversion to oldchannel") for a HO from a UMTS system. Handovers from a UMTS system areidentified as follows: the field Cell Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier(serving) of the 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to 1011)
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 469 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.1.1.4 MC922d - NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_3G_2G_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming external SDCCH and TCH HO attempts from a UMTSsystem.
Trigger condition Whenever 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST ACK is sent by the target BSCcontaining the 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND towards the target cell. Onlyhandovers from a UMTS system shall be taken into account (if the field CellIdentifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the corresponding48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to 1011)
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
470 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2 Cause
22.2.4.2.1 –
22.2.4.2.1.1 MC1040 - NB_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover
Long Name NB_HO_ATPT_23_TrafHandover
Definition MC1040=C440+C445
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 471 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.2 MC1044 - NB_HO_ATPT_24_gencapture
Long Name NB_HO_ATPT_24_gencapture
Definition MC1044=C444+C446
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
472 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.3 MC1050 - NB_HO_22_TooShortDistance
Long Name NB_HO_22_TooShortDistance
Definition MC1050=C450+C454
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 473 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.4 MC670 - NB_HO_2_TooLowQualUp
Long Name NB_HO_2_TooLowQualUp
Definition MC670=C470+C510
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
474 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.5 MC671 - NB_HO_3_TooLowLevUp
Long Name NB_HO_3_TooLowLevUp
Definition MC671=C471+C511
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 475 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.6 MC672 - NB_HO_4_TooLowQualDown
Long Name NB_HO_4_TooLowQualDown
Definition MC672=C472+C512
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
476 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.7 MC673 - NB_HO_5_TooLowLevDown
Long Name NB_HO_5_TooLowLevDown
Definition MC673=C473+C513
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 477 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.8 MC674 - NB_HO_6_TooLongDistance
Long Name NB_HO_6_TooLongDistance
Definition MC674=C474+C514
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
478 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.9 MC675 - NB_HO_MSC_TRIG
Long Name NB_HO_MSC_TRIG
Definition MC675=C75+C115
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 479 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.10 MC676 - NB_HO_15_TooHighLevInterfUp
Long Name NB_HO_15_TooHighLevInterfUp
Definition MC676=C476+C516
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
480 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.11 MC677 - NB_HO_16_TooHighLevInterfDown
Long Name NB_HO_16_TooHighLevInterfDown
Definition MC677=C477+C517
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 481 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.12 MC678 - NB_HO_12_TooLowPowBudg
Long Name NB_HO_12_TooLowPowBudg
Definition MC678=C478+C518
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
482 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.13 MC679 - NB_HO_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand
Long Name NB_HO_21_HighLevNeigCellPrefBand
Definition MC679=C479+C519
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 483 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.14 MC785a - NB_HO_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell
Long Name NB_HO_7_ConsBadSACCHmicroCell
Definition MC785a=C585a+C605a
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
484 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.15 MC785d - NB_HO_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell
Long Name NB_HO_17_TooLowLevUpMicroCell
Definition MC785d=C585d+C605d
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 485 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.16 MC785e - NB_HO_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell
Long Name NB_HO_18_TooLowLevDownMicroCell
Definition MC785e=C585e+C605e
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
486 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.2.1.17 MC785f - NB_HO_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS
Long Name NB_HO_14_HighLevNeigLowCellSlowMS
Definition MC785f=C585f+C605f
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 487 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.3 Incoming External
22.2.4.3.1 –
22.2.4.3.1.1 MC642 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_HO_SUCC
Definition MC642=C42+C82
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
488 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.3.1.2 MC643 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS
Definition MC643=C43+C83
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 489 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.3.1.3 MC820 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_HO_REQ
Definition MC820=C220+C310
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
490 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.3.1.4 MC821 - NB_INC_EXT_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_HO_ATPT
Definition MC821=C221+C311
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 491 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.4 Incoming Internal
22.2.4.4.1 –
22.2.4.4.1.1 MC652 - NB_INC_INT_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_INC_INT_HO_SUCC
Definition MC652=C52+C92
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
492 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.4.1.2 MC653 - NB_INC_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS
Long Name NB_INC_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_MS_ACCESS
Definition MC653=C53+C93
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 493 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.4.1.3 MC830 - NB_INC_INT_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_INC_INT_HO_REQ
Definition MC830=C230+C330
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
494 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.4.1.4 MC831 - NB_INC_INT_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_INC_INT_HO_ATPT
Definition MC831=C231+C331
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 495 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.5 Intra
22.2.4.5.1 –
22.2.4.5.1.1 MC662 - NB_INTRA_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_INTRA_HO_SUCC
Definition MC662=C62+C102
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
496 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.5.1.2 MC663 - NB_INTRA_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Long Name NB_INTRA_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Definition MC663=C63+C103
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 497 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.5.1.3 MC667 - NB_INTRA_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Long Name NB_INTRA_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Definition MC667=C67+C107
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
498 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.5.1.4 MC870 - NB_INTRA_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_INTRA_HO_REQ
Definition MC870=C270+C360
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 499 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.5.1.5 MC871 - NB_INTRA_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_INTRA_HO_ATPT
Definition MC871=C271+C361
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
500 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.6 Outgoing External
22.2.4.6.1 –
22.2.4.6.1.1 MC645a - NB_OUT_EXT_REAL_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_REAL_HO_REQ
Definition MC645a = C45a + C85a
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED message with the cellidentification discriminator set to a value identifying a GSM handover issent on A interface from the serving cell to the MSC for a TCH handover(C45a) or an SDCCH handover (C85a) towards a 2G cell. If more than one48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED is sent in the frame of the same Handoverprocedure, the respective counter is incremented only once.48.008 HANDOVERREQUIRED is sent in following situations:1) An external handover alarm hasbeen raised, with corresponding list of candidate cells.2) The list of candidatecells for the current alarm has been updated.
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 501 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.6.1.2 MC646 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_HO_SUCC
Definition MC646=C46+C86
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
502 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.6.1.3 MC647 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Definition MC647=C47+C87
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 503 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.6.1.4 MC648 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Definition MC648=C48+C88
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
504 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.6.1.5 MC650 - NB_OUT_EXT_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_OUT_EXT_HO_ATPT
Definition MC650=C50+C90
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 505 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.7 Outgoing Internal
22.2.4.7.1 –
22.2.4.7.1.1 MC655a - NB_OUT_INT_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_HO_REQ
Definition MC655a=C55a+C95a
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
506 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.7.1.2 MC656 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_HO_SUCC
Definition MC656=C56+C96
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 507 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.7.1.3 MC657 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Definition MC657=C57+C97
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
508 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.7.1.4 MC658 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Definition MC658=C58+C98
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 509 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.4.7.1.5 MC660 - NB_OUT_INT_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_OUT_INT_HO_ATPT
Definition MC660=C60+C100
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 SDCCH+TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
510 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.5 Speech
22.2.5.1 TFO
22.2.5.1.1 –
22.2.5.1.1.1 MC936 - NB_HO_INTER_TFO_AMR_WB
Long Name NB_HO_INTER_TFO_AMR_WB
Definition Number of TCH assigned using AMR-WB for which TFO has been successfullyestablished after an inter cell handover
Trigger condition For each assigned TCH further to an inter cell handover, the counter isincremented the first time a 48.058 TFO REPORT message is received by theBSC, indicating that TFO is established (i.e. TFO = 1 in the TFO Status IE) andthe used codec is an AMR WB one (i.e. FR sv5).Note 1: This counter shall beincremented only once per assigned TCH (i.e. the first time it is received for theassigned TCH).Note 2: This means that the counter is incremented only if theTCH is assigned to serve an incoming inter-cell handover.
Sub Domain 1 Speech
Sub Domain 2 TFO
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 511 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.5.1.1.2 MC937 - NB_HO_EXT_TFO_AMR_WB
Long Name NB_HO_EXT_TFO_AMR_WB
Definition Number of TCH assigned using AMR-WB for which TFO has been successfullyestablished after an external handover
Trigger condition For each assigned TCH further to an external handover, the counter isincremented the first time a 48.058 TFO REPORT message is received by theBSC, indicating that TFO is established (i.e. TFO = 1 in the TFO Status IE) andthe used codec is an AMR WB one (i.e. FR sv5).Note 1: This counter shall beincremented only once per assigned TCH (i.e. the first time it is received for theassigned TCH).Note 2: This means that the counter is incremented only if theTCH is assigned to serve an incoming iexternal handover.
Sub Domain 1 Speech
Sub Domain 2 TFO
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
512 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6 TCH
22.2.6.1 –
22.2.6.1.1 –
22.2.6.1.1.1 MC922e - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_EMERGENCY_REQ
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_EMERGENCY_REQ
Definition Number of incoming 3G to 2G external inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)handover requests, with emergency cause.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is received for a TCH with a SAIin the source cell identifier and indicating an emergency cause (uplink quality,uplink strength, downlink quality, downlink strength, distance).
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 513 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.1.1.2 MC922f - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_3G_2G_HO_REQ
Definition Number of incoming 3G to 2G external inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage)handover requests.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is received for a TCH with a SAI inthe source cell identifier
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
514 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.2 Cause
22.2.6.2.1 –
22.2.6.2.1.1 MC448a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_26_BadQualHR
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_26_BadQualHR
Definition Number of intracell handover attempts, with the cause 26: "HR to FR channeladaptation due to bad radio quality" on a TCH channel.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 26 on TCH.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 515 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.2.1.2 MC448b - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_27_GoodQualFR
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_27_GoodQualFR
Definition Number of intracell handover attempts, with the cause 27: "FR to HR channeladaptation due to good radio quality" on a TCH channel.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 27 on TCH.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
516 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.2.1.3 MC449 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_28_FastTraffic
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_28_FastTraffic
Definition Number of handover attempts, with the cause 28 (Fast Traffic Handover).
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 28 on TCH. This counter is incremented in the serving cell.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 517 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.2.1.4 MC461 - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_29_TFO
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_29_TFO
Definition Number of intra-cell handover - attempts, with the cause 29 (TFO mismatchresolution, TFO optimisation).MC461 = C461
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 29 on TCH.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
518 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.2.1.5 MC586a - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_10_TooLowLevUpInZone
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_10_TooLowLevUpInZone
Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 10 "Inner zone uplink leveltoo low" on TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter is related toconcentric cell environment.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 10.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 519 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.2.1.6 MC586b - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_11_TooLowLevDownInZone
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_11_TooLowLevDownInZone
Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 11: "Inner zone downlinklevel too low" on TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter is related toconcentric cell environment.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 11.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
520 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.2.1.7 MC586c - NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_13_TooHighLevUpDownOutZone
Long Name NB_TCH_HO_ATPT_13_TooHighLevUpDownOutZone
Definition Number of intra-cell handover attempts, with cause 13: "Outer zone uplink anddownlink levels too high" on TCH channel (in HR or FR usage). This counter isrelated to concentric cell environment.
Trigger condition Whenever 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND is sent to the MS via the BTSbecause of cause 13.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 521 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.2.2 Success
22.2.6.2.2.1 MC460a - NB_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO_PRESERVATION
Long Name NB_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO_PRESERVATION
Definition Number of high priority TCH requests served when1) the number of free TCHtimeslots is less than or equal to NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO and,2) the queue forthis cell is not empty.
Trigger condition The counter is incremented on the serving cell whenever the 48.058 CHANNELACTIVATION message allocating a TCH channel is sent and the followingtwo conditions are both fulfilled:1) the TCH is allocated to serve i) an internalhandover Cause 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17, 18, 22, 27, or, ii) anexternal handover Cause "Uplink quality", "Uplink strength", "Downlink quality","Downlink strength", "Distance", or iii) a normal assignment or an externalhandover with the preemption indicator set (i.e. Preemption Capability Indicator= 1 and EN_TCH_PREEMPT = Enable).2) the number of free TCH timeslotsis less than or equal to NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO and there is at least onerequest queued for this cell.Note 1: This counter counts both inter-PLMNand intra-PLMN handover events.Note 2: The HMI name of the parameterNUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO is "NUM_TCH_EMERGENCY_HO".
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Cause
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
522 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.3 Incoming External
22.2.6.3.1 –
22.2.6.3.1.1 MC41b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_NO_TTCH
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_NO_TTCH
Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparationfailures due to A-traffic-channel status mismatch between the BSC and the MSC.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of"requested terrestrial resource unavailable" is sent on A interface from the targetBSC to the MSC.2) Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message witha cause value of "terrestrial circuit already allocated" is sent on A interfacefrom the target BSC to the MSC.3) Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILUREmessage with a cause value of "BSS not equipped" is sent on A interface fromthe target BSC to the MSC.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN andintra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 523 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.3.1.2 MC463a - NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_REQ
Definition Number of inter-PLMN TCH incoming handover or directed retry requests
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST message is received from theMSC on A interface for an external TCH handover or an external directed retrytriggered towards the target cell from a serving cell belonging to a PLMNdifferent from the PLMN of the target cell.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
524 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.3.1.3 MC463b - NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of inter-PLMN TCH incoming handover or directed retry attempts
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST ACK message is sent by the targetBSC containing the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message for an externalTCH handover or an external directed retry triggered towards the target cell froma serving cell belonging to a PLMN different from the PLMN of the target cell.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 525 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.3.1.4 MC463c - NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_INC_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of inter-PLMN TCH incoming handover or directed retry successes
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received from theMS on Abis interface for an external TCH handover or an external directedretry triggered towards the target cell from a serving cell belonging to a PLMNdifferent from the PLMN of the target cell.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
526 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.3.1.5 MC541 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_R_ABIS
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_R_ABIS
Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparationfailures due to congestion (C541a), or A-traffic-channel status mismatchbetween the BSC and the MSC (C41b).
Trigger condition Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 527 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.3.1.6 MC541a - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparationfailures due to congestion.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of"no radio resource available" is sent on A interface from the target BSC tothe MSC during an external TCH handover.Note 1: This counter counts bothinter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.Note 2: In MX BSC, this counter isincremented whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a causevalue of "no radio resource available" is sent due to the TCH processing capacityof CCP reaches the limit defined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. Inthis case, MC926 is also incremented by one.Note 3: In IP mode, this counteris increased by 1 if:- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;- orthe TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by theNB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
528 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.3.1.7 MC934 - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_PMIS
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_PMIS
Definition Number of incoming external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparationfailures due to A interface mismatch between the BSC and the MSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER FAILURE message with a cause value of"circuit pool mismatch" is sent on A interface from the target BSC to theMSC.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handoverevent
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 529 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.4 Incoming Internal
22.2.6.4.1 –
22.2.6.4.1.1 MC551 - NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Long Name NB_INC_INT_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Definition Number of incoming internal inter-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover-preparation failures due to congestion.
Trigger condition Whenever an internal inter-cell TCH handover cannot be performed, becausethe target cell is congested (no free TCH channel).Note 1: In MX BSC, thiscounter is incremented whenever an internal inter-cell TCH handover cannotbe performed due to the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limitdefined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, MC926 is alsoincremented by one.Note 2: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:- the cellmapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;- or the TCH processing capacity ofAbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TSparameter
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Incoming Internal
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
530 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.5 Intra
22.2.6.5.1 –
22.2.6.5.1.1 MC561 - NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Long Name NB_INTRA_TCH_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Definition Number of intra-cell TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -preparation failuresdue to congestion. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH intraffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into account DTM Assignments.
Trigger condition Whenever a internal intra-cell TCH handover cannot be performed, becausethere is no free TCH channel to serve the handover.Note 1: In MX BSC,this counter is incremented whenever an intra-cell TCH handover cannot beperformed due to the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limitdefined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, MC926 is alsoincremented by one.Note 2: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:- the cellmapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;- or the TCH processing capacity ofAbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TSparameter
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Intra
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 531 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.6 Outgoing
22.2.6.6.1 –
22.2.6.6.1.1 MC710 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_REQ_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_REQ_TRX
Definition Nb of TCH outgoing handover requests, per TRX. Intracell, internal intercelland external handovers are counted together. This counter takes into accounthandovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into accountDTM Assignments.MC710 = C710
Trigger condition 1) Intracell HO: Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handoverprocedure starts an intra cell TCH handover procedure.2) Internal intercell HO:Whenever the BSC process responsible for the handover procedure selects atarget cell (among a list of target cells) for internal inter cell TCH handover.3)External HO: Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED message is sent onA interface to the MSC. If more than one 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED issent in the frame of the same Handover procedure, the counter is incrementedonly once.48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED is sent in following situations:1) Anexternal handover alarm has been raised, with corresponding list of candidatecells.2) The list of candidate cells for the current alarm has been updated.Note:This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
532 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.7 Outgoing External
22.2.6.7.1 –
22.2.6.7.1.1 MC462a - NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_REQ
Definition Number of inter-PLMN TCH outgoing handover or directed retry requests. Thiscounter takes into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED message with the cellidentification discriminator set to a value identifying a GSM handover is sent tothe MSC on A interface for an external TCH handover or an external directedretry triggered towards a 2G cell belonging to a PLMN different from the PLMNof the serving cell.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 533 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.7.1.2 MC462b - NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of inter-PLMN TCH outgoing handover or directed retry attempts. Thiscounter takes into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent to the MS onAbis interface for an external TCH handover or an external directed retrytriggered towards a 2G cell belonging to a PLMN different from the PLMN ofthe serving cell.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
534 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.7.1.3 MC462c - NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_INTER_PLMN_TCH_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of inter-PLMN TCH outgoing handover or directed retry successes.This counter takes into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition External handover or directed retry towards a 2G cell belonging to a PLMNdifferent from the PLMN of the serving cell in the following cases:1/ 48.008CLEAR COMMAND message with Cause "Handover successful" is receivedfrom the MSC.2/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/callcontrol") received while T8 is running.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 535 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.7.1.4 MC924b - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_REQ
Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover requests to a3G cell.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED message is sent on A interface tothe MSC for a TCH handover to a 3G FDD cell.48.008 HANDOVER REQUIREDis sent in following situations :1) An external handover alarm has been raised,with corresponding list of candidate cells including a 3G cell.2) The list ofcandidate cells for the current alarm has been updated.Note: This countercounts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
536 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.7.1.5 MC924c - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover successesto a 3G cell.
Trigger condition External TCH handover to a 3G cell, in the following cases:1/ 48.008 CLEARCOMMAND message with a cause value of "handover successful" is receivedon A interface on the serving BSC from the MSC.2/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND(cause = "normal event/call control") received while T3121 is running.Note: Thiscounter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 537 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.7.1.6 MC924d - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover attempts to a3G cell.
Trigger condition Whenever the 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND message is sent on Abisinterface on the serving channel, during an external TCH handover procedure toa 3G cell.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handoverevents.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
538 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.7.1.7 MC924e - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_NO_REV
Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover executionfailures to a 3G cell due to MS access problem without reversion of the mobileto the old channel (call drop).
Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell(T3121), expires during an external TCH handover to a 3G cell, except if a48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with "normal event/call control" cause was receivedfrom the MSC, leading to a normal call release. In such a case, the handoveris considered as successful.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN andintra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 539 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.7.1.8 MC924f - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Long Name NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_EXEC_FAIL_REV
Definition Number of outgoing external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover -executionfailures to a 3G cell due to MS access problem with reversion of the mobile tothe old channel.
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message is received on Abisinterface from the serving cell , during an external TCH handover to a 3Gcell.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handoverevents.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
540 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.2.6.7.1.9 MC924g - NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_PREP_FAIL
Long Name NB_OUT_2G_3G_HO_PREP_FAIL
Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover -preparation failures to a 3G cell.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT is received from theMSC by the serving BSC for an outgoing external TCH HO to a 3G cell.Note :the counter will be incremented for external TCH HO if and only if the parameterRESP_REQ is set to 1.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 Outgoing External
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 541 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3 Quality of Service
22.3.1 Directed Retry
22.3.1.1 Internal
22.3.1.1.1 Failure
22.3.1.1.1.1 MC142f - NB_OUT_EDR_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_EDR_SUCC
Definition MC142f=C142b+C142d
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
542 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.1.1.2 Success
22.3.1.1.2.1 MC142e - NB_OUT_IDR_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_IDR_SUCC
Definition MC142e=C142a+C142c
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 543 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.1.1.2.2 MC717a - NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_TRX
Long Name NB_INC_IDR_SUCC_TRX
Definition Number of incoming directed retry (towards a TCH channel in HR or FR usage)successes, per TRX.MC717a = C717a
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message is received on Abisinterface from the target cell for a TCH channel involved in an internal directedretry procedure.
Sub Domain 1 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 2 Internal
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
544 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.2 Established Phase
22.3.2.1 SDCCH
22.3.2.1.1 Failure
22.3.2.1.1.1 MC137 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB
Long Name NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB
Definition MC137=C137, Number of SDCCH drops in SDCCH established phase due toBSS problem.It may happen that several causes of failures mentioned beloware detected consecutively. In that case, the counter will only be incrementedonce, as soon as the call is released.
Trigger condition 1) LapD failure detected during the stable phase of an SDCCH transaction.2)SDCCH was released due to 48.058 ERROR REPORT with any cause valuebeing received during the stable phase of an SDCCH transaction.3) TelecomSupervisory module caused the call to be cleared.4) SDCCH was released dueto 0180 CLEAR_CMD message being received from BSSAPduring the stablephase of an SDCCH transaction : O&M has disabled the DTC
Sub Domain 1 Established Phase
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 545 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.2.1.1.2 MC138 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF
Long Name NB_SDCCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF
Definition Number of SDCCH drops on SDCCH established phase due to radio link failure(radio link timeout or Lapdm timer expiry).
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message with acause value of "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for an SDCCHchannel.2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION message is received onAbis interface and leads to a loss of channel.
Sub Domain 1 Established Phase
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
546 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.2.2 TCH
22.3.2.2.1 Failure
22.3.2.2.1.1 MC14c - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_BSS_PB
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops in TCH established phase due toBSS problem.It may happen that several causes of failures mentioned beloware detected consecutively. In that case, the counter will only be incrementedonce, as soon as the call is released.This counter takes into account TCH intraffic or in signaling mode. It is not incremented in case of TCH drop during anormal assignment, a handover or a DTM assignment.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 ERROR REPORT message with a cause value of "O&Mintervention" is received on Abis interface after TCH seizure and leads to a lossof call.2) Whenever a 48.058 ERROR REPORT message on SAPI 0 with acause value of "message sequence error" is received on Abis interface after TCHseizure and leads to a loss of call.3) Whenever a LAPD failure is reported to theLayer 3 of the BSC (for an RSL supporting a TCH transaction after successfulTCH seizure) and leads to a loss of call.4) Whenever a TCH call release isinitiated by the BSS O&M FAULT MANAGEMENT application part or by the BSSTELECOM application part as the result of a system defense action which maybe due to BSS equipment failures external to the BSC (e.g. RSL failure or CUrecovery failure), or due to BSC internal hardware problems (e.g. TCU failureor DTC failure) or due to BSC internal software problems (e.g. inconsistenciesdetected between software modules or lack of software resources (memory,timer reference, file reference...) or communication problems between differentprocessor boards).Notes : 1. TCH call releases which are due to O&M operatoractions on BTS or BSC should not be counted. Indeed, in case of numerousfailures due to O&M commands, this counter will overestimate failures whichare due to problems which are internal to the BSS.However, due to the currentimplementation which does not allow to be aware of the origin of the failure,O&M operator actions will also be counted. 2. It may happen that the countercan not be incremented since it is implemented within the faulty entity.
Sub Domain 1 Established Phase
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 547 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.2.2.1.2 MC162 - NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_DTAP_EST_PHAS
Definition MC162 = C162a + C162b + C162c
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Established Phase
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
548 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.2.2.1.3 MC736 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_RLF_TRX
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops in TCH established phase dueto radio link failure (radio link timeout or Lapdm timer expiry), per TRX. Thiscounter takes into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.MC736 = C736
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message witha cause value of "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCHchannel (after successful seizure).2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATIONmessage is received on Abis interface and leads to a loss of call.
Sub Domain 1 Established Phase
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 549 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.2.2.1.4 MC739 - NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_EST_PHAS_REM_TRANS_FAIL_TRX
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops in TCH established phase due toremote transcoder failures (per TRX).
Trigger condition The counter is incremented whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILUREINDICATION message with cause "Remote Transcoder Failure" is receivedon Abis interface for an established TCH connection. The BSC considers aTCH connection as "established" once a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETEmessage (in case of normal assignments or an internal intra-cell handovers) ora 44.018 HANDOVER COMPLETE message (in case of an internal inter-cellincoming HO or an external inter-cell incomingHO) has been received for theTCH connection.Note 1: MC739 = C739.Note 2: The counter is incrementedonly once per established TCH connection. Thus, even if the BTS sends several48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION messages with cause "RemoteTranscoder Failure" for a particular established TCH connection, BSC willincrement the counter only once for that connection."
Sub Domain 1 Established Phase
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
550 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.3 Handover
22.3.3.1 SDCCH
22.3.3.1.1 Failure
22.3.3.1.1.1 MC07 - NB_SDCCH_DROP_OUT_HO
Long Name NB_SDCCH_DROP_OUT_HO
Definition MC07=C07, Number of SDCCH drops during any outgoing SDCCH handover.
Trigger condition Internal inter-cell SDCCH handover: whenever the timer supervising thehandover procedure (T3103) expires.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 551 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.3.1.2 Success
22.3.3.1.2.1 MC03 - NB_OUT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_OUT_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Definition MC03=C03, Number of outgoing SDCCH handover (any kind) successes.
Trigger condition External SDCCH handover in the following cases:1/ 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND(cause= "handover successful") is received on the serving BSC.2/ 48.008CLEAR COMMAND (cause= "normal event/call control") received while T8 isrunning.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handoverevents.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
552 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.3.1.2.2 MC10 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_SUCC
Definition MC10=C10, Number of incoming SDCCH handover (any kind) successes.
Trigger condition Internal inter-cell or external SDCCH handover: whenever a 44.018 HANDOVERCOMPLETE message is received on Abis interface from the target cell foran SDCCH Sub-channel.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN andintra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 553 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.3.2 TCH
22.3.3.2.1 Failure
22.3.3.2.1.1 MC14a - NB_TCH_DROP_HO_PREP_EXEC_FAIL_BSS_PB
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_HO_PREP_EXEC_FAIL_BSS_PB
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) drops due to BSS problem during any TCHhandover preparation and execution phases.This counter is incremented on thecell on which the problem occurs(In the case of internal inter-cell handovers,it is not incremented on both serving and target cell). For problems that arenot related to a specific cell, the counter related to the serving cell will beincremented.It may happen that several causes of failures mentioned beloware detected consecutively. In that case, the counter will only be incrementedonce, as soon as the handover procedure fails. This counter takes into accounthandovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
554 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
Trigger condition 1) Whenever the BSC receives on Abis interface from the target cell negativeacknowledgment to the TCH channel activation involved in the handoverprocedure.2) Whenever the timer supervising the Channel Activation procedure(T9103) expires on the target cell during activation of a TCH channel involved inthe handover procedure.3) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR REPORT messagewith a cause value of "O&M intervention" is received on Abis interface fromeither the serving or the target cell during the external or internal inter-cellhandover procedure and leads to a transaction failure.4) Whenever an 48.058ERROR REPORT message with a cause value of "O&M intervention" isreceived on Abis interface on either the old or the new channel during theinternal intra-cell handover procedure and leads to a transaction failure.5)Whenever an 48.058 ERROR REPORT message on SAPI 0 with a cause valueof "message sequence error" is received on Abis interface from the servingcell between the sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message andthe reception of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACKNOWLEDGMENTduring the internal inter-cell TCH handover and leads to a transaction failure.6)Whenever an 48.058 ERROR REPORT message on SAPI 0 with a cause valueof "message sequence error" is received on Abis interface on the old channelbetween the sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message and thereception of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION ACKNOWLEDGE during theinternal intra-cell TCH handover and leads to a transaction failure.7) Whenevera LAPD failure related to either serving or target cell is reported to the Layer 3of the BSC (for an RSL supporting a TCH transaction for handover purpose)and leads to a transaction failure.8) Whenever an TCH handover abortion isinitiated by the BSS O&M FAULT MANAGEMENT application part or by the BSSTELECOM application part as the result of a system defense action which maybe due to BSS equipment failures external to the BSC (e.g. RSL failure or CUrecovery failure), or due to BSC internal hardware problems (e.g. TCU failureor DTC failure) or due to BSC internal software problems (e.g. inconsistenciesdetected between software modules or lack of software resources (memory,timer reference, file reference...) or communication problems between differentprocessor boards).9) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATIONmessage with a cause value of "remote transcoder failure" is received on Abisinterface from the old channel between the sending of the 48.058 CHANNELACTIVATION message and the reception of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATIONACKNOWLEDGE during an internal intra-cell or inter-cellTCH handoverprocedure and leads to a transaction failure.Notes : 1. TCH handover failureswhich are due to O&M operator actions on BTS or BSC should not be counted.Indeed, in case of numerous failures due to O&M commands, this counterwill overestimate failures which are due to problems which are internal to theBSS.However, due to the current implementation which does not allow to beaware of the origin of the failure, O&M operator actions will also be counted. 2.It may happen that the counter can not be incremented since it is implementedwithin the faulty entity.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 555 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
556 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.3.2.1.2 MC621 - NB_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_EXEC_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_OUT_HO_EXEC_TRX
Definition Number of TCH drops during the execution of any TCH outgoing handover,per TRX. This counter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or insignaling mode.MC621 = C621
Trigger condition 1) Inter-cell TCH handover: whenever the timer supervising the handoverprocedure (T3103) expires.2) External TCH handover (2G -> 2G): wheneverthe timer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell (T8) expires,except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with "normal event/call control" causewas received from the MSC, leading to a normal call release. In such a case,the handover is considered as successful.3) Intra-cell TCH handover: wheneverthe timer supervising the handover procedure (T3107) expires.4) 2G -> 3G HO:whenever the timer supervising the 2G-3G handover procedure on the servingcell (T3121) expires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with "normalevent/call control" cause was received from the MSC, leading to a normal callrelease. In such a case, the 2G->3G handover is considered as successful.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 557 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.3.2.1.3 MC711 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_PREP_FAIL_CONG_TRX
Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover -preparation failures due to congestion, per TRX.Intracell, internal intercell and external handovers are counted together. Thiscounter takes into account handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. Itdoes not take into account DTM Assignments.MC711 = C711
Trigger condition 1) Intracell HO: Whenever an intra-cell TCH handover cannot be performed,because there is no free TCH channel to allocate the handover to.2) Internalinter-cell HO: Whenever a internal inter-cell TCH handover cannot be performed,because there is no free TCH channel to allocate the handover to.3) ExternalHO: Whenever a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUIRED REJECT with cause "noradio resource available" is received from the MSC by the serving BSC for anoutgoing external TCH HO.Note : the counter will be incremented for externalTCH HO if and only if the parameter RESP_REQ is set to 1.Note: This countercounts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
558 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.3.2.1.4 MC713 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_REV_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_REV_TRX
Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover -execution failures due to MS access problemwith reversion of the mobile to the old channel. Intracell, internal intercell andexternal handovers are counted together. This counter takes into accounthandovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into accountDTM Assignments.MC713 = C713
Trigger condition 1) External HO: Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message is receivedon Abis interface from the serving cell, during an external TCH handover.2)Internal inter-cell HO: Whenever a 44.018 HANDOVER FAILURE message isreceived on Abis interface from the serving cell, during an internal inter-cellTCH handover.3) Intracell HO: Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT FAILUREmessage is received on Abis interface on the serving channel, during aninternal intra-cell TCH handover.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN andintra-PLMN handover events.Note: This counter counts handover to UMTS.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 559 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.3.2.1.5 MC714 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_NO_REV_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_FAIL_NO_REV_TRX
Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover -execution failures due to MS access problemwithout reversion of the mobile to the old channel (call drop). Intracell, internalintercell and external handovers are counted together. This counter takes intoaccount handovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take intoaccount DTM Assignments.MC714 = C714
Trigger condition 1) External TCH HO: Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedureon the serving cell (T8) expires, except if a 48.008 CLEAR COMMAND with"normal event/call control" cause was received from the MSC, leading to anormal call release. In such a case, the handover is considered as successful.2)Internal intercell TCH HO: Whenever the timer supervising the handoverprocedure (T3103) expires during an internal inter-cell TCH handover.3) IntracellTCH HO: Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3107)expires during an internal intra-cellNote: This counter counts both inter-PLMNand intra-PLMN handover events.Note: This counter counts hantover to UMTS
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
560 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.3.2.2 Success
22.3.3.2.2.1 MC712 - NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_OUT_HO_SUCC_TRX
Definition Nb of outgoing TCH handover successes, per TRX. Intracell, internal intercelland external handovers are counted together. This counter takes into accounthandovers from TCH in traffic or in signaling mode. It does not take into accountDTM Assignments.MC712 = C712
Trigger condition 1) External HO in the following cases:1a) 48.008CLEAR COMMAND (cause ="handover successful") is received on the serving BSC on the TCH channel.1b)48.008 CLEAR COMMAND (cause = "normal event/call control") is receivedwhile T8 is running.2) Internal inter-cell HO: whenever 44.018HANDOVERCOMPLETE is received from the MS via the target cell on the TCH channel.3)Internal intra-cell HO: whenever 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE is receivedfrom the MS via the cell on the TCH channel.Note 1: This counter counts bothinter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.Note 2: This counter countshandover to UMTS.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 561 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.3.2.2.2 MC717b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_TRX
Long Name NB_INC_TCH_HO_SUCC_TRX
Definition Number of incoming internal and external TCH (in HR or FR usage) handoversuccesses per TRX; since there are no reliable means at the target BSC todistinguish external directed retry from external handover, the external directedretries are counted by this counter.MC717b = C717b
Trigger condition 1) Internal inter-cell or external TCH handover: whenever a 44.018 HANDOVERCOMPLETE message is received on Abis interface from the target cell fora TCH channel.2) Intra-cell handover: whenever an 44.018 ASSIGNMENTCOMPLETE message is received on Abis interface on the target channel.Note:This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Handover
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
562 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.4 LCS
22.3.4.1 –
22.3.4.1.1 –
22.3.4.1.1.1 MC923c - NB_LCS_FAIL_LB
Long Name NB_LCS_FAIL_LB
Definition Number of LCS requests rejected by the SMLC. The failed LCS requestsindicated by the SMLC to the BSC encompass the failure to determinegeographic location estimate and the failure of LCS assistance data delivery.
Trigger condition Whenever a 09.31 PERFORM LOCATION RESPONSE message is receivedfrom the SMLC with the OIE LCS Cause.
Sub Domain 1 LCS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 563 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.4.1.1.2 MC923d - NB_LCS_ABORT
Long Name NB_LCS_ABORT
Definition Number of LCS procedures aborted on request from the MSC in CS domain.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 PERFORM LOCATION ABORT message is received by theBSC from the MSC while an LCS procedure is ongoing.
Sub Domain 1 LCS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
564 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.4.1.2 SCCP
22.3.4.1.2.1 MC923a - NB_LCS_REQ
Long Name NB_LCS_REQ
Definition Number of LCS requests received from the MSC in CS domain. The LCSrequests encompass the geographic location requests and the LCS assistancedata requests.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 PERFORM LOCATION REQUEST message is received bythe BSC from the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 LCS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 SCCP
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 565 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.4.1.2.2 MC923b - NB_LCS_SUCC
Long Name NB_LCS_SUCC
Definition Number of successful LCS requests.The successful LCS requests encompassthe successful geographic location estimate and the successful LCS assistancedata delivery.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 PERFORM LOCATION RESPONSE message is sent to theMSC without including the OIE LCS Cause.
Sub Domain 1 LCS
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 SCCP
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
566 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.5 Short Message Service
22.3.5.1 Point to Point
22.3.5.1.1 Failure
22.3.5.1.1.1 MC197 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_FAIL
Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_FAIL
Definition MC197=C194a+C194b+C194c+C195
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service
Sub Domain 2 Point to Point
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 567 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.5.1.2 Success
22.3.5.1.2.1 MC191 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SDCCH
Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_MT_SDCCH
Definition Number of Mobile Terminating SMS connections on SDCCH.
Trigger condition Whenever an ESTABLISH CONFIRM (SAPI = 3) message related to an SDCCHsub-channel is received by the BSC.
Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service
Sub Domain 2 Point to Point
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
568 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.5.1.2.2 MC196 - NB_SMS_PP_CON_SUCC
Long Name NB_SMS_PP_CON_SUCC
Definition MC196=C190+C191+C192+C193
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Short Message Service
Sub Domain 2 Point to Point
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 569 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.6 Speech
22.3.6.1 TFO
22.3.6.1.1 –
22.3.6.1.1.1 MC170 - NB_CALL_TFO
Long Name NB_CALL_TFO
Definition Number of TCHs assigned in the serving cell for which TFO has beensuccessfully established.
Trigger condition For each assigned TCH, the counter is incremented the first time a 48.058 TFOREPORT message is received by the BSC, indicating that TFO is established(i.e. TFO = 1 in the TFO Status IE).Note 1: This counter shall be incrementedonly once per assigned TCH (i.e. the first time it is received for the assignedTCH).Note 2: A TCH is seen as assigned in the serving cell between thesending of 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message and the receipt of the48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message. This means that the counter canbe incremented either if the TCH is assigned to serve a normal assignment orif the TCH is assigned to serve an incoming internal (inter-cell or intra-cell) orexternal handover.Note 3: MC170 = C170
Sub Domain 1 Speech
Sub Domain 2 TFO
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
570 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.6.1.1.2 MC935 - NB_CALL_TFO_AMR_WB
Long Name NB_CALL_TFO_AMR_WB
Definition Number of TCH assigned using AMR-WB for which TFO has been successfullyestablished.
Trigger condition For each assigned TCH, the counter is incremented the first time a 48.058 TFOREPORT message is received by the BSC, indicating that TFO is established(i.e. TFO = 1 in the TFO Status IE) and the used codec is an AMR WB one (i.e.FR sv5).Note 1: This counter shall be incremented only once per assignedTCH (i.e. the first time it is received for the assigned TCH).Note 2: A TCH isseen as assigned in the serving cell between the sending of 48.058 CHANNELACTIVATION message and the receipt of the 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASEmessage. This means that the counter can be incremented either if the TCH isassigned to serve a normal assignment or if the TCH is assigned to serve anincoming internal (inter-cell or intra-cell) or external handover.
Sub Domain 1 Speech
Sub Domain 2 TFO
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 571 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.7 TCH
22.3.7.1 –
22.3.7.1.1 –
22.3.7.1.1.1 MC928a - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_QUALITY_UL
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_QUALITY_UL
Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 2 (Too low quality in UL).
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message withcause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (aftersuccessful seizure).2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION messageis received on Abis interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.3)Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires duringthe inter-cell TCH handover.4) Whenever the timer supervising the handoverprocedure on the serving cell (T8) expires during the external TCH handover.TheBSC uses the last valid measurements (Note) received for this MS. The counteris incremented if the following condition is fulfilled: AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO> L_RXQUAL_UL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FHAndAV_RXLEV_UL_HO <=RXLEV_UL_IHNote: "Last valid measurements" means the last received 48.058MEASUREMENT RESULT messages with S-BFI flag set to "0".
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
572 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.7.1.1.2 MC928b - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_LEVEL_UL
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_LEVEL_UL
Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 3 (Too low level in UL).
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message withcause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (aftersuccessful seizure).2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION messageis received on Abis interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.3)Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expiresduring the inter-cell TCH handover.4) Whenever the timer supervising thehandover procedure on the serving cell (T8) expires during the external TCHhandover.The BSC uses the last valid measurements received for this MS(Note). The counter is incremented if the following condition is fulfilled: a)the Cause 2 (MC928a) and Cause 4 (MC928c) are not eligible;b) and thefollowing condition is fulfilled:AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO <= L_RXQUAL_UL_H+ OFFSET_RXQUAL_FHAndAV_RXLEV_UL_HO < L_RXLEV_UL_HNote:"Last valid measurements" means the last received 48.058 MEASUREMENTRESULT messages with S-BFI flag set to "0".
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 573 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.7.1.1.3 MC928c - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_QUALITY_DL
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_QUALITY_DL
Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 4 (Too low quality on the downlink).
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message withcause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (aftersuccessful seizure).2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION messageis received on Abis interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.3)Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires duringthe inter-cell TCH handover.4) Whenever the timer supervising the handoverprocedure on the serving cell (T8) expires during the external TCH handover.TheBSC uses the last valid measurements received for this MS (Note). The counteris incremented if the following condition is fulfilled: a) the Cause 2 (MC928a)is not eligible.b) and the following condition is fulfilled:AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO> L_RXQUAL_DL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FHAndAV_RXLEV_DL_HO <=RXLEV_DL_IHNote: "Last valid measurements" means the last received 48.058MEASUREMENT RESULT messages with S-BFI flag set to "0".
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
574 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.7.1.1.4 MC928d - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_LEVEL_DL
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LOW_LEVEL_DL
Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 5 (Too low level in DL).
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message withcause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (aftersuccessful seizure).2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION messageis received on Abis interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.3)Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires duringthe inter-cell TCH handover.4) Whenever the timer supervising the handoverprocedure on the serving cell (T8) expires during the external TCH handover.TheBSC uses the last valid measurements received for this MS (Note). Thecounter is incremented if the following condition is fulfilled: a) the Cause 2(MC928a), Cause 4 (MC928c) and Cause 3 (MC928b) are not eligible;b) andthe following condition is fulfilled:AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO <= L_RXQUAL_DL_H+ OFFSET_RXQUAL_FHAndAV_RXLEV_DL_HO < L_RXLEV_DL_HNote:"Last valid measurements" means the last received 48.058 MEASUREMENTRESULT messages with S-BFI flag set to "0".
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 575 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.7.1.1.5 MC928e - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LONG_MS_BS_DISTANCE
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_LONG_MS_BS_DISTANCE
Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 6 (Too long MS-BS distance).
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message withcause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (aftersuccessful seizure).2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION messageis received on Abis interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.3)Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires duringthe inter-cell TCH handover.4) Whenever the timer supervising the handoverprocedure on the serving cell (T8) expires during the external TCH handover.TheBSC uses the last valid measurements received for this MS (Note). Thecounter is incremented if the following condition is fulfilled: a) the Cause 2(MC928a), Cause 4 (MC928c), Cause 3 (MC928b) and Cause 5 (MC928d)are not eligible;b) and the following condition is fulfilled:AV_RANGE_HO >U_TIME_ADVANCENote: "Last valid measurements" means the last received48.058 MEASUREMENT RESULT messages with S-BFI flag set to "0".
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
576 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.7.1.1.6 MC928f - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_SHORT_MS_BS_DISTANCE
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_SHORT_MS_BS_DISTANCE
Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 22 (Too short MS-BS distance).
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message withcause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel(after successful seizure).2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATIONmessage is received on Abis interface after TCH seizure and leads to a lossof call.3) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103)expires during the inter-cell TCH handover.4) Whenever the timer supervisingthe handover procedure on the serving cell (T8) expires during the externalTCH handover.The BSC uses the last valid measurements received for thisMS (Note). The counter is incremented if the following condition is fulfilled:a) the Cause 2 (MC928a), Cause 4 (MC928c), Cause 3 (MC928b), Cause5 (MC928d) and Cause 6 (MC928e) are not eligible;b) and the followingcondition is fulfilled:AV_RANGE_HO <= L_TIME_ADVANCENote: "Last validmeasurements" means the last received 48.058 MEASUREMENT RESULTmessages with S-BFI flag set to "0".
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 577 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.7.1.1.7 MC928g - NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_HIGH_INTERFERENCE_UPLINK
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_HIGH_INTERFERENCE_UPLINK
Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 15 (Too high interference level on theuplink).
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message withcause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (aftersuccessful seizure).2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION messageis received on Abis interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.3)Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3107) expiresduring the intra-cell TCH handover.The BSC uses the last valid measurementsreceived for this MS (Note). The counter is incremented if the followingcondition is fulfilled: a) the Cause 2 (MC928a), Cause 4 (MC928c), Cause 3(MC928b), Cause 5 (MC928d), Cause 6 (MC928e) and Cause 22 (MC928f) arenot eligible;b) and the following condition is fulfilled:AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO >THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FHAndAV_RXLEV_UL_HO> RXLEV_UL_IHNote: "Last valid measurements" means the last received48.058 MEASUREMENT RESULT messages with S-BFI flag set to "0".
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
578 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.7.1.1.8 MC928h -NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_HIGH_INTERFERENCE_DOWNLINK
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_CAUSE_TOO_HIGH_INTERFERENCE_DOWNLINK
Definition Number of TCH drops due to Cause 16 (Too high interference level on thedownlink).
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message withcause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel(after successful seizure).2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATIONmessage is received on Abis interface after TCH seizure and leads to a lossof call.3) Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3107)expires during the intra-cell TCH handover.The BSC uses the last validmeasurements received for this MS (Note). The counter is incrementedif the following condition is fulfilled: a) the Cause 2 (MC928a), Cause 3(MC928b), Cause 4 (MC928c), Cause 5 (MC928d), Cause 6 (MC928e), Cause22 (MC928f) and Cause 15 (MC928g) are not eligible;b) and the followingcondition is fulfilled:AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO > THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_16 +OFFSET_RXQUAL_FHAndAV_RXLEV_DL_HO > RXLEV_DL_IHNote: "Lastvalid measurements" means the last received 48.058 MEASUREMENT RESULTmessages with S-BFI flag set to "0".
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 579 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.7.1.1.9 MC928i - NB_TCH_DROP_OTHER_CAUSES
Long Name NB_TCH_DROP_OTHER_CAUSES
Definition Number of TCH drops due to other causes than Cause 2 (Too low quality in UL),Cause 3 (Too low level in UL), Cause 4 (Too low quality on the downlink), Cause5 (Too low level in DL), Cause 6 (Too long MS-BS distance), Cause 15 (Too highinterference level on the uplink), Cause 16 (Too high interference level on thedownlink), Cause 22 (Too short MS-BS distance).
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.058 CONNECTION FAILURE INDICATION message withcause "radio link failure" is received on Abis interface for a TCH channel (aftersuccessful seizure).2) Whenever an 48.058 ERROR INDICATION messageis received on Abis interface after TCH seizure and leads to a loss of call.3)Whenever the timer supervising the handover procedure (T3103) expires duringthe inter-cell TCH handover.4) Whenever the timer supervising the handoverprocedure (T3107) expires during the intra-cell TCH handover.5) Whenever thetimer supervising the handover procedure on the serving cell (T8) expires duringthe external TCH handover.The BSC uses the last measurements receivedfor this MS. The counter is incremented if the following condition is fulfilled:a) the Cause 2 (MC928a), Cause 3 (MC928b), Cause 4 (MC928c), Cause 5(MC928e), Cause 6 (MC928e), Cause 22 (MC928f), Cause 15 (MC928g) andCause 16 (MC928h) are not eligible.
Sub Domain 1 TCH
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
580 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
22.3.8.1 –
22.3.8.1.1 –
22.3.8.1.1.1 MC901 - NB_Suspend_Resume_req
Long Name NB_Suspend_Resume_req
Definition Number of suspend / Resume requests.A request could lead to a success, afailure or a stop.
Trigger condition Emission of MS Suspend message by the BSC to the MFSEmission of MSResume message by the BSC to the MFSA suspend message received fromMS with a "suspend cause" filtered by BSC will not be counted. Stop causescould be:1) External handover2) MS channel failure.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 581 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.1.1.2 MC902 - Nb_Suspend_fail
Long Name Nb_Suspend_fail
Definition Number of suspend/resume procedure failures.
Trigger condition Reception of -Suspend nack or resume nack, or expiration of T_GPRS_Resume.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
582 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.1.1.3 MC903 - Nb_Suspend_succ
Long Name Nb_Suspend_succ
Definition Number of suspensions successes.
Trigger condition Reception of Resume ack message from MFS.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 583 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.1.2 Failure
22.3.8.1.2.1 MC612c - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_T11_EXP
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_T11_EXP
Definition Case: 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST is queued because no TCH (inHR or FR usage) is available in the cell, timer T11 (case MSC requests forqueuing whatever QUEUE_ANYWAY value may be) or timer T11_forced(case QUEUE_ANYWAY=1, i.e. the queuing is forced within the BSC) isstarted, and no free TCH can be found before timer expiry, consequently therequest is rejected (by 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST cause: "no radio resourceavailable").Remark: If an internal directed retry is attempted and failed whileT11/T11_forced is running, the request is un-holded and the BSC waits for theexpiry of the relevant timer. Consequently, this counter must not be incrementedupon the failure of an internal directed retry.
Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST(cause : "no radio resource available") -following the expiry of T11 or T11forced for a queued TCH normal assignment.Note 1: The HMI name of theparameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is "FORCED_QUEUING".Note 2: In case of MxBSC, "no TCH available" could happen when the TCH processing capacity ofCCP reaches the limit defined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In thiscase, this counter and MC926 are incremented by one.Note 3: In IP mode, thiscounter is increased by 1 if:- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestionstatus;- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limitdefined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
584 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.2 DTAP Assignment
22.3.8.2.1 Success
22.3.8.2.1.1 MC161 - NB_DTAP_NOR_ASS_SUCC
Long Name NB_DTAP_NOR_ASS_SUCC
Definition MC161 = C161a + C161b
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 CONNECT ACK is received on Abis interface.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 DTAP Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 585 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.3 Immediate Assignment
22.3.8.3.1 Failure
22.3.8.3.1.1 MC04 - NB_IMM_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG
Definition MC04=C04, number of immediate assignment preparation failures due tocongestion.
Trigger condition All SDCCH sub-channels in the required cell were either Busy or Out of Service,when the 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED message was received.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
586 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.3.1.2 MC149 - NB_IMM_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO
Definition Number of immediate assignment -execution failures due to MS access problem.
Trigger condition Whenever the timer supervising the Immediate Assignment Procedure (T3101)expires during the establishment of an SDCCH sub-channel.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 587 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.3.2 Success
22.3.8.3.2.1 MC01 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MT
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MT
Definition Number of immediate assignment plus SDCCH normal assignment successesfor Mobile Terminating procedure.
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received froma CELL, with the L3_INFORMATION field including a 44.018 PAGINGRESPONSE message.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
588 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.3.2.2 MC02 - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO
Definition Number of immediate assignment successesfor Mobile Originating procedure.MC02 = C02 =C02a+C02b+C02c+C02d+C02e+C02f+C02g+C02h+C02i.Thefollowing counters C02a/b/c/d/e/f/g/h/i provide the distribution of the MO telecomprocedures on SDCCH.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 589 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.3.2.3 MC02a - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LOC_UPD
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LOC_UPD
Definition case: Location Update request (except the "follow on" procedure)
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from acell, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with anMIE message type set to LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST and with an MIELocation updating type not set to a RESERVED value and a bit FOR set to0.This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to beforwarded to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
590 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.3.2.4 MC02b - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SMS
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SMS
Definition case: SMS procedure on SDCCH
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from aCELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with anMIE message type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and with an MIE CM servicetype set to "SMS".This counter is incremented only if the L3 info messagereceived has to be forwarded to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 591 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.3.2.5 MC02c - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SUP_SERV
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_SUP_SERV
Definition case: Supplementary Service
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from aCELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with anMIE message type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and with an MIE CM servicetype set to "Supplementary Service".This counter is incremented only if the L3info message received has to be forwarded to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
592 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.3.2.6 MC02d - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_FOLLOW_ON
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_FOLLOW_ON
Definition case: Location Update request ("follow on" procedure)
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from aCELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with anMIE message type set to LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST and with an MIELocation updating type not set to a RESERVED value and a bit FOR set to1.This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to beforwarded to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 593 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.3.2.7 MC02e - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CM_REEST
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CM_REEST
Definition case: CM Re-establishment procedure
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from aCELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with anMIE message type set to CM RE-ESTABLISHMENT REQUEST message.Thiscounter is incremented only if the L3 info message received has to be forwardedto the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
594 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.3.2.8 MC02f - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_L3INFO_UNKNOW
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_L3INFO_UNKNOW
Definition MC02f=C02f, number of immediate assignment successes for MobileOriginationg procedure, in case of L3 Info (within 48.058 ESTABLISHINDICATION) unknown by the BSC but transferred to the MSC.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 595 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.3.2.9 MC02g - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_IMSI_DETACH
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_IMSI_DETACH
Definition MC02g=C02g, number of immediate assignment successes for MobileOriginationg procedure, in case of IMSI Detach Indication.
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from aCELL, with L3_INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message withan MIE message type set to IMSI DETACH INDICATION. This counter isincremented only if the L3 info message received has to be forwarded to theMSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
596 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.3.2.10 MC02h - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CALL_EST
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_CALL_EST
Definition case: normal or emergency call establishment
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from aCELL, with the L3 INFORMATION field containg a 44.018 L3 message with anMIE message type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and an MIE CM servicetype set to either :- "emergency call establishment",- or "mobile originating callestablishment"This counter is incremented only if the L3 info message receivedhas to be forwarded to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 597 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.3.2.11 MC02i - NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LCS
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_SUCC_MO_LCS
Definition case: Mobile originated LCS procedure on SDCCH
Trigger condition Whenever an 48.058 ESTABLISH INDICATION message is received from a cell,with the L3 INFORMATION field containing a 44.018 L3 message with an MIEmessage type set to CM SERVICE REQUEST and with an MIE CM service typeset to "Location Services" (LCS).This counter is incremented only if the L3 infomessage received has to be forwarded to the MSC
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
598 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.4 Normal Assignment
22.3.8.4.1 –
22.3.8.4.1.1 MC140a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_REQ
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_REQ
Definition 1) Number of normal assignment requests for TCH establishment (in HR or FRusage).2) Number of BSCGP DTM assignment command received from MFS,for MS camping on a SDCCH (i.e. the cases where a TCH was already allocatedto the MS are not taken into account). In this case, the TCH is establishedin signaling mode
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message for a normalTCH assignment is received from the MSC.2) Whenever a BSCGP DTMASSIGNMENT COMMAND message is received from MFS for a MS campingon a SDCCH
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 599 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.4.1.2 MC140b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ATPT
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ATPT
Definition Number of normal assignment attempts for TCH establishment (in HR or FRusage). This counter also takes into account DTM assignment commands forTCH establishment in signaling mode (FR usage only).
Trigger condition 1) Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message for a normal TCHassignment is sent to the MS. In case of multiband cell, only the first 44.018ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message is counted (when sent in the inner zone);the second 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message sent in the outer zone(further to the ASSIGNEMENT FAILURE received with the cause protocolerror unspecified in the inner zone) is not counted.2) Whenever a 44.018DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message is sent to the MS, containing theassignment of a TCH in signaling mode.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
600 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.4.1.3 MC921a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_REQ_ABLE_TO_PREEMPT
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_REQ_ABLE_TO_PREEMPT
Definition Number of TCH Normal Assignment- and incoming external TCHHandover/Directed Retry Requests with the ability to preempt another call withlower priority.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever the BSC receives a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST messagewith the pre-emption capability indication set (pci bit=1 in the Priority IE),repetitions of the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message in case of channelmodification are not counted, or2) Whenever the BSC receives a 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST message requesting a TCH channel withi) thepre-emption capability indication set (pci bit=1) and Extra Information IE (or OldBSS to New BSS IE) is absent, or ii) the pre-emption capability indication set(pci bit = 1) and the Pre-emption Recommendation of the Extra Information IE isset (prec bit = 1).Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 601 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.4.1.4 MC921b - NB_PREEMPT_CAP_ALLOC_SUCC
Long Name NB_PREEMPT_CAP_ALLOC_SUCC
Definition Number of preemption capable calls served with resources in the cell (with orwithout using the preemption feature).
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC has selected a channel to activate a TCH channel relatedto either 48.008 ASIGNMENT REQUEST, 48.008 VGCS/VBS ASSIGNMENTREQUEST, 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST, 48.008 ESTABLISH INDICATIONwith the L3_INFORMATION field including a 44.018 NOTIFICATIONRESPONSE message and the call has the ability to pre-empt another call withlower priority (i.e. pci = 1).
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
602 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.4.1.5 MC921c - NB_PREEMPTED_CALLS
Long Name NB_PREEMPTED_CALLS
Definition Number of pre-empted calls in the cell.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.008 CLEAR REQUEST or UPLINK RELEASE INDICATIONmessage with preemption cause is sent to the MSC.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 603 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.4.1.6 MC921d - NB_PREEMPT_CAP_OUT_DR_ALLOC_SUCC
Long Name NB_PREEMPT_CAP_OUT_DR_ALLOC_SUCC
Definition Number of preemption capable call establishment requests that are successfullyserved in a neighbour cell with the help of the directed retry procedure.
Trigger condition Whenever a queued request for a preemption capable call is de-queued in theserving cell during the directed retry procedure because this call has beensuccessfully established in the target cell.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
604 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.4.1.7 MC921e - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_SUCC_PREEMPTABLE
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_SUCC_PREEMPTABLE
Definition Number of TCH Normal Assignment- and incoming (internal and external) TCHHandover/Directed Retry Successes indicating the facility of being preempt-ableby a call with a higher priority.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever the BSC sends a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE messageand the context of the call indicates that the preemption vulnerability indicationis set (pvi bit=1), or2) Whenever the BSC sends a 48.008 HANDOVERCOMPLETE message and the context of the call indicates that the preemptionvulnerability indication is set (pvi bit=1), or3) Whenever the BSC sends a 48.008HANDOVER PERFORMED message and the context of the call indicates thatthe preemption vulnerability indication is set (pvi bit=1).Note: This countercounts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 605 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.4.1.8 MC933 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_PMIS
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_PMIS
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment preparation failuresdue to A interface mismatch between the BSC and the MSC.
Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENTFAILURE (cause: "circuit pool mismatch")
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
606 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.4.2 Failure
22.3.8.4.2.1 MC19 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_PREP_FAIL_ACHAN_MIS (110)
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_HO_PREP_FAIL_ACHAN_MIS (110)
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment and external handover-preparation failures due to A-channel status mismatch between the BSC andthe MSC.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever an 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message selects a TTCHwhich is found to be unavailable by the BSS (Blocked or Busy).2) Whenever a48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST message selects a TTCH which is found tobe unavailable by the BSS (Blocked or Busy).Note: This counter counts bothinter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object BSC
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 607 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.4.2.2 MC612a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_NO_QUEUE
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_NO_QUEUE
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment preparation failuresbecause of the non-queuing of the ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message.Case:48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST on TCH (in HR or FR usage) is received whenno TCH is available in the cell. The request is rejected (by 48.008ASSIGNMENTFAILURE, cause: "no radio resource available"), because the queuing procedureis either:1) disabled within the BSC (i.e. (T11=0 and QUEUE_ANYWAY=0), OR(T11_forced=0 and QUEUE_ANYWAY=1)), or2) enabled within the BSC, i.e.T11 <> 0, but not requested by the MSC when QUEUE_ANYWAY=0.
Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENTFAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for a TCH channel becauseno TCH is available and either the queuing is disabled in the BSC (T11=0and QUEUE_ANYWAY=0, or T11_forced=0 and QUEUE_ANYWAY=1), or thequeuing is enabled, QUEUE_ANYWAY=0, and the MSC does not requesta queuing.Note 1: The HMI name of the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is"FORCED_QUEUING".Note 2: In case of Mx BSC, "no TCH available" couldhappen when the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined bythe MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, this counter and MC926 areincremented by one.Note 3: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:- the cellmapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;- or the TCH processing capacity ofAbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TSparameter
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
608 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.4.2.3 MC612b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_FULL
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_FULL
Definition MC612b=C612b, Case: 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST on TCH (in FR or HRusage) is received when no TCH is available in the cell. The queuing is enabledwithin the BSC, but the request is rejected (by 48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE,cause: "no radio resource available"), because the queue is full and no requestof lower priority can be dequeued from the BSC queue.
Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of 48.008 ASSIGNMENTFAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for a TCH channel because thequeue is full and no request of lower priority can be de-queued.Note 1: In caseof Mx BSC, "no TCH available" could happen when the TCH processing capacityof CCP reaches the limit defined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. Inthis case, this counter and MC926 are incremented by one.Note 2: In IP mode,this counter is increased by 1 if:- the cell mapped on a BTS is in IP congestionstatus;- or the TCH processing capacity of AbisBTSGroup reaches the limitdefined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TS parameter
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 609 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.4.2.4 MC612d - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_REJ
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_QUEUE_REJ
Definition Case: 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST is queued because no TCH (inHR or FR usage) is available in the cell, timer T11 (case MSC requests forqueuing whatever QUEUE_ANYWAY value may be) or timer T11_forced (caseQUEUE_ANYWAY=1, i.e. the queuing is forced within the BSC) is started,and before the timer expiry, the request is dequeued due to the receipt of ahigher priority request (i.e. 48.008ASSIGNMENT REQUEST) : the BSC sends48.008ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for thefirst transaction.Remark: As soon as an internal directed retry is attempted,the request is blocked within the BSC and cannot be dequeued by a higherpriority request.
Trigger condition The counter is incremented upon the sending of the 48.008 ASSIGMENTFAILURE (cause: "no radio resource available") for a de-queued TCHrequest (i.e. normal assignment) due to the receipt of a higher priorityrequest.Note 1: The HMI name of the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is"FORCED_QUEUING".Note 2: In case of Mx BSC, "no TCH available" couldhappen when the TCH processing capacity of CCP reaches the limit defined bythe MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter. In this case, this counter and MC926 areincremented by one.Note 3: In IP mode, this counter is increased by 1 if:- the cellmapped on a BTS is in IP congestion status;- or the TCH processing capacity ofAbisBTSGroup reaches the limit defined by the NB_MAX_ACTIVE_TCH_TSparameter
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
610 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.4.2.5 MC746b - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO_TRX
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment -execution failuresdue to MS access problem, per TRX. This counter also takes into accountDTM assignment -execution failures due to MS access problem for TCHestablishment in signaling mode (FR usage only).MC746b = C746b
Trigger condition 1) The timer T3107 in the BSS supervising the TCH channel seizure by themobile expires (following the sending of 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMMAND for aTCH channel that is not involved in a handover procedure).2) The timer T3107in the BSS supervising the TCH channel seizure by the mobile expires, followingthe sending of 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND for a TCH channel insignaling mode.3) The BSC receives a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT FAILURE onthe old (SDCCH) channel during the normal assignment procedure except incase of multiband cell, when the normal assignment procedure is performedin the inner zone and the ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is received with the cause"protocol error unspecified".4) The BSC receives a 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENTFAILURE on the old (SDCCH) channel during the DTM assignment procedure,for a TCH in signaling mode.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 611 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.4.2.6 MC812 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_PREP_FAIL_CONG_R_ABIS
Definition MC812 = C812 = C612a + C612b + C612c + C612d
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Failure
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
612 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.3.8.4.3 Success
22.3.8.4.3.1 MC718 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_SUCC_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_SUCC_TRX
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment successes, per TRX.This counter also takes into account normal assignment successes for TCHestablishment in signaling mode (FR usage only), for DTM.MC718 = C718
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE message is received on Abisinterface for a TCH channel that is not involved in a handover procedure, intraffic or in signaling mode.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (QoS)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 Success
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 613 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4 Resource Availability & Usage
22.4.1 Channel
22.4.1.1 A channel
22.4.1.1.1 Availability
22.4.1.1.1.1 MC35 - AV_NB_A_TRAF_CHAN_BLOCK_OUT_OF_SERV
Long Name AV_NB_A_TRAF_CHAN_BLOCK_OUT_OF_SERV
Definition Average number of A-traffic-channels (i.e. all A-channels except for N7, SPCand synchro) that are blocked or out of service.
Trigger condition Every 20 seconds, the TTCHs that satisfy one of the following conditions arecounted : a) Maintenance state is either IN TRAFFIC or FAULTY IN TRAFFIC orWAIT TRAFFIC CLEAR and Telephonic state is blockedb) Maintenance state iseither OPERATOR OUT OF SERVICE or FAULTY OUT OF SERVICENote:Thiscounter is not incremented if the channel is in the Maintenance state NOTEQUIPPED, or if the channel is in use for signalling (N7), for a semi-permanentconnection (SPC), or for synchronisation (channel 0).
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 A channel
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object BSC
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
614 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.1.1.2 MC36 - AV_NB_AVAIL_A_TRAF_CHAN
Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_A_TRAF_CHAN
Definition Average number of available A-traffic-channels channels (i.e. all A-channelsexcept for N7, SPC and synchro).
Trigger condition Every 20 seconds, the TTCHs that satisfay one of the following conditions arecounted :Maintenance state is either IN TRAFFIC or FAULTY IN TRAFFIC orWAIT TRAFFIC CLEAR and Telephonic state is available free or availablebusy.Note:This counter is not incremented if the channel is in the Maintenancestate NOT EQUIPPED, or if the channel is in use for signalling (N7), for asemi-permanent connection (SPC), or for synchronisation (channel 0).
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 A channel
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object BSC
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 615 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.2 CCCH
22.4.1.2.1 Availability
22.4.1.2.1.1 MC27 - AV_NB_AVAIL_CCCH
Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_CCCH
Definition Average number of available CCCH channels.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 CCCH
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
616 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.3 SDCCH
22.4.1.3.1 –
22.4.1.3.1.1 MC803 - TIME_SDCCH_CONGESTION
Long Name TIME_SDCCH_CONGESTION
Definition Cumulated time (in seconds) during which the SDCCH request(s) are not servedbecause no SDCCH sub-channel is available.
Trigger condition The time counter is started whenever a SDCCH request cannot be served.Thetime counter is stopped whenever one of the following conditions is checked:- ifa SDCCH sub-channel becomes free and usable on a static SDCCH timeslotor on a dynamic timeslot allocated as SDCCH (i.e. when the timeslot is knownfrom the SDCCH_RM module). The term "usable" means here that the SDCCHsub-channel is not mapped on a TCU in a very high overload state, or,- if aSDCCH request is served successfully. This condition corresponds to the casethe SDCCH_RM module requests the TCH_RM module for a dynamic SDCCHtimeslot.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 617 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.3.2 Availability
22.4.1.3.2.1 MC26 - AV_NB_AVAIL_SDCCH
Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_SDCCH
Definition Average number of available static SDCCH sub-channels (i.e. on static SDCCHtimeslots).
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.Note: "Available" has here to be understood as the operationalstate of a timeslot. The timeslot is available if it is not "blocked" or "out ofservice".
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
618 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.3.2.2 MC800 - AV_NB_AVAIL_DYN_TS
Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_DYN_TS
Definition Average number of available dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslots.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The averaged value is rounded up or down to the nearest integervalue.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 619 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.3.3 Usage
22.4.1.3.3.1 MC31 - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_SDCCH
Long Name NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_SDCCH
Definition Maximum number of simultaneously busy SDCCH subchannels, taking intoaccount the following SDCCH sub-channels: 1) Static SDCCH/x sub-channels,2) Dynamic SDCCH sub-channels which are dynamically allocated on thedynamic SDCCH/8 timeslots.
Trigger condition At each 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION (SDCCH subchannel) sent to thecell:C31 = MAX ["old" C31 value (i.e. before the channel activation), number ofbusy SDCCH subchannels observed for the cell].
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
620 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.3.3.2 MC390 - NB_TIMES_SDCCH_BUSY (110)
Long Name NB_TIMES_SDCCH_BUSY (110)
Definition MC390=SUM (all TRX_TS of the TRX) C39, C39 is NB_TIMES_SDCCH_BUSYin type 4.
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 621 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.3.3.3 MC802a - AV_NB_BUSY_DYN_SDCCH
Long Name AV_NB_BUSY_DYN_SDCCH
Definition Average number of busy SDCCH sub-channels allocated on the dynamicSDCCH/8 timeslots.
Trigger condition The BSC takes periodically a sample of the number of busy dynamic SDCCHsub-channels. The sampling period is set to the value indicated in the StatusInspection field. At the expiry of the accumulation period, all samples areaveraged (i.e. summed and divided by the number of samples). The averagedvalue is rounded up or down to the nearest value with an accuracy of 0.1.Adynamic SDCCH sub-channel is considered as busy during the time it isallocated to a given MS for SDCCH traffic.Note that the counter value that isindicated in the ASCII file (which can be obtained via the OBSYNT interface)is an integer value (i.e. it is as if the BSC multiplies by 10 the average). Thereported value shall then be divided by 10 afterwards so that the value that isdisplayed to the end-user is the correct one
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
622 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.3.3.4 MC802b - MAX_NB_BUSY_DYN_SDCCH
Long Name MAX_NB_BUSY_DYN_SDCCH
Definition Maximum number of busy dynamic SDCCH sub-channels allocated on thedynamic SDCCH/8 timeslots.
Trigger condition Whenever a dynamic SDCCH sub-channel becomes busy, the BSC determinesthe current number of busy dynamic SDCCH sub-channels. Counter MC802b isthe maximum value of this number during the accumulation period.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 623 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.4 TCH
22.4.1.4.1 Availability
22.4.1.4.1.1 MC250 - AV_NB_AVAIL_TCH
Long Name AV_NB_AVAIL_TCH
Definition Average number of available TCH/PDCH timeslots for traffic usage (i.e. TCH (forHR or FR usage) or PDCH).
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The averaged value is rounded up or down to the nearest integervalue.Note 1: "Available" has here to be understood as the operational state of atimeslot. The timeslot is available if it is not "blocked" or "out of service".Note 2:The dynamic SDCCH timeslots are not taken into account in this counter.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
624 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.4.2 Usage
22.4.1.4.2.1 MC141 - AV_NB_TCH_QUEUED
Long Name AV_NB_TCH_QUEUED
Definition Average number of queued TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment orexternal handover requests.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. In order to provide one decimal place, the averaged value (real) ismultiplied by ten and then rounded up or down to the nearest integer value.Notethat the counter value that is indicated in the ASCII file, which can be obtainedvia the OBSYNT interface, still has to be divided by 10, whereas the value thatis provided at the user interface is the correct one.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 625 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.4.2.2 MC28a - AV_NB_BUSY_CS_TS
Long Name AV_NB_BUSY_CS_TS
Definition Average number of busy TCH radio timeslot (in FR or HR usage, in traffic or insignaling mode) and busy dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslot allocated as TCH.
Trigger condition The BSC takes periodically a sample of the number of busy TCH radio timeslotsand busy dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots allocated as TCH. The samplingperiod is set to the value indicated in the Status Inspection field. At the expiry ofthe accumulation period, all samples are averaged (i.e. summed and dividedby the number of samples). The averaged value is rounded up or down to thenearest value with an accuracy of 0.1.A TCH radio timeslot is considered asbusy during the time it is allocated to a given MS for TCH traffic (in HR or FRusage). A dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot allocated as TCH is considered as busyduring the time it is allocated to a given MS for TCH traffic.Note 1: the countervalue that is indicated in the ASCII file (which can be obtained via the OBSYNTinterface) is an integer value (i.e. it is as if the BSC multiplies by 10 the average).The reported value shall then be divided by 10 afterwards so that the value thatis displayed to the end-user is the correct one.Note 2: This counter does nottake into account the PDCH radio timeslots allocated to the MFS.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
626 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.4.2.3 MC29a - NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_CS_TS
Long Name NB_MAX_SIMUL_BUSY_CS_TS
Definition Maximum number of simultaneously busy TCH radio timeslots (in HR orFR usage, in traffic or in signaling mode) and simultaneously busy dynamicSDCCH/8 radio timeslots allocated as TCH.
Trigger condition Whenever a TCH radio timeslot or a dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslot allocatedas TCH becomes busy, the BSC determines the current number of busy TCHradio timeslots (in HR or FR usage) and busy dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslotsallocated as TCH. This counter is the maximum value of this number duringthe accumulation period.This counter does not take into account the PDCHsallocated to the MFS.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 627 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.4.2.4 MC320a - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND1
Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND1
Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslotsbelonging to the interference band 1. This number is updated upon the receiptof 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
628 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.4.2.5 MC320b - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND2
Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND2
Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslotsbelonging to the interference band 2. This number is updated upon the receiptof 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The average value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 629 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.4.2.6 MC320c - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND3
Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND3
Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslotsbelonging to the interference band 3. This number is updated upon the receiptof 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
630 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.4.2.7 MC320d - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND4
Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND4
Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslots in FRor HR usage belonging to the interference band 4. This number is updated uponthe receipt of 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 631 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.4.2.8 MC320e - AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND5
Long Name AV_NB_IDLE_TCH_INTERF_BAND5
Definition Average number of free TCH and free dynamic SDCCH/8 radio timeslotsbelonging to the interference band 5. This number is updated upon the receiptof 48.058 RF RESOURCE INDICATION.
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The average value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
632 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.4.2.9 MC370a - NB_TRX_FR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TRX_FR_ALLOC
Definition MC370A= SUM(all TRX_TS of the TRX) (C370A)
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 633 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.4.2.10 MC370b - NB_TRX_HR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TRX_HR_ALLOC
Definition MC370B= SUM(all TRX_TS of the TRX) (C370B)
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
634 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.4.2.11 MC801a - AV_NB_BUSY_DYN_TCH
Long Name AV_NB_BUSY_DYN_TCH
Definition Average number of busy dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslots allocated as TCH (in FR orHR usage). This counter takes into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition The BSC takes periodically a sample of the number of busy dynamic SDCCH/8timeslots allocated as TCH. The sampling period is set to the value indicated inthe Status Inspection field. At the expiry of the accumulation period, all samplesare averaged (i.e. summed and divided by the number of samples). Theaveraged value is rounded up or down to the nearest value with an accuracyof 0.1.A dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot is considered as busy and allocated asTCH during the time it is allocated to a given MS for TCH traffic (in FR or HRusage).Note that the counter value that is indicated in the ASCII file (which canbe obtained via the OBSYNT interface) is an integer value (i.e. it is as if the BSCmultiplies by 10 the average). The reported value shall then be divided by 10afterwards so that the value that is displayed to the end-user is the correct one
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 635 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.4.2.12 MC801b - MAX_NB_BUSY_DYN_TCH
Long Name MAX_NB_BUSY_DYN_TCH
Definition Maximum number of busy dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslots allocated as TCH (inFR or HR usage). This counter takes into account TCH in traffic or in signalingmode.
Trigger condition Whenever a dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslot allocated as TCH becomes busy, theBSC determines the current number of busy dynamic SDCCH/8 timeslotsallocated as TCH (in HR or FR usage). Counter MC801b is the maximum valueof this number during the accumulation period.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
636 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.5 TRX_TS
22.4.1.5.1 Availability
22.4.1.5.1.1 MC24 - AV_NB_NOT_AVAIL_TRX_TS
Long Name AV_NB_NOT_AVAIL_TRX_TS
Definition Average number of not available radio timeslots (TRX_TS).
Trigger condition At Accumulation Period expiry, all observations of this counter done at eachpolling period are averaged, i.e. summed and divided by the number ofobservations. The averaged value (real) is rounded up or down to the nearestinteger value.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TRX_TS
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 637 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.1.5.2 Usage
22.4.1.5.2.1 MC34 - TIME_ALL_AVAIL_TRX_TS_BUSY
Long Name TIME_ALL_AVAIL_TRX_TS_BUSY
Definition Cumulated time (in seconds) during which there is no free FR TCH sub-channelto serve an incoming FR TCH request. A TCH sub-channel is seen as busy:i)if the TCH sub-channel is occupied by a HR or FR CS call (in particular if it isoccupied by the CS part of a DTM call), orii) if the TCH sub-channel is allocatedto the MFS to carry PS traffic.
Trigger condition The counter is started when there is no free FR TCH sub-channel to serve anincoming FR TCH request.The counter is stopped when there is a free FR TCHsub-channel to serve an incoming FR TCH request.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TRX_TS
Sub Domain 3 Usage
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
638 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.2 Interface
22.4.2.1 A
22.4.2.1.1 Availability
22.4.2.1.1.1 MN1.1 - TIME_N7_ALIGNED
Long Name TIME_N7_ALIGNED
Definition Time (in seconds) during which the N7 SL is correctly aligned.
Trigger condition Whenever the No.7 Signalling channel between the MSC and BSS is correctlyaligned, this counter will be incremented every second.
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 Availability
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 639 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3 Resource Allocation & Management
22.4.3.1 –
22.4.3.1.1 –
22.4.3.1.1.1 MC922h - TIME_3G_HOReject_HL
Long Name TIME_3G_HOReject_HL
Definition Cumulative time (in seconds) during which the Cell is in 3G high load state.
Trigger condition Whenever the 3G_HOReject_Load State in the cell is reported as high orreported as indefinite while the previous state was high. This counter shall beincremented only if THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT < 100%.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
640 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.2 DTM Assignment
22.4.3.2.1 –
22.4.3.2.1.1 MC927a - NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_ATPT
Long Name NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_ATPT
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment attempts in DTM with reallocation of the TCH(sending of DTM Assignment Command with UL TBF).
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENTCOMMAND message that includes the "Description of the Uplink PacketChannel Assignment" optional IE.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 DTM Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 641 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.2.1.2 MC927b - NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_ATPT
Long Name NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_ATPT
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment attempts in DTM with reallocation of the TCH(sending of DTM Assignment Command with DL TBF)
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENTCOMMAND message that includes the "Description of the Downlink PacketChannel Assignment" optional IE.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 DTM Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
642 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.2.1.3 MC927c - NB_DTM_UL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT
Long Name NB_DTM_UL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment attempts in DTM without reallocation of theTCH (sending of Packet Assignment Command with UL TBF).
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 PACKET ASSIGNMENTmessage that includes the "Description of the Uplink Packet ChannelAssignment" optional IE.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 DTM Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 643 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.2.1.4 MC927d - NB_DTM_DL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT
Long Name NB_DTM_DL_PACKET_ASS_ATPT
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment attempts in DTM without reallocation of theTCH (sending of Packet Assignment Command with DL TBF).
Trigger condition Whenever the BSC sends (through the BTS) 44.018 PACKET ASSIGNMENTmessage that includes the "Description of the Downlink Packet ChannelAssignment" optional IE.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 DTM Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
644 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.2.1.5 MC927e - NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO
Long Name NB_DTM_UL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment in DTM with reallocation of the TCH -execution failures due to MS access problem.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever the BSC receives from the BTS a DATA INDICATION (DTMASSIGNMENT FAILURE) message after having sent (through the BTS) 44.018DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the "Description of theUplink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE.2) After having sent (throughthe BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the"Description of the Uplink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE, upon T3107expiry, the BSC does not receive neither DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE (on theold channel) nor ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE (on the new channel) messages.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 DTM Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 645 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.2.1.6 MC927f - NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO
Long Name NB_DTM_DL_TCH_ASS_EXEC_FAIL_RADIO
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment in DTM with reallocation of the TCH -execution failures due to MS access problem.
Trigger condition 1) Whenever the BSC receives from the BTS a DATA INDICATION (DTMASSIGNMENT FAILURE) message after having sent (through the BTS) 44.018DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the "Description of theDownlink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE.2) After having sent (throughthe BTS) 44.018 DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND message that includes the"Description of the Downlink Packet Channel Assignment" optional IE, uponT3107 expiry, the BSC does not receive neither DTM ASSIGNMENT FAILURE(on the old channel) nor ASSIGNMENT COMPLETE (on the new channel)messages.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 DTM Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
646 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.3 E-GSM
22.4.3.3.1 –
22.4.3.3.1.1 MC706 - NB_EGSM_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU
Long Name NB_EGSM_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU
Definition Number of initial accesses for call establishments (except location update) ofMS supporting the E-GSM band, on a CELL basis.MC706 = C706
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGE message in the context of anyestablishment causes different from location update is received on Abisinterface with a "Mobile Station Classmark 3" or a "Mobile Station Classmark 2"Information Element field specifying that the MS supports the E-GSM band.Thecounter is incremented only once per SCCP connection in the serving cell, i.e.on receipt of the first 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGE message.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 E-GSM
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 647 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.4 Service
22.4.3.4.1 –
22.4.3.4.1.1 MC701a - NB_TCH_FR_REQ
Long Name NB_TCH_FR_REQ
Definition Number of TCH normal assignments requests from FR only mobiles (afterpossible filtering from the MSC).
Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call withonly GSM speech coding algorithm version 1 full rate allowed.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
648 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.4.1.2 MC701b - NB_TCH_DR_REQ
Long Name NB_TCH_DR_REQ
Definition Number of TCH normal assignments requests from dual rate mobiles.
Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call withonly GSM speech coding algorithm version 1 full rate and GSM speech codingalgorithm version 1 half rate allowed.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 649 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.4.1.3 MC701c - NB_TCH_DR_EFR_REQ
Long Name NB_TCH_DR_EFR_REQ
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment requests from mobiles supporting FR, HRand EFR.
Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call withGSM speech coding algorithm version 1 full rate, GSM speech coding algorithmversion 1 half rate and GSM speech coding algorithm version 2 full rate allowed.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
650 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.4.1.4 MC701d - NB_TCH_AMR_REQ
Long Name NB_TCH_AMR_REQ
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment requests from AMR mobiles.
Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call withGSM speech coding algorithm version 3 full rate or half rate allowed.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 651 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.4.1.5 MC701e - NB_TCH_DATA_REQ
Long Name NB_TCH_DATA_REQ
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment requests for data calls.
Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for data call.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
652 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.4.1.6 MC701f - NB_TCH_FR_EFR_REQ
Long Name NB_TCH_FR_EFR_REQ
Definition Number of TCH normal assignments requests from mobiles supporting only FRand EFR (after possible filtering from the MSC).
Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call withonly GSM speech coding algorithm version 1 full rate and GSM speech codingalgorithm version 2 full rate allowed.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 653 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.4.1.7 MC701g - NB_TCH_NO_FR_REQ
Long Name NB_TCH_NO_FR_REQ
Definition Number of TCH normal assignments requests from mobiles with followingspeech capability (after possible filtering of the MSC):- HR only, - EFR&HRonly, - EFR only
Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech callwith:- only GSM speech coding algorithm version 1 half rate allowed- only GSMspeech coding algorithm version 1 half rate and version 2 full rate allowed- onlyGSM speech coding algorithm version 2 full rate allowed
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment 1) From 3GPP point of view, HR only, EFR&HR only, EFR only are not allowed,as support of FR is mandatory. They are however counted for completion2) MSsupporting AMR and not FR are taken into account in MC701d (although suchconfiguration is also forbidden by 3GPP).
654 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.4.1.8 MC702a - NB_TCH_NOR_FR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_FR_ALLOC
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in FR usage - whose channelis allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modify from TCHsignaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH in signalingmode).
Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,indicating a FR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 1, notrelated to handover.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 655 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.4.1.9 MC702b - NB_TCH_NOR_HR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_HR_ALLOC
Definition number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in HR usage - whose channelis allocated in the BSC.
Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION / MODE MODIFY about to be sent to theBTS, indicating a HR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 1,not related to handover.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
656 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.4.1.10 MC702c - NB_TCH_NOR_EFR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_EFR_ALLOC
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in EFR usage - whosechannel is allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modifyfrom TCH signaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH insignaling mode).
Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,indicating a FR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 2, notrelated to handover.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 657 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.4.1.11 MC704a - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_FR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_FR_ALLOC
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in FR AMR usage - whosechannel is allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modifyfrom TCH signaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH insignaling mode).
Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,indicating a FR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 3, notrelated to handover.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
658 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.4.1.12 MC704b - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_HR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_HR_ALLOC
Definition number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in HR AMR usage - whosechannel is allocated in the BSC.
Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,indicating a HR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 3, notrelated to handover.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 659 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.4.1.13 MC705 - NB_TCH_NOR_DATA_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_DATA_ALLOC
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify for data - whose channel isallocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account mode modify from TCHsignaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with a TCH in signalingmode).
Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,indicating a data call, not related to handover.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
660 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.4.1.14 MC931 - NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_AMR_WB_GMSK_FR_ALLOC
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment/mode modify in FR AMR WB GMSK usage- whose channel is allocated in the BSC. This counter takes into account modemodify from TCH signaling to TCH traffic (following a DTM assignment with aTCH in signaling mode).
Trigger condition 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION/ MODE MODIFY about to be sent to the BTS,indicating a FR channel with GSM speech coding algorithm version 5, notrelated to handover.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 661 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.4.3.4.1.15 MC932 - NB_TCH_AMR_WB_GMSK_REQ
Long Name NB_TCH_AMR_WB_GMSK_REQ
Definition Number of TCH normal assignment requests from AMR WB GMSK mobiles
Trigger condition Receipt of 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST from the MSC for speech call withGSM speech coding algorithm version 5 full rate allowed.
Sub Domain 1 Resource Allocation & Management
Sub Domain 2 Service
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
662 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5 Traffic Load
22.5.1 BSC
22.5.1.1 –
22.5.1.1.1 –
22.5.1.1.1.1 MC926 - TCH_BLOCKING_OCCURENCES_BSC
Long Name TCH_BLOCKING_OCCURENCES_BSC
Definition Number of TCH channel allocation rejected for cause : Maximum TCHprocessing capacity of CCP reached
Trigger condition Whenever a TCH cannot be allocated due to the TCH processing capacity ofCCP reaches the limit defined by the MAX_TCH_PER_CCP parameter.
Sub Domain 1 BSC
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object BSC
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 663 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2 Channel
22.5.2.1 –
22.5.2.1.1 –
22.5.2.1.1.1 MC925a - NB_AGCH_USEFUL_BLOCKS_SENT
Long Name NB_AGCH_USEFUL_BLOCKS_SENT
Definition Number of useful blocks sent on AGCH channel (The dummy blocks are notcounted).
Trigger condition This counter is increased each time an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT orIMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT EXTENDED or IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENTREJECT or PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or PACKET DOWNLINKASSIGNMENT message is taken from one AGCH queue and put on AGCHchannel.Note: for cells mapped on non-Evolium BTS, the value of this counteris set to zero.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
664 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.1.1.2 MC925b - NB_PCH_USEFUL_BLOCKS_SENT
Long Name NB_PCH_USEFUL_BLOCKS_SENT
Definition Number of useful blocks sent on PCH channel (The dummy blocks are notcounted).
Trigger condition This counter is increased each time a PAGING REQUEST message is takenfrom one Paging_Group FIFO and put on PCH channel.Note: for cells mappedon non-Evolium BTS, the value of this counter is set to zero.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 665 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.1.1.3 MC925c - NB_BUSY_RACH_SLOTS
Long Name NB_BUSY_RACH_SLOTS
Definition Number of busy RACH slots.
Trigger condition Each 51-multiframes the Layer 1 reports the load on the RACH via theRACH_MEASUREMENTS_RESULTS message, which contains the followinginformation:- N_VRACH: number of Access Bursts successfully decoded-N_BUSY: number of RACH busy slotsOn reception of this message, the followingcounters are updated:- NB_BUSY_RACH_SLOTS = NB_BUSY_RACH_SLOTS+ N_BUSYNote: for cells mapped on non-Evolium BTS, the value of this counteris set to zero.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
666 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.1.1.4 MC925d - NB_CHANNEL_RQ_RADIO
Long Name NB_CHANNEL_RQ_RADIO
Definition Number of channel request messages received on the radio interface or numberof access bursts successfully decoded.
Trigger condition Each 51-multiframes the Layer 1 reports the load on the RACH via theRACH_MEASUREMENTS_RESULTS message, which contains thefollowing information:- N_VRACH: number of Access Bursts successfullydecoded- N_BUSY: number of RACH busy slotsOn reception of thismessage, the following counters are updated:- NB_CHANNEL_RQ_RADIO= NB_CHANNEL_RQ_RADIO + N_VRACHNote: for cells mapped onnon-Evolium BTS, the value of this counter is set to zero.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 667 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.1.1.5 MC925e - NB_ASSIGN_CMD_RECEIVED_ABIS
Long Name NB_ASSIGN_CMD_RECEIVED_ABIS
Definition Number of 48.058 IMMEDIATE ASSIGN COMMAND messages received by theBTS on Abis and had to be sent for CS and PS traffic to the MS. Note: Thiscounter does not count what it is really sent on the interface radio on the AGCHchannel because some messages can be discarded due to congestion someothers can be merged in one message (Immediate assignment extended) andsome others sent in PCH channel when the AGCH is up to 100%.
Trigger condition This counter is increased each time an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMANDmessage is received on Abis interface.Note: for cells mapped on non-EvoliumBTS, the value of this counter is set to zero.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
668 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.1.1.6 MC925f - NB_ASSIGN_CMD_DISCARDED
Long Name NB_ASSIGN_CMD_DISCARDED
Definition Number of 48.058 IMMEDIATE ASSIGN COMMAND messages received by theBTS on Abis and discarded due to congestion.
Trigger condition This counter is increased each time an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMANDmessages is discarded on detection of AGCH FIFO overload.Note: for cellsmapped on non-Evolium BTS, the value of this counter is set to zero.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 669 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.1.1.7 MC925g - NB_PAGING_CMD_RECEIVED_ABIS
Long Name NB_PAGING_CMD_RECEIVED_ABIS
Definition Number of PAGING COMMAND received by the BTS on Abis and had to besent for CS and PS traffic to the MS.Note: This counter does not count what it isreally sent on the PCH channel of radio interface because some messages canbe discarded due to congestion and some others can be merged in one
Trigger condition 1) Applicable to the legacy BSC only: this counter is increased by one each timea PAGING COMMAND message is received on Abis interface.2) Applicableto the BSC Evolution only: a) This counter is increased by one each time aPAGING COMMAND message is received on Abis interface.b) This counteris increased by "n" each time a MULTIPLE PAGING COMMAND message isreceived on Abis interface ("n" is the number of PAGING COMMAND containedin the received MULTIPLE PAGING COMMAND message).Note: for cellsmapped on non-Evolium BTS, the value of this counter is set to zero.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
670 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.1.1.8 MC925h - NB_PAGING_CMD_DISCARDED
Long Name NB_PAGING_CMD_DISCARDED
Definition Number of PAGING COMMAND received by the BTS on Abis and discardeddue to congestion.
Trigger condition 1) Applicable to the legacy BSC only: this counter is increased by one eachtime a PAGING COMMAND is discarded on detection of Paging_Group FIFOoverload.2) Applicable to the BSC Evolution only: This counter is increasedby one each time a PAGING COMMAND is discarded on detection of PagingGroup FIFO overloaded (Note 1).Note 1: It does not matter whether thediscarded (and counted) PAGING COMMAND was received in an individualPAGING COMMAND message or if it was received (as one of several PAGINGCOMMANDs) within a MULTIPLE PAGING COMMAND message.Note: for cellsmapped on non-Evolium BTS, the value of this counter is set to zero.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 671 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.1.1.9 MC930 - NB_ABIS_PAGING_MESSAGE_RECEIVED
Long Name NB_ABIS_PAGING_MESSAGE_RECEIVED
Definition Number of PAGING COMMAND / MULTIPLE PAGING COMMAND messagereceived by the BTS on Abis.
Trigger condition For legacy BSC, the value of this counter shall be set to "0".For BSCEVOLUTION:a) This counter is increased by one each time a PAGINGCOMMAND message is received on Abis interface.b) This counter is increasedby one each time a MULTIPLE PAGING COMMAND message is received onAbis interface.Note: for cells mapped on non-Evolium BTS, the value of thiscounter is set to zero.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
672 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.2 CCCH
22.5.2.2.1 –
22.5.2.2.1.1 MC804a - NB_UL_SINGLE_BLOCK_SIG_RACH
Long Name NB_UL_SINGLE_BLOCK_SIG_RACH
Definition Number of Channel Request messages with access cause "Single block packetaccess" received by the BSS.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIRED message with access cause "Singleblock packet access" is received on Abis interface.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 CCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 673 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.2.1.2 MC804b - NB_UL_ONE_PHASE_SIG_RACH
Long Name NB_UL_ONE_PHASE_SIG_RACH
Definition Number of Channel Request messages with access cause "One phase packetaccess with request for single timeslot uplink transmission" received by the BSS.
Trigger condition This counter is incremented whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL REQUIREDmessage with access cause "One phase packet access with request for singletimeslot uplink transmission" is received on Abis interface.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 CCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
674 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.2.1.3 MC805a - NB_CHANNEL_ASSIGN_DL_AGCH
Long Name NB_CHANNEL_ASSIGN_DL_AGCH
Definition Number of Immediate Assignment messages sent on AGCH for GPRS traffic.
Trigger condition Whenever a BSCGP Channel Assignment Downlink message is received forMS in non-DRX mode.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 CCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 675 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.2.1.4 MC805b - NB_CHANNEL_ASSIGN_DL_PCH
Long Name NB_CHANNEL_ASSIGN_DL_PCH
Definition Number of Immediate Assignment messages sent on PCH for GPRS traffic.
Trigger condition Whenever a BSCGP Channel Assignment Downlink message is received forMS in DRX mode.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 CCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
676 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.2.1.5 MC8a - NB_CELL_PAGING_CMD
Long Name NB_CELL_PAGING_CMD
Definition MC8A= SUM (all TRX_TS of the Cell) C8A
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 CCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 677 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.2.1.6 MC8b - NB_CELL_IMM_ASS_CMD
Long Name NB_CELL_IMM_ASS_CMD
Definition MC8B= SUM (all TRX_TS of the Cell) C8B
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 CCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
678 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.2.1.7 MC8c - NB_CELL_CHAN_REQD
Long Name NB_CELL_CHAN_REQD
Definition MC8C= SUM (all TRX_TS of the cell) C8C
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 CCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 679 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.2.1.8 MC8d - NB_CELL_IMM_ASS_REJ
Long Name NB_CELL_IMM_ASS_REJ
Definition MC8D= SUM (all TRX_TS of the cell) C8D
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 CCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
680 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.3 SDCCH
22.5.2.3.1 –
22.5.2.3.1.1 MC400 - TIME_TRX_SDCCH_BUSY
Long Name TIME_TRX_SDCCH_BUSY
Definition MC400= SUM (all TRX_TS of the TRX) C40
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 SDCCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 681 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.4 TCH
22.5.2.4.1 –
22.5.2.4.1.1 MC380a - TIME_TRX_FR_BUSY
Long Name TIME_TRX_FR_BUSY
Definition Time (in seconds) during which the TCH radio timeslot in FR usage is busy
Trigger condition MC380A= SUM (all TRX_TS of the TRX) (C380A)
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
682 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.4.1.2 MC380b - TIME_TRX_HR_BUSY
Long Name TIME_TRX_HR_BUSY
Definition Time (in seconds) during which the TCH radio timeslot in HR usage is busy
Trigger condition MC380B= SUM (all TRX_TS of the TRX) (C380B)
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 683 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.4.1.3 MC380c - TIME_TRX_GSM_FR_BUSY
Long Name TIME_TRX_GSM_FR_BUSY
Definition Time (in seconds) during which the TCH radio timeslot or dynamic SDCCH/8timeslot in the GSM frequency band is busy in FR usage. This counter takesinto account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition The counter cumulates over the Accumulation Period, per radio timeslot, all unittimes during which the TCH FR channel in the GSM frequency band is busy. Foreach channel allocation: The counter starts being incremented after the sendingof the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message to the cell concerning a full rateTCH channel for the related TRX timeslot. The counter stops being incrementedafter the reception of a 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE ACKNOWLEDGEmessage or the expiry of timer T_RCR_ACK twice (after the sending of the48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message) concerning the TCH channelpreviously activated on the related TRX timeslot.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
684 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.4.1.4 MC380d - TIME_TRX_GSM_HR_BUSY
Long Name TIME_TRX_GSM_HR_BUSY
Definition Time (in seconds) during which the TCH radio timeslot or dynamic SDCCH/8timeslot in the GSM frequency band is busy in HR usage.
Trigger condition The counter cumulates over the Accumulation Period, per radio timeslot, all unittimes during which the TCH HR channel in the GSM frequency band is busy.For each channel allocation: The counter starts being incremented after thesending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message to the cell concerninga half rate TCH channel for the related TRX timeslot. The counter stopsbeing incremented after the reception of a 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASEACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiry of timer T_RCR_ACK twice (after thesending of the 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message) concerning the TCHchannel previously activated on the related TRX timeslot.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 685 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.4.1.5 MC380e - TIME_TRX_DCS_FR_BUSY
Long Name TIME_TRX_DCS_FR_BUSY
Definition Time (in seconds) during which the TCH radio timeslot or dynamic SDCCH/8timeslot in the DCS/PCS frequency band is busy in FR usage. This countertakes into account TCH in traffic or in signaling mode.
Trigger condition The counter cumulates over the Accumulation Period, per radio timeslot, allunit times during which the TCH FR channel in the DCS/PCS frequency bandis busy. For each channel allocation: The counter starts being incrementedafter the sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message to thecell concerning a full rate TCH channel for the related TRX timeslot. Thecounter stops being incremented after the reception of a 48.058 RF CHANNELRELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiry of timer T_RCR_ACK twice(after the sending of the 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message) concerningthe TCH channel previously activated on the related TRX timeslot.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
686 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.4.1.6 MC380f - TIME_TRX_DCS_HR_BUSY
Long Name TIME_TRX_DCS_HR_BUSY
Definition Time (in seconds) during which the TCH radio timeslot or dynamic SDCCH/8timeslot in the DCS/PCS frequency band is busy in HR usage.
Trigger condition The counter cumulates over the Accumulation Period, per radio timeslot, allunit times during which the TCH HR channel in the DCS/PCS frequency bandis busy. For each channel allocation: The counter starts being incrementedafter the sending of the 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message to thecell concerning a half rate TCH channel for the related TRX timeslot. Thecounter stops being incremented after the reception of a 48.058 RF CHANNELRELEASE ACKNOWLEDGE message or the expiry of timer T_RCR_ACK twice(after the sending of the 48.058 RF CHANNEL RELEASE message) concerningthe TCH channel previously activated on the related TRX timeslot.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 687 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.4.1.7 MC381 - TIME_TRX_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS
Long Name TIME_TRX_TCH_BUSY_BY_MULTIBAND_MS
Definition MC381= SUM (over all TRX_TS of the TRX) (C381A+C381B)
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
688 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.2.4.1.8 MC924a - TIME_SPDCH_LIMIT_HIGH_LOAD
Long Name TIME_SPDCH_LIMIT_HIGH_LOAD
Definition Time during which the cell is in high load situation for PS traffic. This situationimpacts the number of slave PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS.
Trigger condition The timer starts whenever MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT calculated by the BSC is equalor below MAX_SPDCH_HIGH_LOAD. MAX_SPDCH_HIGH_LOAD is calculatedby the BSC based on MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD and NB_TS_MPDCHO&M parameters.The timer stops when MAX_SPDCH_LIMIT is greater thanMAX_SPDCH_HIGH_LOAD.
Sub Domain 1 Channel
Sub Domain 2 TCH
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment This counter replaces the B8 MFS counter P1.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 689 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.3 Interface
22.5.3.1 A
22.5.3.1.1 SCCP
22.5.3.1.1.1 MC350 - NB_N7_CON_REQ
Long Name NB_N7_CON_REQ
Definition MC350=C253+C254
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 SCCP
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
690 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.3.1.1.2 MC351 - NB_N7_CON_CONF
Long Name NB_N7_CON_CONF
Definition MC351=C255+C256
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Interface
Sub Domain 2 A
Sub Domain 3 SCCP
Measured Object N7 Signalling Link
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 691 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.4 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
22.5.4.1 Directed Retry
22.5.4.1.1 External
22.5.4.1.1.1 MC144f - NB_OUT_EDR_REQ
Long Name NB_OUT_EDR_REQ
Definition MC144f=C144b+C144d
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 3 External
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
692 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.4.1.2 Internal
22.5.4.1.2.1 MC144e - NB_OUT_IDR_REQ
Long Name NB_OUT_IDR_REQ
Definition MC144e=C144a+C144c
Trigger condition –
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 3 Internal
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 693 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.4.1.2.2 MC15a - NB_INC_IDR_ALLOC
Long Name NB_INC_IDR_ALLOC
Definition MC15a=C15a, Number of incoming internal directed retry (towards a TCHchannel in HR or FR usage) whose target channel is allocated by the BSC.
Trigger condition The counter is incremented on the target cell whenever the 48.058 CHANNELACTIVATION message of a TCH channel is about to be sent during an internaldirected retry.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Directed Retry
Sub Domain 3 Internal
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
694 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.4.2 Handover
22.5.4.2.1 SDCCH
22.5.4.2.1.1 MC147 - NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_ALLOC
Long Name NB_INC_SDCCH_HO_ALLOC
Definition MC147=C147, Number of incoming internal or external SDCCH handovers-whose target SDCCH channel is allocated by the BSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message is about to be sent onAbis Interface to activate an SDCCH channel for any handover purposes.Note:This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Handover
Sub Domain 3 SDCCH
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 695 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.4.2.2 TCH
22.5.4.2.2.1 MC13b - NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_QUEUED
Long Name NB_INC_EXT_TCH_HO_QUEUED
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) incoming external handover requests thatare put in BSC queue
Trigger condition Further to the receipt of a 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST message forTCH, the counter is incremented:i) upon the sending of a 48.008 QUEUINGINDICATION message if the queuing is authorised by the MSC, or,ii) when thehandover request is queued in the cell if the queuing is not authorised by theMSC and the request has its pre-emption indicator set (provided that the flagEN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to 'Enable').Note: MC13b = C13bNote: This countercounts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Handover
Sub Domain 3 TCH
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
696 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.4.2.2.2 MC15b - NB_INC_TCH_HO_ALLOC
Long Name NB_INC_TCH_HO_ALLOC
Definition Number of incoming TCH (in HR or FR usage) handover (internal or external)-whose target channel is allocated by the BSC.Since there are no reliable meansat the target BSC to distinguish external directed retry from external handover,the external directed retries are counted by this counter.
Trigger condition The counter is incremented on the target cell whenever the 48.058 CHANNELACTIVATION message of a TCH channel is about to be sent during anyhandover procedure.Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Handover
Sub Domain 3 TCH
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 697 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.4.3 Immediate Assignment
22.5.4.3.1 –
22.5.4.3.1.1 MC148 - NB_IMM_ASS_ALLOC
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_ALLOC
Definition Number of immediate assignment plus SDCCH normal assignments -whoseSDCCH channel is allocated by the BSC.
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message is about to be senton Abis Interface to activate an SDCCH channel for any purpose other thanhandover.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Immediate Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
698 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.4.4 Multiband
22.5.4.4.1 –
22.5.4.4.1.1 MC850 - NB_MULTIBAND_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU_CELL
Long Name NB_MULTIBAND_MS_ACCESS_EXCEPT_LU_CELL
Definition Number of initial accesses for call establishments (location update apart)initiated by multiband mobile stations. The counter is defined on a per cellbasis.A MS is considered as multiband if it supports:- the P-GSM (or E-GSMor R-GSM) and the DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDSparameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 andthe DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to"GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands ifthe PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900bands", or,- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900bands".
Trigger condition Whenever a 44.018 Classmark Change message in the context of anyestablishment cause different from location update is received on Abisinterface from the MS with a "Mobile Station Classmark 3" Information Elementspecifying that the MS supports:- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) andthe DCS1800 bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is setto "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 and the DCS1800bands if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM850and DCS1800 bands", or,- the GSM850 and the DCS1900 bands if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900bands", or,- the P-GSM (or E-GSM or R-GSM) and the DCS1900 bands if thePLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900bands".The counter is incremented only once per SCCP connection in theserving cell, i.e. on receipt of the first 44.018 CLASSMARK CHANGE message.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Multiband
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 699 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.4.5 Normal Assignment
22.5.4.5.1 –
22.5.4.5.1.1 MC13a - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_QUEUED
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_QUEUED
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment requests that areput in BSC queue.
Trigger condition Further to the receipt of a 48.008 ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message forTCH, the counter is incremented:i) upon the sending of a 48.008 QUEUINGINDICATION message if the queuing is authorised by the MSC, or,ii) whenthe assignment request is queued in the cell if the queuing is not authorisedby the MSC and the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is set, or,iii) when theassignment request is queued in the cell if the queuing is not authorised by theMSC and the request has its pre-emption indicator set (provided that the flagEN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to 'Enable').Note 1: MC13a = C13aNote 2: The HMIname of the parameter QUEUE_ANYWAY is "FORCED_QUEUING".
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Common cell
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
700 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
22.5.4.5.1.2 MC703 - NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ALLOC_TRX
Long Name NB_TCH_NOR_ASS_ALLOC_TRX
Definition Number of TCH (in HR or FR usage) normal assignment whose RTCH channelis allocated in the BSC, per TRX. This counter also takes into account normalassignment whose RTCH channel is allocated in the BSC in signaling mode (FRusage only), for DTM.MC703 = C703
Trigger condition Whenever a 48.058 CHANNEL ACTIVATION message is about to be sent onAbis Interface to activate a TCH channel for normal assignment, or for DTMassignment with a TCH in signaling mode.
Sub Domain 1 Telecom Procedure (Traffic Load)
Sub Domain 2 Normal Assignment
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object TRX
Type Name Overview measurements
Type Definition Set of global counters providing an overview of each measurement type
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 701 / 1256
22 BSC-TYPE 110 - Overview measurements
702 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
23 BSC-TYPE 180 - 2G Traffic flow measurements
23 BSC-TYPE 180 - 2G Traffic flow measurements
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 703 / 1256
23 BSC-TYPE 180 - 2G Traffic flow measurements
23.1 Adjacency
23.1.1 BSC
23.1.1.1 –
23.1.1.1.1 –
23.1.1.1.1.1 C400 - NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_REQ
Long Name NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_REQ
Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external or internal inter-cell SDCCH or TCH (inHR or FR usage) handover requests. The internal and external directed retriesare counted.
Trigger condition 1) Internal handover : whenever an internal inter-cell SDCCH or TCH handoveris initiated by the handover process within the BSC from the serving cell to thetarget cell.2) External handover : 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST received(including the MIE "Cell identifier" of the serving cell) by the BSC for an SDCCHor TCH external handover towards the target cell.Only handovers from a 2Gcell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell Identifier discriminator in theI.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to0000 or 0001).Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 BSC
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name 2G Traffic flow measurements
Type Definition Set of incoming external or internal inter-cell SDCCH or TCH (in HR or FRusage) handover counters provided per adjacency: variable serving cell -variable target cell. The internal and external directed retries are counted. Onlyhandovers / directed retries from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handoversfrom 3G are not counted in type 180).
External Comment –
704 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
23 BSC-TYPE 180 - 2G Traffic flow measurements
23.1.1.1.1.2 C401 - NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_ATPT
Long Name NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_ATPT
Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external or internal inter cell SDCCH or TCH (inHR or FR usage) handover attempts. The internal and external directed retriesare counted.
Trigger condition 1) Internal handover : 44.018 HANDOVER COMMAND sent to the MS via theserving cell for an internal inter-cell SDCCH or TCH handover towards the targetcell.2) External handover : 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST ACK sent to theMSC from the target BSC for an external SDCCH or TCH handover from theserving cell to the target cell. The MIE "Cell-Identifier" of the serving cell&targetcell are provided in 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST.Only handovers from a2G cell shall be taken into account (if the field Cell Identifier discriminator inthe I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008 HANDOVER REQUEST is set to0000 or 0001).Note: This counter counts both inter-PLMN and intra-PLMNhandover events.
Sub Domain 1 BSC
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name 2G Traffic flow measurements
Type Definition Set of incoming external or internal inter-cell SDCCH or TCH (in HR or FRusage) handover counters provided per adjacency: variable serving cell -variable target cell. The internal and external directed retries are counted. Onlyhandovers / directed retries from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handoversfrom 3G are not counted in type 180).
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 705 / 1256
23 BSC-TYPE 180 - 2G Traffic flow measurements
23.1.1.1.1.3 C402 - NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_SUCC
Long Name NB_ADJ_BSC_INC_HO_SUCC
Definition Number of incoming 2G to 2G external or internal inter cell SDCCH or TCH(in HR or FR usage) handover successes. The internal and external directedretries are counted.
Trigger condition 44.018HANDOVER_COMPLETE message received from the MS via the targetcell for an external or internal inter-cell SDCCH or TCH handover from theserving cell.Only handovers from a 2G cell shall be taken into account (if thefield Cell Identifier discriminator in the I.E. Cell Identifier (serving) of the 48.008HANDOVER REQUEST is set to 0000 or 0001).Note: This counter counts bothinter-PLMN and intra-PLMN handover events.
Sub Domain 1 BSC
Sub Domain 2 –
Sub Domain 3 –
Measured Object Adjacency-CGI
Type Name 2G Traffic flow measurements
Type Definition Set of incoming external or internal inter-cell SDCCH or TCH (in HR or FRusage) handover counters provided per adjacency: variable serving cell -variable target cell. The internal and external directed retries are counted. Onlyhandovers / directed retries from 2G cells are taken into account (i.e. handoversfrom 3G are not counted in type 180).
External Comment –
706 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 707 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1 Quality of service
24.1.1 Ater interface
24.1.1.1 LapD
24.1.1.1.1 N/A
24.1.1.1.1.1 P2a - NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT
Long Name NB_LAPD_INFO_FRAME_RESENT
Definition Number of Info frames retransmitted on the logical LapD link.
Trigger Condition Whenever an Info frame is retransmitted on the logical LapD link.
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 LapD
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LapD
External Comment The (decimal) value 1 000 000 means Driver LAPD not available. LAPD notestablished.Note : P32 indicates the time the LAPD is not available
708 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.1.1.1.2 P2b - NB_LAPD_RNR_SENT
Long Name NB_LAPD_RNR_SENT
Definition Number of Receive Not Ready (RNR) frames sent on the LapD logical link.
Trigger Condition Whenever an RNR frame is sent on the LapD logical link.
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 LapD
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LapD
External Comment The (decimal) value 1 000 000 means Driver LAPD not available. LAPD notestablished.Note : P32 indicates the time the LAPD is not available
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 709 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.1.1.1.3 P2c - NB_LAPD_RNR_REC
Long Name NB_LAPD_RNR_REC
Definition Number of Receive Not Ready (RNR) frames received on the LapD logical link.
Trigger Condition Whenever an RNR frame is received on the LapD logical link.
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 LapD
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LapD
External Comment The (decimal) value 1 000 000 means Driver LAPD not available. LAPD notestablished.Note : P32 indicates the time the LAPD is not available
710 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.1.1.1.4 P2d - NB_LAPD_EST
Long Name NB_LAPD_EST
Definition Number of data link establishment, re-establishment and reset on the LapD logicallink.
Trigger Condition 1) Whenever the MFS receives SABME while the LapD is in established state.2)Whenever the MFS receives the acknowledgment UA of SABME sent to the BSCin LapD established state.
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 LapD
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LapD
External Comment The (decimal) value 1 000 000 means Driver LAPD not available. LAPD notestablished.Note : P32 indicates the time the LAPD is not available
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 711 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.2 Gb interface
24.1.2.1 Bearer Channel
24.1.2.1.1 N/A
24.1.2.1.1.1 P3a - NB_BEAR_CHAN_FRAMES_DISC_INVALID_FCS
Long Name NB_BEAR_CHAN_FRAMES_DISC_INVALID_FCS
Definition Number of frames discarded received on the Bearer Channel because of invalidFCS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a frame received on the Bearer Channel is discarded due to invalid FCS.
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 Bearer Channel
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Bearer Channel
External Comment –
712 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.2.1.1.2 P3b - NB_BEAR_CHAN_FRAMES_DISC_INVALID_ADDR
Long Name NB_BEAR_CHAN_FRAMES_DISC_INVALID_ADDR
Definition Number of frames discarded received on the Bearer Channel because of invalidaddress format.
Trigger Condition Whenever a frame received on the Bearer Channel is discarded due to invalidaddress format.
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 Bearer Channel
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Bearer Channel
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 713 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.2.2 PVC
24.1.2.2.1 N/A
24.1.2.2.1.1 P6a - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_7_CONSEC_1
Long Name NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_7_CONSEC_1
Definition Number of frames discarded received on the PVC because of seven consecutivebits set to "1".
Trigger Condition Whenever a frame received on the PVC is discarded due to seven bits set to "1".
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 PVC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Bearer Channel
External Comment –
714 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.2.2.1.2 P6b - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_ZERO_INSER
Long Name NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_ZERO_INSER
Definition Number of frames discarded received on the PVC because of a non integralnumber of octetes (zero insertion failure).
Trigger Condition Whenever a frame received on the PVC is discarded due to a non integral numberof octets (zero insertion failure).
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 PVC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Bearer Channel
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 715 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.2.2.1.3 P6c - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_LENGTH_TOO_LARGE
Long Name NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_LENGTH_TOO_LARGE
Definition Number of frames discarded received on the PVC because of length greater thanthe maximum allowed (FR-INFO-SIZE.Max).
Trigger Condition Whenever a frame received on the PVC is discarded due to the length greater thanthe maximum allowed.
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 PVC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object PVC
External Comment –
716 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.2.2.1.4 P6d - NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_LENGTH_TOO_SHORT
Long Name NB_PVC_FRAMES_DISC_LENGTH_TOO_SHORT
Definition Number of frames discarded received on the PVC because of length shorter thanthe minimum allowed (FR-INFO-SIZE.Min).
Trigger Condition Whenever a frame received on the PVC is discarded due to the length lower thanthe minimum allowed.
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 PVC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object PVC
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 717 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3 Radio interface
24.1.3.1 Cell reselections
24.1.3.1.1 NACC
24.1.3.1.1.1 P212 - TIME_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL
Long Name TIME_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL
Definition Cumulated time of the successful Network Assisted cell reselection duration inNC0 mode.
Trigger Condition Within the granularity period, the MFS cumulates the duration of each successfuloutgoing NACC cell reselections triggered by the BSS in the source cell.Theduration of a NACC cell reselection is measured in the source cell between thestart of emission of Packet Neighbour Cell Data messages (following the receptionof the Packet Cell Change Notification message) and the reception of the Flush-LLmessage. The source cell is the cell where the cell reselections are outgoing.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections
Sub Domain 3 NACC
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
718 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.1.1.2 P213 - NB_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL
Long Name NB_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL
Definition Number of successful Network Assisted cell reselection in the source cell in NC0mode.
Trigger Condition Within the granularity period, the MFS counts the number of each successfuloutgoing NACC cell reselections triggered by the BSS in the source cell.A NACCcell reselection is successful when in the source cell after the start of emissionof Packet Neighbour Cell Data messages (following the reception of the PacketCell Change Notification message) , the reception of the Flush-LL message isreceived. The source cell is the cell where the cell reselections are outgoing.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections
Sub Domain 3 NACC
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 719 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.1.1.3 P458 - NB_NEIGH_PSI_PROC
Long Name NB_NEIGH_PSI_PROC
Definition Nb of times the procedure of broadcast of neighbour (P)SI messages is invoked
Trigger Condition In NC0 mode : Whenever neighbour (P)SI messages are sent by RRM to RLCfollowing a reception of PACKET CELL CHANGE
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections
Sub Domain 3 NACC
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
720 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.1.1.4 P460b - MAX_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIME
Long Name MAX_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIME
Definition Maximum Network Assisted cell reselection duration in NC0 mode.
Trigger Condition Tide mark recording the maximum value of Counter P212.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections
Sub Domain 3 NACC
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 721 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.1.1.5 P460c - MIN_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIME
Long Name MIN_SOURCE_NACC_CELL_RESEL_TIME
Definition Minimum Network Assisted cell reselection duration in NC0 mode.
Trigger Condition Tide mark recording the minimum value of Counter P212.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections
Sub Domain 3 NACC
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
722 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.1.2 Packet (P)SI status
24.1.3.1.2.1 P456 - NB_PSI_PROC
Long Name NB_PSI_PROC
Definition Number of times the procedure of broadcast of serving cell PSI for Packet PSIStatus or the procedure of sending of Packet Serving Cell Data for Packet SIStatus is invoked.
Trigger Condition Whenever RRM sends a request to PTU to send serving cell (P)SI to the MS forPacket (P)SI Status procedure.The primitive used as trigger is PCC-PSCD-REQ.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections
Sub Domain 3 Packet (P)SI status
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 723 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.2 Cell reselections in NC0
24.1.3.2.1 N/A
24.1.3.2.1.1 P397 - NB_FLUSH_MESSAGES
Long Name NB_FLUSH_MESSAGES
Definition Number of successful NC0 or NC2 cell reselections for MS in GMM Ready state(either in packet idle mode or packet transfer mode)
Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives a FLUSH-LL PDU from the SGSN.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC0
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment Note that NC2 cell reselections can only be triggered if the MS is in packet transfermode
724 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.2.1.2 P436 - NB_NC0_CELL_RESEL_Mstrans
Long Name NB_NC0_CELL_RESEL_Mstrans
Definition Number of successful NC0 cell reselections (for MS in packet transfer mode)
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented upon receipt of a Flush-LL message corresponding toa NC0 cell reselection triggered while the MS was in packet transfer mode in theold cell in the previous T_WAIT_FLUSH seconds.The counter is then incrementedfor MS operating in NC0 mode whenever one of the following events occurs:i)a Flush-LL message is received from the SGSN and this Flush-LL messageconcerns a DL or UL TBF which is(are) still on-going(s),ii) a Flush-LL messageis received from the SGSN and this Flush-LL message concerns a DL or ULTBF which has(have) been abnormally released in the previous T_WAIT_FLUSHseconds.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC0
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 725 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3 Cell reselections in NC2
24.1.3.3.1 N/A
24.1.3.3.1.1 P209 - TIME_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL
Long Name TIME_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL
Definition Cumulated time duration of successful outgoing NC2 cell reselections (measuredin the source cell).
Trigger Condition Within the granularity period, the MFS cumulates the duration of each successfuloutgoing NC2 cell reselections triggered by the BSS in the source cell.Theduration of a NC2 cell reselection is measured in the source cell between theacknowledgement of the Packet Cell Change Order message and the reception ofthe Flush-LL message. The source cell is the cell where the NC cell reselectionsare outgoing.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment The MFS can measure the duration of a NC cell reselection provided that theFlush-LL message is received while the timer T_WAIT_FLUSH is still running. Thismeans that NC cell reselection duration longer than the timer T_WAIT_FLUSHcannot be measured by this counter.
726 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.2 P210 - TIME_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL
Long Name TIME_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL
Definition Cumulated time duration of successful incoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2 cellreselections (measured in the target cell).
Trigger Condition Within the granularity period, the MFS cumulates the duration of the successfulincoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2 cell reselections triggered by the BSS in thesource cell.The duration of a NC2 cell reselection is measured in the source cellsbetween the acknowledgement of the Packet Cell Change Order message andthe reception of the Flush-LL message. These measures are forwarded to thetarget cell in the intra-MFS TLLI Rerouting Confirm message and then cumulatedin the target cell.The source cells are the cells where the NC cell reselectionsare outgoing, whereas the target cell is the cell where the NC cell reselectionsare incoming.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment 1) Only NC2 cell reselections involving a source cell which belongs to the samerouting area and same MFS as the target cell are taken into account in thisaverage.2) The MFS can measure the duration of a NC cell reselection providedthat the Flush-LL message is received while the timer T_WAIT_FLUSH is stillrunning. This means that NC cell reselection duration longer than the timerT_WAIT_FLUSH cannot be measured by this counter.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 727 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.3 P211 - NB_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL
Long Name NB_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL
Definition Number of successful incoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2 cell reselections(measured in the target cell).
Trigger Condition Within the granularity period, the MFS counts the number of each successfuloutgoing NC2 cell reselections triggered by the BSS in the source cell.A NC2 cellreselection is successful when in the source cells after the acknowledgement ofthe Packet Cell Change Order message is received , the Flush-LL message isreceived.These measures are forwarded to the target cell in the intra-MFS TLLIRerouting Confirm message and then cumulated in the target cell.The source cellsare the cells where the NC cell reselections are outgoing, whereas the target cellis the cell where the NC cell reselections are incoming.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment 1) Only NC2 cell reselections involving a source cell which belongs to the samerouting area and same MFS as the target cell are taken into account in thisaverage.2) The MFS can measure the duration of a NC cell reselection providedthat the Flush-LL message is received while the timer T_WAIT_FLUSH is stillrunning. This means that NC cell reselection duration longer than the timerT_WAIT_FLUSH cannot be measured by this counter.
728 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.4 P221 - NB_PCCO_ACK_UL_NC2_CELL_RESEL
Long Name NB_PCCO_ACK_UL_NC2_CELL_RESEL
Definition Number of Packet Cell Change Order acknowledged by the MS while in ULtransfert.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a Packet Control Acknowledgement isreceived in acknowledgement of a Packet Cell Change Order while in UL transfert.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 729 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.5 P222 - NB_PCCO_ACK_DL_NC2_CELL_RESEL
Long Name NB_PCCO_ACK_DL_NC2_CELL_RESEL
Definition Number of Packet Cell Change Order acknowledged by the MS while in DLtransfert.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a Packet Control Acknowledgement isreceived in acknowledgement of a Packet Cell Change Order while in DL transfert.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
730 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.6 P223 - NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF
Long Name NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF
Definition Number of Packet Cell Change Order messages sent while in DL transfer.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS sends a Packet Cell Change Ordermessage to the MS while it has an ongoing DL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment If a PCCO is sent for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then both P223and P226 are incremented.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 731 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.7 P224 - NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF
Long Name NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF
Definition Number of FLUSH-LL PDU received after a Packet Cell Change Order has beensent to the MS while in DL transfer.
Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives a FLUSH-LL PDU from the SGSN after a PacketCell Change Order message has been sent to the MS while it has an ongoing inDL TBF .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment If a FLUSH is received for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then bothP224 and P227 are incremented.
732 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.8 P225 - NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF
Long Name NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_DL_TBF
Definition Number of Packet Cell Change Failure received from the MS after a Packet CellChange Order has been sent to the MS while in DL transfer.
Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives a Packet Cell Change Failure message from the MSafter a Packet Cell Change Order message has been sent to the MS while it hasan ongoing DL TBF .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment If a PCCF is received for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then bothP225 and P228 are incremented
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 733 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.9 P226 - NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF
Long Name NB_PCCO_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF
Definition Number of Packet Cell Change Order messages sent while in UL transfer.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS sends a Packet Cell Change Ordermessage to the MS while it has an ongoing UL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment If a PCCO is sent for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then both P223and P226 are incremented.
734 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.10 P227 - NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF
Long Name NB_FLUSH_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF
Definition Number of FLUSH-LL PDU received after a Packet Cell Change Order has beensent to the MS while in UL transfer.
Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives a FLUSH-LL PDU from the SGSN after a Packet CellChange Order message has been sent to the MS while it has an ongoing UL TBF .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment If a FLUSH is received for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then bothP224 and P227 are incremented.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 735 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.11 P228 - NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF
Long Name NB_PCCF_NC2_CELL_RESEL_UL_TBF
Definition Number of Packet Cell Change Failure received from the MS after a Packet CellChange Order has been sent to the MS while in UL transfer.
Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives a Packet Cell Change Failure message from the MSafter a Packet Cell Change Order message has been sent to the MS while it hasan ongoing UL TBF .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment If a PCCF is received for a MS supporting a DL TBF and an UL TBF, then bothP225 and P228 are incremented.
736 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.12 P431b - MAX_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME
Long Name MAX_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME
Definition Maximum duration of successful outgoing NC2 cell reselections (measured inthe source cell)
Trigger Condition Tide mark recording the maximum value of Counter P209
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 737 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.13 P431c - MIN_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME
Long Name MIN_SOURCE_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME
Definition Minimum duration of successful outgoing NC2 cell reselections (measured inthe source cell)
Trigger Condition Tide mark recording the minimum value of Counter P209
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
738 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.14 P432b - MAX_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME
Long Name MAX_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME
Definition Maximum duration of successful incoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2 cellreselections (measured in the target cell).
Trigger Condition Tide mark recording the maximum value of Counter P210
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 739 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.15 P432c - MIN_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME
Long Name MIN_TARGET_NC2_CELL_RESEL_TIME
Definition Minimum duration of successful incoming intra-RA intra-MFS NC2 cell reselections(measured in the target cell).
Trigger Condition Tide mark recording the minimum value of Counter P210
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
740 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.16 P433a - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT1
Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT1
Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection requests for a MS in packet transfer mode dueto a "too low downlink received signal" (Cause PT1)
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the RRM layer sends to the MS a PacketCell Change Order message for a NC2 cell reselection triggered due a "too lowdownlink received signal" (Cause PT1).The repetitions of the Packet Cell ChangeOrder message for a given NC2 cell reselection alarm are not counted.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 741 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.17 P433b - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT2
Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT2
Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection requests for a MS in packet transfer mode due toa "detection of a better neighbour cell" (Cause PT2)
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the RRM layer sends to the MS a PacketCell Change Order message for a NC2 cell reselection triggered due the "detectionof a better neighbour cell" (Cause PT2).The repetitions of the Packet Cell ChangeOrder message for a given NC2 cell reselection alarm are not counted.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
742 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.18 P433c - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT3
Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT3
Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection requests for a MS in packet transfer mode due toa "too bad downlink radio quality" (Cause PT3)
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the RRM layer sends to the MS a PacketCell Change Order message for a NC2 cell reselection triggered due a "too baddownlink radio quality" (Cause PT3).The repetitions of the Packet Cell ChangeOrder message for a given NC2 cell reselection alarm are not counted.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 743 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.19 P433d - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT4
Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_REQ_PT4
Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection requests for a MS in packet transfer mode due toa "too bad uplink radio quality" (Cause PT4)
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the RRM layer sends to the MS a PacketCell Change Order message for a NC2 cell reselection triggered due a "too baduplink radio quality" (Cause PT4).The repetitions of the Packet Cell Change Ordermessage for a given NC2 cell reselection alarm are not counted.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
744 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.20 P435a - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT1
Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT1
Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection successes for a MS in packet transfer mode dueto a "too low downlink received signal" (Cause PT1)
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented upon receipt of a Flush-LL message correspondingto a NC2 cell reselection triggered due to a "too low downlink received signal"(Cause PT1).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 745 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.21 P435b - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT2
Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT2
Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection successes for a MS in packet transfer mode dueto a "detection of a better neighbour cell" (Cause PT2)
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented upon receipt of a Flush-LL message correspondingto a NC2 cell reselection triggered due to a "detection of a better neighbour cell"(Cause PT2).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
746 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.22 P435c - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT3
Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT3
Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection successes for a MS in packet transfer mode dueto a "too bad downlink radio quality" (Cause PT3)
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented upon receipt of a Flush-LL message correspondingto a NC2 cell reselection triggered due to a "too bad downlink radio quality"(Cause PT3).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 747 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.23 P435d - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT4
Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_SUCC_PT4
Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection successes for a MS in packet transfer mode dueto a "too bad uplink radio quality" (Cause PT4)
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented upon receipt of a Flush-LL message correspondingto a NC2 cell reselection triggered due to a "too bad uplink radio quality" (CausePT4).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
748 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.24 P437a - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_REJECT_CELL
Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_REJECT_CELL
Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection failures reported by the MS which leads to rejectthe target cell for a while.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented upon receipt of a 3GPP TS 04.60 Packet Cell ChangeFailure message with Causes "Frequency not implemented", "No response ontarget cell", or "Immediate Assign Reject or Packet Access Reject on target cell".
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 749 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.25 P437b - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_NO_REJECT_CELL
Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_NO_REJECT_CELL
Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection failures reported by the MS which does not lead toreject the target cell for a while.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented upon receipt of a 3GPP TS 04.60 Packet Cell ChangeFailure message with Causes "On going CS connection", "MS in GMM Standbystate", or "Forced to the Standby state".
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
750 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.3.1.26 P464 - NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_LOAD
Long Name NB_NC2_CELL_RESEL_FAIL_LOAD
Definition Number of NC2 cell reselection failures reported by the MS due to load (cause :"immediate assign reject" or "packet access reject on target cell")
Trigger Condition Whenever a Packet Cell Change Failure is received with a cause "immediateassign reject" or "packet access rejact on target cell".
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Cell reselections in NC2
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 751 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4 DL TBF establishments
24.1.3.4.1 N/A
24.1.3.4.1.1 P105c - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_CONG
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_CONG
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to GPU congestion.Note: Thiscounter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition When a DL TBF cannot be established, due to GPU congestion (cause of thefailure of the last attempt before PDU life time expiry). GPU congestion meansthat the maximum capacity of at least one DSP on the GPU is reached in termsof resources GCH and/or PDCH.Generally, for all counters related to TBFestablishment failures, only the last reported failure cause is taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
752 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.2 P105e - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CPU_GPU
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CPU_GPU
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to CPU processing power limitationsof the GPU.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL TBF cannot be established due to CPU processing powerlimitations of the GPU.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 753 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.3 P105g - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ATER
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ATER
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to a lack of Ater resources.Note:This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL TBF establishment fails due to a lackof Ater resources.A lack of Ater resources occurs when there is not enough GCHto serve the DL TBF request.For BTS evolium :the number of GCH that can beestablished and/or redistributed is < Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTAB and the numberof free Ater nibbles is < Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTAB.For DRFU BTS :Lack of freeAter nibbles to serve the GCHs.The counter is incremented at the expiry of thePDU lifetime when the last attempt fails to establish the DL TBF due to a lack oftransmission resources.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
754 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.4 P105i - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ABIS
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ABIS
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to a lack of Abis resources.Note:This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL TBF establishment fails due to a lackof Abis resources.A lack of Abis transmission resources occurs when there is notenough Abis nibbles to serve the DL TBF request.For BTS evolium :the number ofGCH that can be established and or redistributed is < Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTABand the number of free Abis nibbles is < Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTAB.For DRFUBTS :The counter is always 0.The counter is incremented at the expiry of thePDU lifetime when the last attempt fails to establish the DL TBF due to a lack oftransmission resources.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 755 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.5 P105k - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_TOO_MANY_TBF
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_TOO_MANY_TBF
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to:- a too low number of GCH toguarantee a minimum throughput for the DL TBF.- This may happen when thenumber of TBFs is too high compared to the number of available GCHs.- or theMAX_TBF_TRX_DL constraint.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRSMS.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL TBF establishment fails due to:1)a too low number of available GCH.For BTS evolium :The number of GCHavailable to serve the DL TBF is < Min_Nb_GCH.For DRFU BTS :Counter notincremented (=0).2) or the MAX_TBF_TRX_DL constraint:For BTS evolium :TheMAX_TBF_TRX_DL limit is reached on all the TRXs available for PS traffic in thecell.For DRFU BTS :Counter not incremented (=0).Note : This counter is not beincremented for RT PFCs.The counter is incremented at the expiry of the PDUlifetime when the last attempt to establish the DL TBF has failed due to too lownumber of available GCH (too many TBF on the TRX compared to the number ofavailable GCH) or due to the MAX_TBF_TRX_DL constraint.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
756 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.6 P14 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to a lack of radio resources.Note:This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL TBF establishment fails due to a lackof radio resources. A lack of radio resource occurs:i) if the maximum number ofMSs per slave PDCH in downlink is reached for all the slave PDCHs allocated tothe MFS, orii) if there is no TAI or TFI left in the MFS.oriii) if no PDCH are grantedto MFS due to a CS congestion and max_pdch_high_load is null.The counteris incremented at the expiry of the PDU lifetime when the last attempt fails toestablish the DL TBF due to a lack of radio resources.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 757 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.7 P15 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_RADIO_PB
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_RADIO_PB
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to radio problem.The cell operationalstate is "enabled" and the GCHs carrying the TBF are available for traffic.
Trigger Condition Whenever the 04.60 Packet CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGMENT message awaitedon PACCH from the mobile during a DL TBF establishment procedure is notreceived on the scheduled block. The DL TBF establishment procedure maybe concurrent to an UL TBF reallocation procedure (trigger T2).Generally, forall counters related to TBF establishment failures, only the last reported failurecause is taken into account. That is the counter is incremented only afterMax_retrans_DL attempts to establish a DL TBF and no acknowledgement isreceived from the Mobile Station. If the acknowledgement is received beforeMax_retrans_DL retransmissions of the assignment message, then the counter isnot incremented at all.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
758 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.8 P203 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_DSP_LOAD
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_DSP_LOAD
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to DSPs that are in CPU load /overload state.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented each time a DL TBF establishment fails due to theinternal cause CPU_DSP_LOAD.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 759 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.9 P422 -NB_DL_TBF_TRANSFER_RESUMPTION_IN_DELAYED_REL_STATE
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_TRANSFER_RESUMPTION_IN_DELAYED_REL_STATE
Definition Number of DL TBF transfer resumptions in delayed release state.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a DL TBF state changes from "delayedrelease" to "active". It corresponds to the TBF becoming active again after acertain duration of delayed release state. This counter therefore provides thenumber of DL TBF establishments which have been avoided by the delayeddownlink TBF release feature.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
760 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.10 P65 - NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GB_PB
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GB_PB
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures due to the unavailability of the BVC (Gbinterface problem) associated with the cell.
Trigger Condition Whenever the BVC associated with the cell is unavailable (which implies: celloperational state "disabled"), the counter is incremented with the number of DLTBF in establishment phase. All pending LLC PDUs in the MFS are discarded forthe cell.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 761 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.11 P90a - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Idle_DRX_MPDCH
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Idle_DRX_MPDCH
Definition Number of DL TBF successfully established on PCCCH when the MS is in packetidle mode and DRX mode.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a PACKET CONTROLACKNOWLEDGEMENT message is received on PACCH subsequent to a DL TBFestablishment performed on PCCCH for a MS in packet idle mode and DRX mode.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
762 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.12 P90b - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Transfer_UL
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Transfer_UL
Definition Number of DL TBF successfully established when MS is in uplink packet transfermode.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a PACKET CONTROLACKNOWLEDGEMENT message is received on PACCH subsequent to a DL TBFestablishment performed on PACCH for a MS in packet transfer mode.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 763 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.13 P90c - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_IDLE_DRX_NO_MPDCH
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_IDLE_DRX_NO_MPDCH
Definition Number of DL TBF successfully established on CCCH when the MS is in packetidle mode and DRX mode.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a PACKET CONTROLACKNOWLEDGEMENT message is received on PACCH subsequent to a DL TBFestablishment performed on CCCH for a MS in packet idle mode and DRX mode.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
764 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.14 P90d - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Non_DRX_MPDCH
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Non_DRX_MPDCH
Definition Number of DL TBF successfully established on PCCCH when the MS is in packetidle mode and non-DRX mode.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRSMS.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a PACKET CONTROLACKNOWLEDGEMENT message is received on PACCH subsequent to a DLTBF establishment performed on PCCCH for a MS in packet idle mode andnon-DRX mode.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 765 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.15 P90e - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_T3192
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_T3192
Definition Number of DL TBF successfully established on PACCH while the timer T3192 isrunning at BSS side.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a PACKET CONTROLACKNOWLEDGEMENT message is received on PACCH subsequent to a DL TBFestablishment triggered while the timer T3192n was running.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
766 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.16 P90f - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Non_DRX_NO_MPDCH
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MS_Non_DRX_NO_MPDCH
Definition Number of DL TBF successfully established on CCCH when the MS is in packetidle mode and non-DRX mode.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRSMS.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a PACKET CONTROLACKNOWLEDGEMENT message is received on PACCH subsequent to a DL TBFestablishment performed on CCCH for a MS in packet idle mode and non-DRXmode.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 767 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.17 P91a - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_IDLE_DRX_MPDCH
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_IDLE_DRX_MPDCH
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests when the MS is in packet idle modeand DRX mode in case there is at least one PCCCH established in the cell.Note:This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a DL LLC PDU for aMS in packet idle mode and in DRX mode in case there is at least one PCCCHestablished in the cell.Generally, all counters related to TBF establishmentrequests only take into account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
768 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.18 P91b - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Transfer_UL
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Transfer_UL
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests when MS is in uplink packet transfermode.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a DL LLC PDU is received for an MS inuplink packet transfer mode.Note that the counter is incremented whether therequest is served with a (EGPRS) PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT or aPACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE (which means that the UL TBF resourcesare re-assigned upon concurrent DL TBF establishment).Generally, all countersrelated to TBF establishment requests only take into account the first attempt,i.e. no repetitions are counted.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 769 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.19 P91c - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_IDLE_DRX_NO_MPDCH
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_IDLE_DRX_NO_MPDCH
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests when the MS is in packet idle modeand DRX mode in case there is no PCCCH established in the cell.Note: Thiscounter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a DL LLC PDU for a MSin packet idle mode and in DRX mode in case there is no PCCCH established inthe cell.Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only takeinto account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
770 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.20 P91d - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Non_DRX_MPDCH
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Non_DRX_MPDCH
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests when the MS is in packet idle modeand non-DRX mode in case there is at least one PCCCH established in thecell.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a DL LLC PDU for a MSin packet idle mode and in non-DRX mode in case there is at least one PCCCHestablished in the cell.Generally, all counters related to TBF establishmentrequests only take into account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 771 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.21 P91e - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_T3192
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_T3192
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests received while the timer T3192 isrunning at BSS side.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL LLC PDU is received while the timerT3192n is running.Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requestsonly take into account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
772 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.4.1.22 P91f - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Non_DRX_NO_MPDCH
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_MS_Non_DRX_NO_MPDCH
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests when the MS is in packet idle modeand non-DRX mode , in case there is no PCCCH established in the cell.Note: Thiscounter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a DL LLC PDU for a MSin packet idle mode and in non-DRX mode in case there is no PCCCH establishedin the cell.Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only takeinto account the first attempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 773 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5 DL TBF re-allocations
24.1.3.5.1 T1
24.1.3.5.1.1 P403a - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T1
Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T1
Definition Number of downlink TBFs for which the corresponding Mobile Station has at leastone of its TBFs impacted by a CS pre-emption process over the granularity period.Resource reallocation will then be called for the TBFs of those Mobile Stations(thanks to trigger T1).
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by one each time a downlink TBF is impacted bya CS pre-emption process. Two cases are possible :- a downlink TBF has itsPACCH impacted by a soft PDCH pre-emption,- the maximum allowed (M)CS ofa downlink TBF will no longer be possible to serve because of an M-EGCH linksize reduction due to a soft PDCH pre-emption. The M-EGCH link to consideris the one of the TRX currently supporting the downlink TBF. That case is onlyvalid for Evolium BTSs and can only occur in case the basic Abis nibbles ofsome of the soft-preempted PDCHs are currently being used by GCHs withinthe considered M-EGCH link. Example : if a downlink EGPRS TBF has MCS-9as its maximum allowed (M)CS and is established on a TRX whose M-EGCHlink owns 5 GCHs, then if the CS preemption process leads to an M-EGCH linkhaving only 4 GCHs left (because one of the GCHs of the M-EGCH link is usinga basic Abis nibble mapped to a pre-empted PDCH), then the downlink TBF willbe impacted, and the counter incremented.The counter is also incremented byone each time a downlink TBF has a concurrent uplink TBF impacted by the CSpreemption process (the same conditions as the above ones apply for the uplinkdirection), in case the downlink TBF was not impacted.In both cases, the MFSwill try to reallocate the resources of the MS, which will require reallocating theTBFs in one or in both directions.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T1
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
774 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.1.2 P405a - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T1
Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T1
Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfully adownlink TBF (due to trigger T1).
Trigger Condition A PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received following a resourcereallocation attempt for that downlink TBF due to T1. If the PACKET CONTROLACKNOWLEDGEMENT acknowledges reallocation of both an uplink and adownlink TBF, this counter shall be incremented as well as P406a.If after theresource reallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile Station having twoTBFs following T1, only the resources of the uplink TBF need to be reallocated,the procedure shall be considered successful for the downlink TBF, irrespectiveof the reallocation protocol outcome. Indeed, even if the reallocation protocolfails for the uplink TBF, the downlink TBF will not be released and therefore thiscan be considered as a success. This is another trigger for incrementing thiscounter. This is required since P403a has been incremented.Similarly, if after theresource reallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile Station having twoTBFs following T1, there is a preparation failure but the PACCH of the downlinkTBF is not impacted by soft PDCH pre-emption, then the downlink TBF will remainalive and this counter shall be incremented.The counter can be used to computethe success rate of the reallocation execution phase.Note: this counter takes intoaccount also the successful T1 reallocations where the MAX_(M)CS of a DL TBFis decreased without any change of its radio allocation.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T1
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 775 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.1.3 P407a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T1
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T1
Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating a downlinkTBF but the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released(due to trigger T1).
Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS forresource reallocation due to T1 for a downlink TBF but it was never received,the TBF is released and this counter is incremented. Assuming that the MSis not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were too poor for the MS toeither correctly receive the reassignment message or for the MFS to receive theacknowledgement from the MS. If an MS for which the resource reallocationprotocol was attempted but failed had two TBFs and both were being reallocated,then both counters P407a and P408a shall be incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T1
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
776 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.1.4 P423a - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T1
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T1
Definition Number of attempts for downlink TBFs impacted by a CS pre-emption process, T1resource reallocation has been attempted but no candidate allocation could befound. The TBF could therefore not be reallocated.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a downlink TBF is impacted by a CSpre-emption process , the resource reallocation algorithm is run but no candidateallocation can be found for the downlink TBF. As such, it corresponds to a resourcereallocation preparation failure.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T1
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 777 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.1.5 P425a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T1
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T1
Definition Number of downlink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is runningfollowing T1 and an external TBF release request is received which forces tostop the on-going resource reallocation (FLUSH-LL from the SGSN or GPRSSUSPENSION REQUEST from the BSC).
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of a downlink TBF arebeing reallocated (ie either a PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKETTIMESLOT RECONFIGURE message has been sent to the MS to reallocate itsdownlink resources) and:- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or- a GPRSSUSPENSION REQUEST is received from the BSCfor that Mobile Station beforethe PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T1
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
778 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.2 T2
24.1.3.5.2.1 P403b - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T2
Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T2
Definition Number of downlink TBFs which are candidate for resource reallocation uponconcurrent uplink TBF establishment.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by one each time a concurrent uplink TBFestablishment request is received and the downlink TBF is candidate for resourcereallocation.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T2
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 779 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.2.2 P405b - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T2
Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T2
Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfully adownlink TBF (due to trigger T2).
Trigger Condition A PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received following a resourcereallocation attempt for that TBF due to T2, i.e. due to the establishment of aconcurrent uplink TBF. Note that this counter shall be incremented only once evenif two TBF establishments are actually acknowledged.The counter can be used tocompute the success rate of the reallocation execution phase.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T2
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
780 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.2.3 P407b - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T2
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T2
Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating a downlinkTBF but the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released(due to trigger T2).
Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS forresource reallocation due to T2 for a downlink TBF but it was never received,the TBF is released and this counter is incremented. Assuming that the MSis not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were too poor for the MS toeither correctly receive the reassignment message or for the MFS to receive theacknowledgement from the MS.Note : because the corresponding uplink TBFcould not be established too, then P28 is also incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T2
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 781 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.2.4 P423b - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T2
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T2
Definition Number of attempts for downlink TBFs which were candidate for T2 resourcereallocation upon concurrent uplink TBF establishment but for which no bettercandidate allocation could be found. The downlink TBFs were therefore notreallocated.
Trigger Condition Upon concurrent uplink TBF establishments, the counter is incremented when:i)The uplink TBF cannot be served because the on-going donwlink TBF cannot bere-allocated and concurrence constraints make the uplink TBF establishmentimpossible on the on-going downlink TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T2
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
782 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.2.5 P425b - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T2
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T2
Definition Number of downlink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is runningfollowing T2 and an external TBF release request is received which forces tostop the on-going resource reallocation (FLUSH-LL from the SGSN or GPRSSUSPENSION REQUEST from the BSC).
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of a downlink TBF arebeing reallocated (ie either a PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKETTIMESLOT RECONFIGURE message has been sent to the MS to reallocate itsdownlink resources) and:- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or- a GPRSSUSPENSION REQUEST is received from the BSCfor that Mobile Station beforethe PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T2
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 783 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.3 T3
24.1.3.5.3.1 P403c - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T3
Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T3
Definition Number of downlink TBFs for which the corresponding Mobile Station wascandidate for resource reallocation upon T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC expiry(due to trigger T3). Only candidate MSs for which the resource allocation algorithmwas called are taken into account.
Trigger Condition Upon each expiry of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, the counter is incrementedby the number of DL TBFs for which the corresponding Mobile Station iscandidate for resource reallocation and for which the resource allocation algorithmwill be run to try and find a better allocation. This means that it is limited toN_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T3 attempts upon each timer expiry.Note 1: alldownlink TBFs for which the resource allocation algorithm is run have to becounted, even if the corresponding Mobile Station has an uplink-biased transferand therefore the MS is registered in the uplink list.Note 2: in case a givenmobile station has got two TBF(s) on-going and its resources are attempted to bereallocated, then both P403c and P404c shall be incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T3
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
784 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.3.2 P405c - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T3
Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T3
Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfully adownlink TBF (due to trigger T3).
Trigger Condition A PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received following a resourcereallocation attempt for a downlink TBF due to T3. If the PACKET CONTROLACKNOWLEDGEMENT acknowledges reallocation of both an uplink and adownlink TBF, both P405c and P406c shall be incremented.If after the resourcereallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile Station having two TBFsfollowing T3, only the resources of the uplink TBF need to be reallocated, theprocedure shall be considered successful for the downlink TBF, irrespective of thereallocation protocol outcome. Indeed, even if the reallocation protocol fails forthe uplink TBF, the downlink TBF will not be released and therefore this can beconsidered as a success. This is another trigger for incrementing this counter.This is required since P403c has been incremented.The counter can be used tocompute the success rate of the reallocation execution phase.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T3
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 785 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.3.3 P407c - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T3
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T3
Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating a downlinkTBF but the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released(due to trigger T3).
Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS forresource reallocation due to T3 for a downlink TBF but it was never received,the TBF is released and this counter is incremented. Assuming that the MSis not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were too poor for the MS toeither correctly receive the reassignment message or for the MFS to receive theacknowledgement from the MS. If an MS for which the resource reallocation wasattempted but failed had two TBFs and both were being reallocated, then bothcounters P407c and P408c shall be incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T3
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
786 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.3.4 P423c - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T3
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T3
Definition Number of periodic attempts for downlink TBFs which were candidate for resourcereallocation due to T3 but for which no better candidate allocation could be found.The downlink TBFs were therefore not reallocated.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a downlink TBF is candidate for resourcereallocation due to T3 but after the radio resource reallocation algorithm is run,it is decided not to change its current allocation. As such, it corresponds to aresource reallocation preparation failure.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T3
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 787 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.3.5 P425c - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T3
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T3
Definition Number of downlink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is runningfollowing T3 and an external TBF release request is received which forces tostop the on-going resource reallocation (FLUSH-LL from the SGSN or GPRSSUSPENSION REQUEST from the BSC).
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of a downlink TBF arebeing reallocated (ie either a PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKETTIMESLOT RECONFIGURE message has been sent to the MS to reallocate itsdownlink resources) and:- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or- a GPRSSUSPENSION REQUEST is received from the BSCfor that Mobile Station beforethe PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T3
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
788 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.4 T4
24.1.3.5.4.1 P403d - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T4
Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T4
Definition Number of downlink TBFs for which the corresponding Mobile Station wascandidate for resource reallocation upon T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC expiry(due to Trigger T4). Only candidate MSs for which the resource allocationalgorithm was called are taken into account.
Trigger Condition Upon each expiry of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, the counter is incrementedby the number of DL TBFs which are candidate for resource reallocation andfor which the resource allocation algorithm will tend to free EGPRS radioresources.This means that it is limited to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4attempts upon each timer expiry.Note that in case a given mobile station has gotan UL and DL TBFs on-going and its resources are attempted to be reallocateddue to Trigger T4, then both P403d and P404d shall be incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T4
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 789 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.4.2 P405d - NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T4
Long Name NB_DL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T4
Definition Number of T4 resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfullya downlink TBF.
Trigger Condition A Packet Control Acknowledgement message is received following a resourcereallocation attempt for a downlink TBF due to Trigger T4.Note that if the PacketControl Acknowledgement message acknowledges reallocation of both an uplinkand a downlink TBF, both P405d and P406d shall be incremented.If after theresource reallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile Station having twoTBFs following T4, only the resources of the uplink TBF need to be reallocated,the procedure shall be considered successful for the downlink TBF, irrespective ofthe reallocation protocol outcome. Indeed, even if the reallocation protocol failsfor the uplink TBF, the downlink TBF will not be released and therefore this canbe considered as a success. This is another trigger for incrementing this counter.This is required since P403d has been incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T4
Measured Object Cell
External Comment The counter can be used to compute the success rate of the reallocation executionphase.
790 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.4.3 P407d - NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T4
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T4
Definition Number of T4 resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating a downlinkTBF but the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released.
Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS forresource reallocation due to Trigger T4 for a downlink TBF but it was neverreceived, the TBF is released and this counter is incremented.Assuming that theMS is not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were too poor for the MS toeither correctly receive the reassignment message or for the MFS to receive theacknowledgement from the MS. If an MS for which the resource reallocation wasattempted but failed had two TBFs and both were being reallocated, then bothcounters P407d and P408d shall be incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T4
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 791 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.4.4 P423d - NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T4
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T4
Definition Number of periodic attempts for downlink TBFs which were candidate for T4resource reallocation but for which no suitable candidate allocation could be found.The downlink TBFs were therefore not re-allocated.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a downlink TBF is candidate for resourcereallocation due to Trigger T4 but after the radio resource reallocation algorithm isrun, it is decided not to change its current allocation. As such, it corresponds to aresource reallocation preparation failure.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T4
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
792 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.5.4.5 P425d - NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T4
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T4
Definition Number of downlink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is runningfollowing T4 and an external TBF release request is received which forces to stopthe on-going resource reallocation (Flush-LL from the SGSN or GPRS suspensionrequest from the BSC)
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of a downlink TBF are beingreallocated due Trigger T4 (i.e. either a Packet Uplink Assignment or a PacketTimeslot Reconfigure message has been sent to the MS to reallocate its uplinkresources) and:- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or- a GPRS SuspensionRequest is received from the BSCfor that Mobile Station before the Packet ControlAcknowledgement message is received.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T4
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 793 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.6 DL TBF releases
24.1.3.6.1 N/A
24.1.3.6.1.1 P11 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_GB_PB_MStransDL
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_GB_PB_MStransDL
Definition Number of DL TBF release due to the unavailability of the BVC (Gb interfaceproblem) associated with the cell when the MS is in packet transfer mode DL(the DL TBF is established).
Trigger Condition When the BVC associated with the cell is unavailable, the counter is incrementedby the number of DL TBF established on this cell. All pending LLC PDU in theMFS are discarded.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
794 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.6.1.2 P146 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_PREEMPTradio
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_PREEMPTradio
Definition Number of DL TBF release due to fast preemption or due to too high number ofTBF on a TRX (according the number of GCHs that will remain on the TRX afterthe CS preemption process).
Trigger Condition Each time that upon T_PDCH pre-emption timer expiry for lack of resources(T1 TBF reallocation failure), a DL TBF is released.Each time that there areNb_TBFs_To_Release_DL TBF to release. The counter is incremented by thevalue of Nb_TBFs_To_Release_DL.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 795 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.6.1.3 P207 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_DL_DELAYED
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_DL_DELAYED
Definition Number of times a DL TBF is released because of a radio failure when the TBFis in downlink delayed phase.
Trigger Condition Each time a DL TBF is released because of a radio failure when it is in downlinkdelayed phase.Considered radio failures are: - a radio link lost due to N3105(N3105 exceeds its limit)- too low TX efficiency.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
796 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.6.1.4 P302b_1 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3105
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3105
Definition Number of times a DL TBF is released because of a radio failure.Considered radiofailure is: - a radio link lost due to N3105 (N3105 exceeds its limit)
Trigger Condition A DL TBF is released because of a radio failure.Considered radio failure is: - aradio link lost due to N3105 (N3105 exceeds its limit)
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 797 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.6.1.5 P302b_2 - NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF
Definition Number of times a DL TBF is released because of a radio failure.Consideredradio failure is: - too low TX efficiency.
Trigger Condition A DL TBF is released because of a radio failure.Considered radio failure is: -too low TX efficiency.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
798 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.6.1.6 P303a - NB_ABNORMAL_DL_TBF_REL
Long Name NB_ABNORMAL_DL_TBF_REL
Definition Number of abnormal DL TBF releases due to the following reasons:- becauseduring the DL TBF no Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message is received for too longa time, or,- because at the end of the DL TBF established in RLC acknowledgedmode no final Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message in RLC acknowledgedmode is received, or,- because at the end of the DL TBF established in RLCunacknowledged mode no final Packet Control Acknowledgement message isreceived.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL TBF is released:i) because thetimer T_TBF_ACTIV has expired, or,ii) because the timer T_TBF_BCK_RELhas expired.Note 1: The timer T_TBF_ACTIV is used to monitor the receiptof the first DL LLC PDU after the TBF has been activated.Note 2: The timerT_TBF_BCK_REL is used for three purposes:- during a DL TBF to monitor thereceipt of the Packet Downlink Ack/Nack messages when the transmit windowis stalled,- at the end of a DL TBF to monitor the receipt of the final PacketDownlink Ack/Nack message (in RLC acknowledged mode) or final Packet ControlAcknowledgement message (in RLC unacknowledged mode),- at the end of anUL TBF to monitor the receipt of the Packet Control Acknowledgement messageacknowledging the final Packet Uplink Ack/Nack message,
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 799 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.6.1.7 P385a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_STAGWINDOW
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_STAGWINDOW
Definition Number of DL TBF releases because the transmit window has been stagnatingfor too long a time.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL TBF is released becausethe RLC counter N_StagnatingWindowDL exceeds the system parameterN_STAGNATING_WINDOW_DL_LIMIT.In RLC acknowledged mode, the RLCcounter N_StagnatingWindowDL is incremented when the same oldest RLC datablock in the transmit window is not acknowledged by the received bitmap of thelast (EGPRS) Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message.Note: The cases where a DLTBF is released because the transmit window has been stagnating for too long atime should be due to MS errors.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
800 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.6.1.8 P396a - NB_RLC_DL_TBF_RELEASE_REQ_FOR_CR
Long Name NB_RLC_DL_TBF_RELEASE_REQ_FOR_CR
Definition Number of downlink TBF releases requested by RRM to RLC upon receipt ofthe Flush message.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL TBF (establishing or on-going) is released due to the receipt of aFlush message. Note that if the downlink TBF has already been released by RLC(before the receipt of the Flush message), the counter is not incremented. Theinternal PCC-RLC-RELEASE-cnf primitive is used for incrementing the counter.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 801 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.6.1.9 P434b - NB_NC2_DL_TBF_RELEASE
Long Name NB_NC2_DL_TBF_RELEASE
Definition Number of DL TBF releases due to NC2 cell reselections
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS detects an abnormal transitionfrom packet downlink transfer mode to packet idle mode further to the sending ofthe first Packet Cell Change Order message. The counter is then incrementedwhenever one of the following events occurs after the sending of the Packet CellChange Order message:i) an TBF-RELEASE-ind message with an abnormalcause is received from RLC layer (for the DL TBF) while the MFS is waiting for theacknowledgement of the Packet Cell Change Order message or while the MFS iswaiting for the FLUSH-LL message, or,ii) an TBF-RELEASE-cnf message is sentto RLC layer (for the DL TBF) further to the receipt of the acknowledgement ofthe Packet Cell Change Order message or further to the receipt of the Flush-LLmessage.The counter is incremented only once per NC cell reselection execution.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
802 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.6.1.10 P434d - NB_NC0_DL_TBF_RELEASE
Long Name NB_NC0_DL_TBF_RELEASE
Definition Number of DL TBF releases due to NC0 cell reselections
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a NC0 cell reselection leads to the releaseof a DL TBF. The counter is then incremented for MS operating in NC0 modewhenever one of the following events occurs:i) a Flush-LL message is receivedfrom the SGSN and this Flush-LL message concerns a DL TBF which is stillon-going,ii) a Flush-LL message is received from the SGSN and this Flush-LLmessage concerns a DL TBF which has been abnormally released in the previousT_WAIT_FLUSH seconds.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 803 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.6.1.11 P9 - NB_DL_TBF_NORM_REL
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_NORM_REL
Definition Number of DL TBF normal release.
Trigger Condition Whenever the DL TBF normally released by the MFS: upon receipt of the reply tothe 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (FBI=1, polling) sent by the MFS for the last RLCblock to send, ie 04.60 (EGPRS) PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK from themobile, with no DL retransmision required.This counter is also incremented incase of DL TBF release due to concurrent establisment (UL + DL) i.e when theMS is accessing the network via a Channel Request. (crossing cases DL dataand Channel Request from the MS).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
804 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.6.1.12 P98a - NB_DL_TBF_REL_SUSP
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_REL_SUSP
Definition Number of DL TBF release due to a suspension from MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever MFS receives a suspend message from BSC when the MS is in DLpacket transfer, the counter is incremented at each released TBF.When the TBFis released due to a radio link failure linked to suspension, this counter is notincremented (P302b is incremented in this case).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 805 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.6.1.13 P98e - NB_SUSP_DL_TBF_REL
Long Name NB_SUSP_DL_TBF_REL
Definition Number of DL TBF releases due to the suspend procedure
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever :1) a Suspend message is received fromBSC and the suspend procedure concerns a DL TBF which is still on-going2) aSuspend message is received from BSC and the suspend procedure concernsa DL TBF which has been abnormally released in the previous T_WAIT_FLUSHseconds.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
806 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.7 DL/UL TBF monitoring per GPU
24.1.3.7.1 N/A
24.1.3.7.1.1 P106 - NB_TBF_EST_SUCC_GPU
Long Name NB_TBF_EST_SUCC_GPU
Definition Number of DL and UL establishments successes.Sum of P90a,b,c,d,e,f andP30a,b,c (cell counters) for each cell mapped on GPU.
Trigger Condition –
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL/UL TBF monitoring per GPU
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 807 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.7.1.2 P107 - NB_TBF_EST_REQ_GPU
Long Name NB_TBF_EST_REQ_GPU
Definition Number of Dl and UL establishments requestsSum of P91a,b,c,d,e,f and P62a,b,c(cell counter ) for each cell mapped on GPU.
Trigger Condition –
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL/UL TBF monitoring per GPU
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
808 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8 DTM
24.1.3.8.1 N/A
24.1.3.8.1.1 P500 - NB_DTM_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU
Long Name NB_DTM_CAPABLE_MS_CONTEXT_GPU
Definition Number of MS contexts created for DTM capable mobile stations.
Trigger Condition When in a MS context , the MS radio access capabilities indicating that the MSis DTM capable are available.Note: To be able to compare this counter with e.g.P450b, it shall be incremented only on reception of Radio Access Capabilities ofthe MS i.e. independently of information received from the BSC.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 809 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.2 P501 - NB_DTM_MS_CONTEXT_CELL
Long Name NB_DTM_MS_CONTEXT_CELL
Definition Number of DTM contexts created.
Trigger Condition Incremented each time a DTM context is created following:- the reception of BSCShared DTM Info Indication with CS flag = 1 or- at reception of BSCGP DTMREQUEST when no BSC Shared DTM Info Indication with CS flag had beenreceived previously for this MSor- at reception of BSCGP DTM GPRS informationcarying an UL LLC PDU .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
810 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.3 P502 - CUMULATED_DTM_TIME
Long Name CUMULATED_DTM_TIME
Definition Cumulated time during which a DTM capable MS is operating in DTM mode.
Trigger Condition Starting: when in dedicated mode on the establishment of the first UL or DL TBF.(the first UL RLC data Blocks are received from the MS (case of UL TBF) or thefirst Packet downlink Ack/Nack message is received from the MS (case of DLTBF)). Stopping : when in DTM mode the CS session or PS session are , normallyor abnormally , released. Note: The common duration during which a UL and aDL are established is counted as one duration (UL and DL common time durationsare not cumulated).The time is provided in seconds with one significant value afterthe comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).Note 1: The time duration of all periods (activeand delayed/extended) is taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 811 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.4 P503 - CUMULATED_DTM_DEDICATED_TIME
Long Name CUMULATED_DTM_DEDICATED_TIME
Definition Cumulated time during which a DTM capable MS is operating in dedicated mode.
Trigger Condition The timer is the sum of all the unit times-Starting : When the indication of startof a CS session is received (first BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Info Indication withCS=1 received) or when , in DTM mode , PS session is , normally or abnormally ,released.-Stopping :When in dedicated mode, the first UL RLC data Blocks arereceived from the MS (case of UL TBF) or the first Packet downlink Ack/Nackmessage is received from the MS (case of DL TBF) or when in dedicated mode ,an indication of stop of CS session is received (BSCGP BSC Shared DTM InfoIndication with CS=0 received) or when in dedicated mode , an indication of stopof CS session is received.The time is provided in seconds with one significantvalue after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
812 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.5 P504 - CUMULATED_DTM_PTM_TIME
Long Name CUMULATED_DTM_PTM_TIME
Definition Cumulated time during which a DTM capable MS is operating in packet transfermode.
Trigger Condition Cumulated time duration of all UL / DL TBFs established over the Granularityperiod. Note : DTM capability of the MS is given in RA capabilities, which areknown only :- in case a DL LLC PDU has been received for this MS- in caseonly an UL TBF exists, once the procedure for RA capability update is finished(provided EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE = 1)
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 813 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.6 P505 - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_REQ
Long Name NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_REQ
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for MS operating in DTM.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when the MFS receives the first DL LLC PDU for aMS in dedicated mode (and in GMM ready state).Note : - This counter applies onlyto DTM capable mobiles.- DL LLC PDU sent with BSCGP DTM GPRS informationare not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
814 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.7 P506 - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC
Long Name NB_DTM_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment successes on DCCH for MS operating in DTM.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when the MFS receives the first Packet Downlink ack(following the reception of a DL LLC PDU for a MS in dedicated mode).Note 1 :This counter applies only to DTM capable mobiles.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 815 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.8 P507 - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_REQ
Long Name NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_REQ
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment requests on DCCH for MS operating in DTM.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when MFS receives the BSCGP DTM Requestmessage.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
816 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.9 P508 - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC
Long Name NB_DTM_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment successes on DCCH for MS operating in DTM.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when the MFS receives the first UL RLC data blockfor a MS in dedicated mode.Note 1 : This counter applies only to DTM capablemobiles.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 817 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.10 P509 - NB_DTM_CS_DL_TBF_RELEASE
Long Name NB_DTM_CS_DL_TBF_RELEASE
Definition Number of DL TBF releases due to the release of the CS connection when theMS leaves the dual transfer mode or due to the establishment of a CS connectionwhen the MS enters the dual transfer mode.This counter also counts the DL TBFrelease due to a handover.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented for DTM capable MS with ongoing DL TBF established, when an abnormal DL TBF release, occurs :- when the DTM mode is leaved (release of the CS connection in DTM mode).- when in DTM mode an intercell oran intracell handover occurs.- when in PTM the dedicated mode is entered.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
818 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.11 P510 - NB_DTM_CS_UL_TBF_RELEASE
Long Name NB_DTM_CS_UL_TBF_RELEASE
Definition Number of UL TBF releases due to the release of the CS connection when theMS leaves the dual transfer mode or due to the establishment of a CS connectionwhen the MS enters the dual transfer mode.This counter also counts the UL TBFrelease due to an handover.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented for DTM capable MS with ongoing UL TBFsestablished , when an abnormal UL TBF release, occurs :- when the DTM modeis leaved ( release of the CS connection in DTM mode)- when in DTM mode anintercell or an intracell handover occurs - when in PTM the dedicated mode isentered.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 819 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.12 P511 - NB_DTM_DL_TBF_FAIL_CONG
Long Name NB_DTM_DL_TBF_FAIL_CONG
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment failures on DCCH for MS operating in DTM dueto a lack of radio resources.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when MFS has no suitable radio resources to enter inDTM mode.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
820 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.13 P512 - NB_DTM_UL_TBF_FAIL_CONG
Long Name NB_DTM_UL_TBF_FAIL_CONG
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures on DCCH for MS operating in DTM dueto a lack of radio resources.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when the MFS sends the BSCGP DTM rejectmessage in case of lack of radio resources available.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 821 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.14 P513 - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GTTP
Long Name NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GTTP
Definition Number of bytes received from the MS with the GTTP protocol.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the UL LLC PDU carried inthe BSCGP DTM GPRS information messages received in MFS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
822 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.15 P514 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GTTP
Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GTTP
Definition Number of bytes sent to the MS with the GTTP protocol.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the DL LLC PDU carriedin the BSCGP DTM GPRS information messages sent by MFS.Note : Possiblerepetitions of the messages are not taken into account i.e only the DL_LLC_PDUacknowledged by BSCGP DTM GPRS information ack message are take intoaccount.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 823 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.16 P515 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_DTM_DEDICATED
Long Name NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_DTM_DEDICATED
Definition Number of RT PFC creation request for a DTM MS in dedicated mode.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented for a DTM MS in dedicated mode , each time aPFC-CREATION is received and the PFC indicates streaming or conversational.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
824 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.17 P516 - NB_RT_PFC_DOWNGRADED_DTM_DEDICATED
Long Name NB_RT_PFC_DOWNGRADED_DTM_DEDICATED
Definition Number of RT PFC downgraded to Best Effort for a DTM MS in dedicated mode.
Trigger Condition For a DTM MS in dedicated mode, this counter is - Incremented when MFSproposes a Default Best Effort ABQP in response to a RT-PFC creation receivedin the cell.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 825 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.18 P518 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_DTM_MODE
Long Name NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_DTM_MODE
Definition Number of RT PFC creation request for a MS in DTM mode.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented for a DTM MS in DTM mode , each time aPFC-CREATION is received and the PFC indicates streaming or conversational.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
826 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.8.1.19 P519 - NB_RT_PFC_DOWNGRADED_DTM_MODE
Long Name NB_RT_PFC_DOWNGRADED_DTM_MODE
Definition Number of RT PFC downgraded to Best Effort for a DTM MS in DTM mode.
Trigger Condition For a DTM MS in DTM mode, this counter is - Incremented when MFS proposes aDefault Best Effort ABQP in response to a RT-PFC creation received in the cell.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DTM
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 827 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.9 EDA
24.1.3.9.1 N/A
24.1.3.9.1.1 P594 - NB_EDA_MS_CONTEXT_GPU
Long Name NB_EDA_MS_CONTEXT_GPU
Definition Number of EDA-capable GPRS and EGPRS MS contexts.
Trigger Condition For a MS context, the MS Radio Access Capability indicates the support of EDAeither in GPRS mode or in EGPRS mode or in both modes.If EDA is supported inboth modes, the counter shall be incremented only by one.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 EDA
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
828 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.9.1.2 P595 - CUMULATED_TIME_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EDA_MODE
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EDA_MODE
Definition Cumulated overall time of UL TBF in active state operating in EDA mode .
Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all UL TBFs connectionsin active phase and operating in EDA mode , whatever the UL pdch EDAconfiguration used, in the cell over the granularity period.The counter starts :whenan UL TBF in active phase and in DA mode is reallocated in EDA mode, or whenan UL TBF in EDA mode and in Extended Uplink TBF Mode wakes upor whenan UL TBF is established directly in EDA mode (in this case the start of activephase is taken into account).The counter stops:when an UL TBF in EDA modegoes to Extended Uplink TBF Mode, or when an UL TBF in active phase and inEDA mode is reallocated in DA mode, or when an UL TBF in EDA mode ends(normally or not).Note1 : This counter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFsand to both acknowledge or unacknowledge mode.Note 2 :The case the UL TBFis released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as an abnormal UL TBFrelease.The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma(i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 EDA
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 829 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.9.1.3 P596 - NB_EDA_USED_UL_TBF
Long Name NB_EDA_USED_UL_TBF
Definition Number of UL TBF that have used at least one time the EDA mode during theirlifetime.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when an UL TBF is directly allocated in EDA mode oris reallocated in EDA mode at least one time during its lifetime.Note: The countershall be incremented at most by one per uplink TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 EDA
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
830 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.9.1.4 P597 - NB_EDA_ALLOWED_UL_TBF
Long Name NB_EDA_ALLOWED_UL_TBF
Definition Number of UL TBF belonging to mobile stations allowed using the EDA mode butthat did not necessarily use it (due to all conditions not fulfilled).
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented when- At UL TBF establishment, the bias is knownto be uplink and the mobile station is allowed to use the EDA mode.- The bias iscomputed and equal to uplink and the mobile station is allowed to use the EDAmode.Notes:- A mobile station is known here as allowed to use the EDA mode ifit supports EDA and if the OMC setting allows it using EDA. Note:- This meansthe N_UL_BIAS_FOR_EDA (when superior to 1) and BIAS_LIMIT_EDA (whensuperior to 1) conditions are not taken into account for this counter.-The countershall be incremented at most by one per uplink TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 EDA
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 831 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.9.1.5 P598 - NB_DA_EDA_REALLOC_UL_TBF
Long Name NB_DA_EDA_REALLOC_UL_TBF
Definition Number of reallocations between DA and EDA modes for UL TBF.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented each time an UL TBF is re-allocated from DA modeto EDA mode or from EDA mode to DA mode.Note : Such TBF have necessarilyused at least one time the EDA mode during their lifetime.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 EDA
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
832 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.10 Inter-NSE DL LLC PDU re-routing
24.1.3.10.1 N/A
24.1.3.10.1.1 P440a - NB_REROUTING_INTRA_NSE
Long Name NB_REROUTING_INTRA_NSE
Definition Within the granularity period, the MFS counts the number of times it receives anorder from the SGSN to reroute DL LLC PDUs to another cell belonging to thesame NSE (even if there is actually no PDU to reroute).
Trigger Condition Receipt of a FLUSH-LL message containing the new BVCI and, if the SGSNsupports the INR option, not the new NSEI
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Inter-NSE DL LLC PDU re-routing
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 833 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.10.1.2 P440b - NB_REROUTING_INTER_NSE_INTRA_BSS
Long Name NB_REROUTING_INTER_NSE_INTRA_BSS
Definition Within the granularity period, the MFS counts the number of times conditions arefulfilled to reroute DL LLC PDUs to another cell belonging to another NSE but tothe same BSS (even if there is actually no PDU to reroute).
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented in the two following cases:i) either the SGSN supportsthe Inter-NSE Rerouting feature and the MFS receives a FLUSH-LL messagecontaining the new BVCI and the new NSEI and the new NSEI is part of theserving BSS,ii) or the SGSN does not support the Inter-NSE Rerouting featureand the autonomous rerouting is enabled (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING setto enabled) and the MFS receives a FLUSH-LL message following a cell changeoccuring between two NSEs within the same BSS and within the same routingarea.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Inter-NSE DL LLC PDU re-routing
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
834 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.10.1.3 P440c - NB_REROUTING_INTER_NSE_INTER_BSS
Long Name NB_REROUTING_INTER_NSE_INTER_BSS
Definition Within the granularity period, the MFS counts the number of times conditions arefulfilled to reroute DL LLC PDUs to another cell belonging to another NSE and toanother BSS (even if there is actually no PDU to reroute).
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented in the two following cases:i) either the SGSNsupports the Inter-NSE Rerouting feature and the MFS receives a FLUSH-LLmessage containing the new BVCI and the new NSEI and the new NSEI is partof a different BSS than the BSS of the source cellii) or the SGSN does notsupport the Inter-NSE Rerouting feature and the autonomous rerouting is enabled(EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING set to enabled) and the MFS receives aFLUSH-LL message following a cell change occuring between two NSEs andbetween two different BSSs , within the same routing area.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Inter-NSE DL LLC PDU re-routing
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 835 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.10.1.4 P441a - NB_IMPOSSIBLE_OR_UNREQUESTED_REROUTING_INR
Long Name NB_IMPOSSIBLE_OR_UNREQUESTED_REROUTING_INR
Definition Within the granularity period, if the SGSN supports the Inter-NSE Reroutingfeature, the MFS counts the number of times the SGSN does not request rerouting.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented in the following case:- the SGSN supports theInter-NSE Rerouting feature and the MFS receives a FLUSH-LL message notcontaining the new BVCI
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Inter-NSE DL LLC PDU re-routing
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
836 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.10.1.5 P441b - NB_UNREQUESTED_REROUTING_NOT_INR
Long Name NB_UNREQUESTED_REROUTING_NOT_INR
Definition Within the granularity period, if the SGSN does not support the Inter-NSE Reroutingfeature and autonomous rerouting is enabled (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTINGset to enabled), the MFS counts the number of times the MFS receives an order(in the FLUSH-LL message) from the SGSN not to reroute DL LLC PDUs followinga cell change occuring within the same routing area and within the same NSE.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented in the following case:- the SGSN does notsupport the Inter-NSE Rerouting feature and autonomous rerouting is enabled(EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING set to enabled) and the MFS receives aFLUSH-LL message not containing the new BVCI following a cell change occuringwithin the same routing area and within the same NSE.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Inter-NSE DL LLC PDU re-routing
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 837 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.10.1.6 P441c - NB_IMPOSSIBLE_REROUTING_NOT_INR
Long Name NB_IMPOSSIBLE_REROUTING_NOT_INR
Definition Within the granularity period, if the SGSN does not support the Inter-NSE Reroutingfeature and autonomous rerouting is enabled (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTINGset to enabled), the MFS counts the number of times the MFS receives aFLUSH-LL message following a cell change occuring between two differentrouting areas.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented in the following case: the SGSN does notsupport the Inter-NSE Rerouting feature and autonomous rerouting is enabled(EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING set to enabled) and the MFS receives aFLUSH-LL message following a cell change occuring between two differentrouting areas.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Inter-NSE DL LLC PDU re-routing
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
838 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11 PFC
24.1.3.11.1 N/A
24.1.3.11.1.1 P200 - NB_DOWNGRADED_MOVING_RT_PFC
Long Name NB_DOWNGRADED_MOVING_RT_PFC
Definition Number of time a RT-PFC is downgraded because of the moving of a MS intothe cell.
Trigger Condition - Incremented, in the target cell, when PCC cannot accept a RT-PFC getting intothe cell because of lack of resource and downgrades the RT-PFC to the DefaultBest Effort ABQP.-Incremented when PCC cannot accept a RT-PFC getting intothe cell because the flag EN_STREAMING in the cell is set to OFF.Note : MS indedicated mode or in DTM mode are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 839 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11.1.2 P220 - NB_MOVING_RT_PFC
Long Name NB_MOVING_RT_PFC
Definition Number of RT-PFCs created by cell reselection.
Trigger Condition - Incremented, in the target cell, when a RT-PFC is forwarded from another cellfollowing a cell reselection.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
840 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11.1.3 P229 - NB_RT_PFC_PREEMPTED
Long Name NB_RT_PFC_PREEMPTED
Definition Number of time a RT-PFC is impacted by a CS pre-emption.
Trigger Condition When a CS pre-emption is detected, RRM-PCC increments the counter eachtime a RT-PFC is impacted.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 841 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11.1.4 P231 - NB_DOWNGRADED_RT_PFC_DEFENCE
Long Name NB_DOWNGRADED_RT_PFC_DEFENCE
Definition Number of time a RT-PFC is downgraded due to defense mechanism.
Trigger Condition Incremented, in the current cell, when MFS downgrades a RT-PFC to the DefaultBest Effort ABQP due to defense mechanism (lack of resources) during its time life.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
842 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11.1.5 P232 - NB_MOVING_RT_PFC_TARGET
Long Name NB_MOVING_RT_PFC_TARGET
Definition Number of RT-PFC that are successfully moved in another cell following a cellreselection of the MS.
Trigger Condition Incremented, in the source cell, when a RT-PFC is successfully forwardedto another cell following a cell reselection.Note: This counter can be onlyincremented if the MFS manages the target cell.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 843 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11.1.6 P463 - NB_PFC_DOWNLOAD
Long Name NB_PFC_DOWNLOAD
Definition Number of time RRM-PCC initiates a PFC-DOWNLOAD towards SGSN.
Trigger Condition Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a PFM-DOWNLOAD-BSS-PFC.req is sentto BSSGP. Note : Repetitions of PFC-DOWNLOAD performed by BSSGP arenot taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
844 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11.1.7 P488 - NB_RT_DL_TBF
Long Name NB_RT_DL_TBF
Definition Number of time the established DL TBF is in RT mode.
Trigger Condition - Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a DL TBF is established in RT mode.-Incremented by RRM-PCC each time an established NRT DL TBF passes toRT mode.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 845 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11.1.8 P489 - NB_RT_UL_TBF
Long Name NB_RT_UL_TBF
Definition Number of time the established UL TBF is in RT mode.
Trigger Condition - Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a UL TBF is established in RT mode.-Incremented by RRM-PCC each time an established NRT UL TBF passes toRT mode.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
846 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11.1.9 P490 - NB_UNACK_NRT_PFC_CREATION
Long Name NB_UNACK_NRT_PFC_CREATION
Definition Number of time a NRT-PFC-CREATION of mode RLC unacknowledged isreceived by RRM-PCC.
Trigger Condition Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a PFC-CREATION is received with the 2following characteristics :- The received PFC indicates either a background or aninteractive,- The received PFC indicates an unacknowledged RLC mode.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 847 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11.1.10 P491 - NB_UNACK_RT_PFC_CREATION
Long Name NB_UNACK_RT_PFC_CREATION
Definition Number of time a RT-PFC-CREATION of mode RLC unacknowledged is receivedby RRM-PCC.
Trigger Condition Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a PFC-CREATION is received with the 2following characteristics :- The received PFC indicates a streaming ,- The receivedPFC indicates an unacknowledged RLC mode.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
848 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11.1.11 P492 - NB_DOWNGRADED_RT_PFC
Long Name NB_DOWNGRADED_RT_PFC
Definition Number of time a RT-PFC is downgraded, whatever the cause listed below.
Trigger Condition - Incremented when PCC proposes a Default Best Effort ABQP in response toa RT-PFC creation received in the cell.- Incremented when PCC downgrades aRT-PFC to the Default Best Effort ABQP by defense mechanism.- Incrementedwhen the received RT-PFC creation indicates streaming and EN_STREAMINGis false.- Incremented when the received PFC creation contains an inconsistentABQP content. - The MS RA capability cannot be retrieved from SGSN.Note : MSin dedicated mode or in DTM mode are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 849 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11.1.12 P493 - NB_PFC_REJECTED
Long Name NB_PFC_REJECTED
Definition Number of time a PFC is rejected.
Trigger Condition Incremented when a PFC is rejected because the received PFI is not correct, orbecause it is a RT-PFC with RLC unacknowledged mode.Incremented when themaximum number of PFC per MS is reached.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
850 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11.1.13 P494 - NB_PFC_DOWNLOAD_FAIL
Long Name NB_PFC_DOWNLOAD_FAIL
Definition Number of time the BSS cannot get the PFC characteristics from SGSN
Trigger Condition Incremented by RRM-PCC when a PFM-DOWNLOAD-BSS-PFC-failure.ind isreceived from BSSGP.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 851 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11.1.14 P497 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION
Long Name NB_RT_PFC_CREATION
Definition Number of time a RT-PFC-CREATION is received by RRM-PCC.
Trigger Condition Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a PFC-CREATION is received and the PFCis either a streaming or a conversational.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
852 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11.1.15 P498 - NB_NRT_PFC_CREATION
Long Name NB_NRT_PFC_CREATION
Definition Number of time a NRT-PFC-CREATION is received by RRM-PCC.
Trigger Condition Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a PFC-CREATION is received and the PFCis either a background or an interactive.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 853 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.11.1.16 P499 - NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_OK
Long Name NB_RT_PFC_CREATION_OK
Definition Number of time a RT-PFC-CREATION is received and proceeded successfullyby RRM-PCC.
Trigger Condition Incremented by RRM-PCC each time a streaming PFC-CREATION is receivedand the PFC is created successfully without any downgrading.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PFC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
854 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.12 Suspend / Resume
24.1.3.12.1 N/A
24.1.3.12.1.1 P98c - NB_SUSPEND_REQ_FOR_DL_TBF
Long Name NB_SUSPEND_REQ_FOR_DL_TBF
Definition Number of suspend messages for a DL TBF received from MS (via BSC).
Trigger Condition Whenever MFS receives a suspend message from BSC for a DL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Suspend / Resume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 855 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.12.1.2 P98d - NB_SUSPEND_REQ_FOR_UL_TBF
Long Name NB_SUSPEND_REQ_FOR_UL_TBF
Definition Number of suspend messages for a UL TBF received from MS (via BSC).
Trigger Condition Whenever MFS receives a suspend message from BSC for an UL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Suspend / Resume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
856 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13 UL TBF establishments
24.1.3.13.1 N/A
24.1.3.13.1.1 P105d - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_CONG
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GPU_CONG
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to GPU congestion.Note: Thiscounter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition When an UL TBF cannot be established, due to GPU congestion. GPU congestionmeans that the maximum capacity of at least one DSP on the GPU is reachedin terms of resources GCH and/or PDCH.Generally, for all counters related toTBF establishment failures, only the last reported failure cause is taken intoaccount.Note: This counter may also be incremented when the MS have requesteda single block access on CCCH to send a 04.60 PACKET MEASUREMENTREPORT message or a 04.60 PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 857 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.2 P105f - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CPU_GPU
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CPU_GPU
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to CPU processing power limitationsof the GPU.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a UL TBF cannot be established due to CPU processing powerlimitations of the GPU.Note: This counter may also be incremented when theMS have requested a single block access on CCCH to send a 04.60 PACKETMEASUREMENT REPORT message or a 04.60 PACKET CELL CHANGEFAILURE message.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
858 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.3 P105h - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ATER
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ATER
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to a lack of Ater resources.Note:This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a UL TBF establishment fails due to a lackof Ater resources.A lack of Ater resources occurs when there is not enough Aternibbles to serve the UL TBF request.For BTS evolium :the number of GCH thatcan be established and/or redistributed is < Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTAB andthe number of free Ater nibbles is < Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTAB.For DRFUBTS :Lack of free Ater nibbles to serve the GCHs.The counter is incrementedon receipt of an (EGPRS) PACKET CHANNEL_REQUEST on (P)RACH, or onreceipt of an (EGPRS) PACKET DL ACK/NACK (with a Channel Request IE) onPACCH, or receipt of a CHANNEL REQUEST on RACH when the UL TBF cannotbe served due to a lack of transmission resources.Note: This counter may alsobe incremented when the MS have requested a single block access on CCCH tosend a 04.60 PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message or a 04.60 PACKETCELL CHANGE FAILURE message.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 859 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.4 P105j - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ABIS
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG_ABIS
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to a lack of Abis resources.Note:This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a UL TBF establishment fails dueto a lack of Abis resources.A lack of Abis transmission resources occurswhen there is not enough Abis nibbles to serve the UL TBF request.For BTSevolium only :the number of GCH that can be established and or redistributedis < Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTAB and the number of free Abis nibbles is <Nb_GCH_FOR_TBF_ESTAB.For DRFU BTS :The counter is always 0.Thecounter is incremented at the expiry of the PDU lifetime when the last attempt failsto establish the UL TBF due to a lack of transmission resources.The counteris incremented on receipt of an (EGPRS) PACKET CHANNEL_REQUEST on(P)RACH, or on receipt of an (EGPRS) PACKET DL ACK/NACK (with a ChannelRequest IE) on PACCH, or receipt of a CHANNEL REQUEST on RACH when theUL TBF cannot be served due to a lack of transmission resources. Note: Thiscounter may also be incremented when the MS have requested a single blockaccess on CCCH to send a 04.60 PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT messageor a 04.60 PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
860 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.5 P105l - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_TOO_MANY_TBF
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_TOO_MANY_TBF
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to:- a too low number of GCH toguarantee a minimum throughput for the UL TBF.- This may happen when thenumber of TBFs is too high compared to the number of available GCHs.- - or theMAX_TBF_TRX_UL constraint.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRSMS.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a UL TBF establishment fails due to:1)a too low number of available GCH.For BTS evolium :The number of GCHavailable to serve the UL TBF is < Min_Nb_GCH.For DRFU BTS :Counter notincremented (=0).2) or the MAX_TBF_TRX_UL constraint:For BTS evolium :TheMAX_TBF_TRX_UL limit is reached on all the TRXs available for PS traffic in thecell.For DRFU BTS :Counter not incremented (=0).The counter is incrementedat the expiry of the PDU lifetime (T_ul_access_max) or when the attempt failsto establish the UL TBF due to too low number of available GCH (too manyTBFs on the TRX compared to the number of available GCHs) or due to theMAX_TBF_TRX_UL constraint.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 861 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.6 P204 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_DSP_LOAD
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_PTU_DSP_LOAD
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to DSPs that are in CPU load /overload state.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented each time a UL TBF establishment fails due to theinternal cause CPU_DSP_LOAD.The counter is incremented on receipt of an(EGPRS) PACKET CHANNEL_REQUEST on (P)RACH, or on receipt of an(EGPRS) PACKET DL ACK/NACK (with a Channel Request IE) on PACCH, orreceipt of a CHANNEL REQUEST on RACH when the UL TBF cannot be serveddue to DSP CPU load / overload.Note: This counter may also be incrementedwhen the MS have requested a single block access on CCCH to send a 04.60PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message or a 04.60 PACKET CELLCHANGE FAILURE message.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
862 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.7 P214 - NB_UL_TBF_ENT_EXTENDED_UPLINK
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_ENT_EXTENDED_UPLINK
Definition Number of established UL TBF entering the extended uplink state for the first time.
Trigger Condition Each time an active UL TBF enters for the first time the extended uplink state.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 863 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.8 P215 - NB_UL_TBF_RESUME_IN_EXTENDED_UPLINK
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_RESUME_IN_EXTENDED_UPLINK
Definition Number of UL TBF transfer resumptions in extended uplink state.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a UL TBF state changes from "extendeduplink" to "active".It corresponds to the UL TBF becoming active again withinthe extended uplink phase duration.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
864 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.9 P27 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_CONG
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to a lack of radio resources.Note:This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever an UL TBF establishment fails due to a lackof radio resources. A lack of radio resource occurs:i) if the maximum number ofMSs per slave PDCH in uplink is reached for all the slave PDCHs allocated to theMFS, orii) if there is no TAI or TFI left in the MFS.oriii) if no PDCH are grantedto MFS due to a CS congestion and max_pdch_high_load is null.The counteris incremented on receipt of an (EGPRS) PACKET CHANNEL_REQUEST on(P)RACH, or on receipt of an (EGPRS) PACKET DL ACK/NACK (with a ChannelRequest IE) on PACCH, or on receipt of a CHANNEL REQUEST on RACH whenthe UL TBF cannot be served due to a lack of radio resources.Note: This countermay also be incremented when the MS have requested a single block access onCCCH to send a 04.60 PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message or a 04.60PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 865 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.10 P28 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_RADIO_PB
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_RADIO_PB
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to radio problem.The cell operationalstate is "enabled" and the GCHs carrying the TBF are available for traffic.
Trigger Condition Either at expiry of the timer monitoring the beginning of the UL transfer.- Or onreception of PCC-RLC-RELEASE-ind with Cause = "no transfer start"- Or afterMax_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS for resourcereallocation due to T2 for a downlink TBF (with uplink TBF establishment) butit was never received.Generally, for all counters related to TBF establishmentfailures, only the last reported failure cause is taken into account
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
866 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.11 P30a - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MSidle_MastChan
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MSidle_MastChan
Definition Number of UL TBFs successfully established on PCCCH when:- the MS is inpacket idle mode- the MS have requested an uplink TBF establishmentNote: Thiscounter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented i) when the TLLI is received during a one phaseaccess UL TBF establishment triggered on PRACH, orii) when the TBF startindication is received during a two phase access UL TBF establishment triggeredon PRACH.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 867 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.12 P30b - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MStransDL
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MStransDL
Definition Number of UL TBFsuccesfully established when the MS is in downlink packettransfer mode.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition When the TBF start indication is received during an UL TBF establishment onPACCH.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
868 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.13 P30c - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MSidle_NO_MastChan
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_MSidle_NO_MastChan
Definition Number of UL TBFs successfully established on CCCH when:- the MS is in packetidle mode- the MS have requested an uplink TBF establishmentNote: This counterapplies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented i) when the TLLI is received during a one phaseaccess UL TBF establishment triggered on RACH, orii) when the TBF startindication is received during a two phase access UL TBF establishment triggeredon RACH.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 869 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.14 P62a - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MSidle_MastChan
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MSidle_MastChan
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment requests on PCCCH when :- the MS is in packetidle mode- the MS requests an uplink TBF establishmentNote 1: This counterapplies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.Note 2: The access cause "Single Block withoutTBF establishment" is not taken into account in this counter, as this access causedoes not lead to the establishment of an uplink TBF.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a 04.60 (EGPRS) PACKET CHANNELREQUEST is received on PRACH from the MS requesting an uplink TBFestablishment (i.e. all access causes except the access cause "Single blockwithout TBF establishment").Generally, all counters related to TBF establishmentrequests only take into account the first attempt, i.e. no network repetitions arecounted. (Repetitions from the MS are counted.)
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
870 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.15 P62b - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MStransDL
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MStransDL
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment requests when the MS is in downlink packettransfer mode.Note: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a 04.60 (EGPRS) PACKET DL ACK/NACK [with Channel Request IE] isreceived on PACCH channel from the MS.Note that the counter is incrementedwhether the request is served with a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or aPACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE (which means that the DL TBF resourcesare re-assigned upon concurrent UL TBF establishment).Generally, all countersrelated to TBF establishment requests only take into account the first attempt,i.e. no repetitions are counted.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 871 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.16 P62c - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MSidle_NO_MastChan
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_MSidle_NO_MastChan
Definition Number of UL access requests on CCCH when the MS is in packet idle mode.Note1: This counter applies to GPRS and EGPRS MS.Note 2: This counter takes intoaccount requests leading to both an uplink TBF establishment or a single blockallocation used to carry a 04.60 PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT messageor a 04.60 PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message (when the NC2 featureis activated).
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a 04.18 CHANNEL REQUEST messagewith access cause "One phase packet access" or "Single block packet access", ora 04.18 EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST is received on RACH from theMS.Generally, all counters related to TBF establishment requests only take intoaccount the first attempt, i.e. no network repetitions are counted. (Repetitionsfrom the MS are counted.)
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
872 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.13.1.17 P66 - NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GB_PB
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_FAIL_GB_PB
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment failures due to the unavailability of the BVC (Gbinterface problem) associated with the cell.
Trigger Condition Whenever the BVC associated with the cell is unavailable (which implies: celloperational state "disabled"), the counter is incremented with the nb of UL TBF inestablishment phase.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF establishments
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 873 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14 UL TBF re-allocations
24.1.3.14.1 T1
24.1.3.14.1.1 P404a - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T1
Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T1
Definition Number of uplink TBFs for which the corresponding Mobile Station has at leastone of its TBFs impacted by a CS pre-emption process over the granularity period.Resource reallocation will then be called for the TBFs of those Mobile Stations(thanks to trigger T1).
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by one each time a uplink TBF is impacted by a CSpre-emption process. Two cases are possible :- a uplink TBF has its PACCHimpacted by a soft PDCH pre-emption,- the maximum allowed (M)CS of a uplinkTBF will no longer be possible to serve because of an M-EGCH link size reductiondue to a soft PDCH pre-emption. The M-EGCH link to consider is the one of theTRX currently supporting the uplink TBF. That case is only valid for Evolium BTSsand can only occur in case the basic Abis nibbles of some of the soft-preemptedPDCHs are currently being used by GCHs within the considered M-EGCH link.Example : if a uplink EGPRS TBF has MCS-9 as its maximum allowed (M)CSand is established on a TRX whose M-EGCH link owns 5 GCHs, then if the CSpreemption process leads to an M-EGCH link having only 4 GCHs left (becauseone of the GCHs of the M-EGCH link is using a basic Abis nibble mapped toa pre-empted PDCH), then the uplink TBF will be impacted, and the counterincremented.The counter is also incremented by one each time a uplink TBF hasa concurrent downlink TBF impacted by the CS preemption process (the sameconditions as the above ones apply for the downlink direction), in case the uplinkTBF was not impacted.In both cases, the MFS will try to reallocate the resourcesof the MS, which will require reallocating the TBFs in one or in both directions.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T1
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
874 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.1.2 P406a - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T1
Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T1
Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfully anuplink TBF (due to trigger T1).
Trigger Condition A PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received following a resourcereallocation attempt for that uplink TBF due to T1. If the PACKET CONTROLACKNOWLEDGEMENT acknowledges reallocation of both an uplink and adownlink TBF, this counter shall be incremented as well as P405a.If after theresource reallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile Station having twoTBFs following T1, only the resources of the downlink TBF need to be reallocated,the procedure shall be considered successful for the uplink TBF, irrespective ofthe reallocation protocol outcome. Indeed, even if the reallocation protocol failsfor the downlink TBF, the uplink TBF will not be released and therefore this canbe considered as a success. This is another trigger for incrementing this counter.This is required since P404a has been incremented.Similarly, if after the resourcereallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile Station having two TBFsfollowing T1, there is a preparation failure but the PACCH of the uplink TBF is notimpacted by soft PDCH pre-emption, then the uplink TBF will remain alive and thiscounter shall be incremented.The counter can be used to compute the successrate of the reallocation execution phase.Note: this counter takes into account alsothe successful T1 reallocations where the MAX_(M)CS of an UL TBF is decreasedwithout any change of its radio allocation.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T1
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 875 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.1.3 P408a - NB_UL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T1
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T1
Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating an uplink TBFbut the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released (dueto trigger T1).
Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS forresource reallocation due to T1 for an uplink TBF but it was never received,the TBF is released and this counter is incremented. Assuming that the MSis not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were too poor for the MS toeither correctly receive the reassignment message or for the MFS to receive theacknowledgement from the MS. If an MS for which the resource reallocationprotocol was attempted but failed had two TBFs and both were being reallocated,then both counters P407a and P408a shall be incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T1
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
876 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.1.4 P424a - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T1
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T1
Definition Number of attempts for uplink TBFs impacted by a CS pre-emption process, T1resource reallocation has been attempted but no candidate allocation could befound. The TBF could therefore not be reallocated.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time a uplink TBF is impacted by a CSpre-emption process , the resource reallocation algorithm is run but no candidateallocation can be found for the uplink TBF. As such, it corresponds to a resourcereallocation preparation failure.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T1
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 877 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.1.5 P426a - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T1
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T1
Definition Number of uplink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is runningfollowing T1 and an external TBF release request is received which forces tostop the on-going resource reallocation (FLUSH-LL from the SGSN or GPRSSUSPENSION REQUEST from the BSC).
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of an uplink TBF arebeing reallocated (ie either a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKETTIMESLOT RECONFIGURE message has been sent to the MS to reallocate itsuplink resources) and:- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or- a GPRSSUSPENSION REQUEST is received from the BSCfor that Mobile Station beforethe PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T1
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
878 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.2 T2
24.1.3.14.2.1 P404b - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T2
Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T2
Definition Number of uplink TBFs which are candidate for resource reallocation uponconcurrent downlink TBF establishment.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by one each time a concurrent downlink TBFestablishment request is received and the uplink TBF is candidate for resourcereallocation.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T2
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 879 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.2.2 P406b - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T2
Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T2
Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfully anuplink TBF (due to trigger T2).
Trigger Condition A PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received following a resourcereallocation attempt for that TBF due to T2, i.e. due to the establishment of aconcurrent downlink TBF. Note that this counter shall be incremented only onceeven if two TBF establishments are actually acknowledged.The counter can beused to compute the success rate of the reallocation execution phase.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T2
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
880 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.2.3 P408b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T2
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T2
Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating an uplink TBFbut the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released (dueto trigger T2).
Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS forresource reallocation due to T2 for an uplink TBF but it was never received,the TBF is released and this counter is incremented. Assuming that the MSis not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were too poor for the MS toeither correctly receive the reassignment message or for the MFS to receive theacknowledgement from the MS.Note : because the corresponding downlink TBFcould not be established, then P15 is also incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T2
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 881 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.2.4 P424b - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T2
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T2
Definition Number of attempts for uplink TBFs which were candidate for T2 resourcereallocation upon concurrent downlink TBF establishment but for which nocandidate allocation could be found apart from their current allocation. The uplinkTBFs were therefore not reallocated.
Trigger Condition Upon concurrent downlink TBF establishments, the counter is incrementedwhen :i) The downlink TBF cannot be served because the on-going uplink TBFcannot be re-allocated and concurrence constraints make the downlink TBFestablishment impossible on the on-going uplink TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T2
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
882 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.2.5 P426b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T2
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T2
Definition Number of uplink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is runningfollowing T2 and an external TBF release request is received which forces tostop the on-going resource reallocation (FLUSH-LL from the SGSN or GPRSSUSPENSION REQUEST from the BSC).
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of an uplink TBF arebeing reallocated (ie either a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKETTIMESLOT RECONFIGURE message has been sent to the MS to reallocate itsuplink resources) and:- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or- a GPRSSUSPENSION REQUEST is received from the BSCfor that Mobile Station beforethe PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T2
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 883 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.3 T3
24.1.3.14.3.1 P404c - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T3
Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T3
Definition Number of uplink TBFs for which the corresponding Mobile Station was candidatefor resource reallocation upon T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC expiry (due totrigger T3). Only candidate MSs for which the resource allocation algorithm wascalled are taken into account.
Trigger Condition Upon each expiry of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, the counter is incrementedby the number of UL TBFs for which the corresponding Mobile Station iscandidate for resource reallocation and for which the resource allocation algorithmwill be run to try and find a better allocation. This means that it is limited toN_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T3 attempts upon each timer expiry.Note 1:all uplink TBFs for which the resource allocation algorithm is run have to becounted, even if the corresponding Mobile Station has a downlink-biased transferand therefore the MS is registered in the downlink list.Note 2: in case a givenmobile station has got two TBF(s) on-going and its resources are attempted tobe reallocated,
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T3
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
884 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.3.2 P406c - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T3
Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T3
Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfully anuplink TBF (due to trigger T3).
Trigger Condition A PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received following a resourcereallocation attempt for an uplink TBF due to T3. If the PACKET CONTROLACKNOWLEDGEMENT acknowledges reallocation of both an uplink and adownlink TBF, this counter shall be incremented as well as P405c.If after theresource reallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile Station having twoTBFs following T3, only the resources of the downlink TBF need to be reallocated,the procedure shall be considered successful for the uplink TBF, irrespective ofthe reallocation protocol outcome. Indeed, even if the reallocation protocol failsfor the downlink TBF, the uplink TBF will not be released and therefore this canbe considered as a success. This is another trigger for incrementing this counter.This is required since P404c has been incremented.The counter can be used tocompute the success rate of the reallocation execution phase.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T3
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 885 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.3.3 P408c - NB_UL_TBF_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T3
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T3
Definition Number of resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating an uplink TBFbut the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released (dueto trigger T3).
Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS forresource reallocation due to T3 for an uplink TBF but it was never received,the TBF is released and this counter is incremented. Assuming that the MSis not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were too poor for the MS toeither correctly receive the reassignment message or for the MFS to receive theacknowledgement from the MS. If an MS for which the resource reallocation wasattempted but failed had two TBFs and both were being reallocated, then bothcounters P407c and P408c shall be incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T3
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
886 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.3.4 P424c - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T3
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T3
Definition Number of periodic attempts for uplink TBFs which were candidate for resourcereallocation due to T3 but for which no candidate allocation could be found apartfrom their current allocation. The uplink TBFs were therefore not reallocated.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time an uplink TBF is candidate for resourcereallocation due to T3 but after the radio resource reallocation algorithm is run,it is decided not to change its current allocation. As such, it corresponds to aresource reallocation preparation failure.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T3
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 887 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.3.5 P426c - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T3
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T3
Definition Number of uplink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is runningfollowing T3 and an external TBF release request is received which forces tostop the on-going resource reallocation (FLUSH-LL from the SGSN or GPRSSUSPENSION REQUEST from the BSC).
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of an uplink TBF arebeing reallocated (ie either a PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT or a PACKETTIMESLOT RECONFIGURE message has been sent to the MS to reallocate itsuplink resources) and:- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or- a GPRSSUSPENSION REQUEST is received from the BSCfor that Mobile Station beforethe PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT is received.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T3
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
888 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.4 T4
24.1.3.14.4.1 P404d - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T4
Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_REQ_T4
Definition Number of uplink TBFs for which the corresponding Mobile Station was candidatefor resource reallocation upon T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC expiry (due toTrigger T4). Only candidate MSs for which the resource allocation algorithm wascalled are taken into account.
Trigger Condition Upon each expiry of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, the counter is incrementedby the number of UL TBFs which are candidate for resource reallocation andfor which the resource allocation algorithm will tend to free EGPRS radioresources.This means that it is limited to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_T4attempts upon each timer expiry.Note that in case a given mobile station has gotan UL and DL TBFs on-going and its resources are attempted to be reallocateddue to Trigger T4, then both P403d and P404d shall be incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T4
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 889 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.4.2 P406d - NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T4
Long Name NB_UL_RES_REALLOC_SUCC_T4
Definition Number of T4 resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating successfullyan uplink TBF
Trigger Condition A Packet Control Acknowledgement message is received following a resourcereallocation attempt for an uplink TBF due to Trigger T4.Note that if the PacketControl Acknowledgement message acknowledges reallocation of both an uplinkand a downlink TBFs, both P405d and P406d shall be incremented.If after theresource reallocation algorithm is run for a candidate Mobile Station having twoTBFs following T4, only the resources of the downlink TBF need to be reallocated,the procedure shall be considered successful for the uplink TBF, irrespective ofthe reallocation protocol outcome. Indeed, even if the reallocation protocol failsfor the downlink TBF, the uplink TBF will not be released and therefore this canbe considered as a success. This is another trigger for incrementing this counter.This is required since P404d has been incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T4
Measured Object Cell
External Comment The counter can be used to compute the success rate of the reallocation executionphase.
890 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.4.3 P408d - NB_UL_TBF_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T4
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_RADIO_PB_RES_REALLOC_T4
Definition Number of T4 resource reallocation attempts that lead to reallocating an uplinkTBF but the procedure failed due to radio problems and the TBF was released.
Trigger Condition After Max_Retrans_DL attempts to obtain acknowledgement from the MS forresource reallocation due to Trigger T4 for an uplink TBF but it was never received,the TBF is released and this counter is incremented.Assuming that the MSis not bugged, it means that the radio conditions were too poor for the MS toeither correctly receive the reassignment message or for the MFS to receive theacknowledgement from the MS. If an MS for which the resource reallocation wasattempted but failed had two TBFs and both were being reallocated, then bothcounters P407d and P408d shall be incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T4
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 891 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.4.4 P424d - NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T4
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_RES_REALLOC_PREP_NOT_POSSIBLE_T4
Definition Number of periodic attempts for uplink TBFs which were candidate for T4 resourcereallocation but for which no suitable candidate allocation could be found apartfrom their current allocation. The uplink TBFs were therefore not re-allocated.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time an uplink TBF is candidate for resourcereallocation due to Trigger T4 but after the radio resource reallocation algorithm isrun, it is decided not to change its current allocation. As such, it corresponds to aresource reallocation preparation failure.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T4
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
892 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.14.4.5 P426d - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T4
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXT_REQ_RES_REALLOC_T4
Definition Number of uplink TBFs for which the resource reallocation protocol is runningfollowing T4 and an external TBF release request is received which forces to stopthe on-going resource reallocation (Flush-LL from the SGSN or GPRS suspensionrequest from the BSC).
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented each time the resources of an uplink TBF are beingreallocated due Trigger T4 (i.e. either a Packet Uplink Assignment or a PacketTimeslot Reconfigure message has been sent to the MS to reallocate its uplinkresources) and:- a FLUSH-LL is received from the SGSN, or- a GPRS SuspensionRequest is received from the BSCfor that Mobile Station before the Packet ControlAcknowledgement message is received.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF re-allocations
Sub Domain 3 T4
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 893 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.15 UL TBF releases
24.1.3.15.1 N/A
24.1.3.15.1.1 P147 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_PREEMPTradio
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_PREEMPTradio
Definition Number of UL TBF release due to fast preemption or due to too high number ofTBF on a TRX (according the number of GCHs that will remain on the TRX afterthe CS preemption process).
Trigger Condition Each time that upon T_PDCH_pre-emption timer expiry for lack of resources(T1 TBF reallocation failure), an UL TBF is released.Each time that there areNb_TBFs_To_Release_UL TBF to release. The counter is incremented by thevalue of Nb_TBFs_To_Release_UL.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
894 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.15.1.2 P208 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXTENDED_UL
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_EXTENDED_UL
Definition Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure when it is inextended uplink phase.
Trigger Condition Each time a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure when it is inextended uplink phase.Considered radio failures are: - a radio link lost due toN3101 or N3103 (N3101 or N3103 exceeds its limit)- Too low TX efficiency.-N_POLLING_EUTM (N_POLLING_EUTM exceeds its limit).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 895 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.15.1.3 P22 - NB_UL_TBF_NORM_REL
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_NORM_REL
Definition Number of UL TBF normal release.
Trigger Condition Whenever the UL TBF is normally released by the MS: upon the receipt of thereply to the 04.60 PACKET ACK/NACK (FINAL, polling) sent by the MFS on thelast received RLC block, with no UL retransmission required.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
896 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.15.1.4 P24 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_GB_PB_MStransUL
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_GB_PB_MStransUL
Definition Number of UL TBF release due to the unavailability of the BVC (Gb interfaceproblem) associated with the cell when the MS is in packet transfer mode UL(the UL TBF is established).
Trigger Condition When the BVC associated with the cell is unavailable, the counter is incrementedby the number of UL TBF established in this cell.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 897 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.15.1.5 P302c_1 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3101
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3101
Definition Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.Considered radiofailure is: - a radio link lost due to N3101 (N3101 exceeds its limit)
Trigger Condition A UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.Considered radio failure is: - aradio link lost due to N3101 (N3101 exceeds its limit)
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
898 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.15.1.6 P302c_2 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3103
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N3103
Definition Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.Considered radiofailure is: - a radio link lost due to N3103 (N3103 exceeds its limit)
Trigger Condition A UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.Considered radio failure is: - aradio link lost due to N3103 (N3103 exceeds its limit)
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 899 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.15.1.7 P302c_3 - NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_TX_EFF
Definition Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.Consideredradio failure is: - too low TX efficiency.
Trigger Condition A UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.Considered radio failure is: -Too low TX efficiency.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
900 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.15.1.8 P302c_4 -NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N_POLLING_EUTM
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_DUE_TO_RADIO_FAILURE_N_POLLING_EUTM
Definition Number of times a UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.Consideredradio failure is: - a radio link lost due to N_POLLING_EUTM (N_POLLING_EUTMexceeds its limit)
Trigger Condition A UL TBF is released because of a radio failure.Considered radio failure is: - aradio link lost due to N_POLLING_EUTM (N_POLLING_EUTM exceeds its limit)
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 901 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.15.1.9 P303b - NB_ABNORMAL_UL_TBF_REL
Long Name NB_ABNORMAL_UL_TBF_REL
Definition Number of abnormal UL TBF releases due to the following reasons:- becauseduring the UL TBF no UL RLC blocks is received for too long a time, or- becauseat the end of the UL TBF no answer to the final Packet Uplink Akc/Nack messageis received.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever an UL TBF is released:i) because the RLCcounter N_UL_DUMMY exceeds the system parameter N_UL_DUMMY_LIMIT,or,ii) because the timer T_TBF_BCK_REL has expired.Note 1: The RLC counterN_UL_DUMMY is incremented whenever a dummy UL RLC block is received fromthe MS.Note 2: The timer T_TBF_BCK_REL is used for three purposes:- during aDL TBF to monitor the receipt of the Packet Downlink Ack/Nack messages whenthe transmit window is stalled,- at the end of a DL TBF to monitor the receiptof the final Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message (in RLC acknowledged mode)or final Packet Control Acknowledgement message (in RLC unacknowledgedmode),- at the end of an UL TBF to monitor the receipt of the Packet ControlAcknowledgement message acknowledging the final Packet Uplink Ack/Nackmessage,
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
902 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.15.1.10 P385b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_STAGWINDOW
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_STAGWINDOW
Definition Number of UL TBF releases because the receive window has been stagnatingfor too long a time.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever an UL TBF is released becausethe RLC counter N_StagnatingWindowUL exceeds the system parameterN_STAGNATING_WINDOW_UL_LIMIT.The RLC counter N_StagnatingWindowULis incremented provided that the receive window is stalled whenever an UL RLCdata block whose BSN is different from the receive window state variable V(Q)and is received a round trip delay after the previous sending of a Packet UplinkAck/Nack message.Note 1: The receive window state variable V(Q) denotes thelowest BSN not yet received (modulo SNS). It corresponds to the oldest ULRLC data block in the received window.Note 2: The cases where an UL TBF isreleased because the receive window has been stagnating for too long a timeshould be due to MS errors or radio problems (due to the non-receipt of Packet ULAck/Nack messages).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 903 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.15.1.11 P396b - NB_RLC_UL_TBF_RELEASE_REQ_FOR_CR
Long Name NB_RLC_UL_TBF_RELEASE_REQ_FOR_CR
Definition Number of uplink TBF releases requested by RRM to RLC upon receipt of theFlush message.
Trigger Condition Whenever a UL TBF (establishing or on-going) is released due to the receipt of aFlush message. Note that if the uplink TBF has already been released by RLC(before the receipt of the Flush message), the counter is not incremented. Theinternal PCC-RLC-RELEASE-cnf primitive is used for incrementing the counter.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
904 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.15.1.12 P434a - NB_NC2_UL_TBF_RELEASE
Long Name NB_NC2_UL_TBF_RELEASE
Definition Number of UL TBF releases due to NC2 cell reselections
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS detects an abnormal transitionfrom packet uplink transfer mode to packet idle mode further to the sending ofthe first Packet Cell Change Order message. The counter is then incrementedwhenever one of the following events occurs after the sending of the Packet CellChange Order message:i) an TBF-RELEASE-ind message with an abnormalcause is received from RLC layer (for the UL TBF) while the MFS is waiting for theacknowledgement of the Packet Cell Change Order message or while the MFS iswaiting for the FLUSH-LL message, or,ii) an TBF-RELEASE-cnf message is sentto RLC layer (for the UL TBF) further to the receipt of the acknowledgement ofthe Packet Cell Change Order message or further to the receipt of the Flush-LLmessage.The counter is incremented only once per NC cell reselection execution.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 905 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.15.1.13 P434c - NB_NC0_UL_TBF_RELEASE
Long Name NB_NC0_UL_TBF_RELEASE
Definition Number of UL TBF releases due to NC0 cell reselections
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever a NC0 cell reselection leads to the releaseof an UL TBF. The counter is then incremented for MS operating in NC0 modewhenever one of the following events occurs:i) a Flush-LL message is receivedfrom the SGSN and this Flush-LL message concerns an UL TBF which is stillon-going,ii) a Flush-LL message is received from the SGSN and this Flush-LLmessage concerns an UL TBF which has been abnormally released in theprevious T_WAIT_FLUSH seconds.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
906 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.15.1.14 P98b - NB_UL_TBF_REL_SUSP
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_REL_SUSP
Definition Number of UL TBF release due to a suspension from MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever MFS receives a suspend message from BSC when the MS is in ULpacket transfer, the counter is incremented at each released TBF.When the TBFis released due to a radio link failure linked to suspension, this counter is notincremented (P302c is incremented in this case).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 907 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.1.3.15.1.15 P98f - NB_SUSP_UL_TBF_REL
Long Name NB_SUSP_UL_TBF_REL
Definition Number of UL TBF releases due to the suspend procedure.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever :1) a Suspend message is received fromBSC and the suspend procedure concerns an UL TBF which is still on-going2) aSuspend message is received from BSC and the suspend procedure concernsan UL TBF which has been abnormally released in the previous T_WAIT_FLUSHseconds.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF releases
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
908 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2 Resource availability and usage
24.2.1 Abis interface
24.2.1.1 GCH
24.2.1.1.1 N/A
24.2.1.1.1.1 P465 - MAX_NB_USED_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES
Long Name MAX_NB_USED_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES
Definition Maximum number of extra and bonus Abis nibbles currently used in the cell (bya GCH channel).
Trigger Condition An internal counter tracks the current number of extra and bonus Abis nibbles usedin the cell.An Abis nibble is said used when it is either reserved for establishmentor used by a GCH.Whenever this internal counter is incremented, its new valueis compared with the stored maximum number of extra and bonus nibbles in thecell. If this value is higher than the stored maximum value, the value becomes thenew maximum.In the particular case of a cell shared over two BTSs, the number iscomputed in the BTS sector which contains the PS-capable TRXs of the cell.
Sub Domain 1 Abis interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 909 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.1.1.1.2 P466 - CUMULATED_TIME_USED_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_USED_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES
Definition Cumulated time during which extra and bonus Abis nibbles are used in the cell,cumulated over all extra and bonus Abis nibbles.
Trigger Condition The counter cumulates over the reporting period the time during which an extra ora bonus Abis nibble is used in the cell.An Abis nibble is said used when it is eitherreserved for establishment or used by a GCH.The time is provided in seconds withone significant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Abis interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
910 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.1.1.1.3 P472 - CUMULATED_TIME_FREE_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_FREE_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLES
Definition Cumulative time (in seconds), per BTS ,during which there are free extra andbonus Abis nibbles available.Free extra and bonus nibbles are extra and bonusnibbles not currently used in a GCH Notes: 1) This only concerns Evolium BTS.
Trigger Condition Within the Granularity period, the number of free extra and bonus Abis nibbles isobserved .For each free bonus or extra Abis nibble, the counter cumulates overthe reporting period the time during which this nibble is free.An Abis nibble is saidfree when it is neither reserved for establishment nor used by a GCH.
Sub Domain 1 Abis interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object BTS
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 911 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.1.1.1.4 P484 - MIN_NB_FREE_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLE
Long Name MIN_NB_FREE_EXTRA_BONUS_ABIS_NIBBLE
Definition Minimum number of free extra and bonus Abis nibbles.Free extra and bonusnibbles are extra and bonus nibbles not currently used in a GCH.
Trigger Condition This counter gives the lowest value (not null) of the number of free extra and bonusAbis nibbles among all the values of free extra and bonus Abis nibbles obtainedover the granularity period.An Abis nibble is said free when it is neither reservedfor establishment nor used by a GCH.At the beginning of each granularity period,the counter is initialized with the number of extra and bonus abis nibbles grantedto the MFS for the concerned BTS.
Sub Domain 1 Abis interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object BTS
External Comment –
912 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.2 Ater interface
24.2.2.1 GCH
24.2.2.1.1 N/A
24.2.2.1.1.1 P100c - CUMULATED_TIME_BUSY_GCH_CELL
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_BUSY_GCH_CELL
Definition Cumulative time (in seconds) during which a GCH (16k channel) is busy in the cell.The counter is integrated over all the GCH available in the cell.For a DRFU BTS, aGCH is said busy when it is connected to a given PDCH.For an Evolium BTS, aGCH is said busy when it is connected to a given TRX (as part as an M-EGCH).
Trigger Condition The counter cumulates over the reporting period the time during which a GCH isbusy in the cell.For a given GCH, the counter starts when the associated Ater nibblebecomes busy and stops on the sending of BSCGP ABIS-NIBBLES-ALLOCATIONmessage indicating the GCH deallocation.An Ater nibble is said busy when it iseither reserved for establishment or used by a GCH.The transmission resourcesconnected to carry master PDCHs are included in this counter.
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment This counter shall be aggegrated at GPU level by NPA.It is the equivalent ofP100a (B8), at cell level.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 913 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.2.1.1.2 P100d - MAX_NB_BUSY_GCH_CELL
Long Name MAX_NB_BUSY_GCH_CELL
Definition Maximum number of busy GCH (16k channel) in the cell.For a DRFU BTS, a GCHis said busy when it is connected to a given PDCH.For an Evolium BTS, a GCH issaid busy when it is connected to a given TRX (as part as an M-EGCH).
Trigger Condition An internal counter tracks the current number of busy GCH in the cell. This internalcounter is incremented when the associated Ater nibble of a GCH becomes busyor decremented on sending of a BSCGP ABIS-NIBBLES-ALLOCATION messageindicating the GCH deallocation.An Ater nibble is said busy when it is eitherreserved for establishment or used by a GCH.Whenever this internal counter isincremented, its new value is compared with the stored maximum number ofbusy GCH in the cell. If this value is higher than the stored maximum value, thevalue becomes the new maximum.At the begining of each granularity period , thecounter is initialized with the current number of busy GCH.
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment This counter shall be aggregated by NPA at cell level.It is the equivalent of P100b(B8) at cell level.
914 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.2.1.1.3 P100e - MIN_NB_BUSY_GCH_CELL
Long Name MIN_NB_BUSY_GCH_CELL
Definition Minimum number of busy GCH (16k channel) in the GPU.For a DRFU BTS, aGCH is said busy when it is connected to a given PDCH.For an Evolium BTS, aGCH is said busy when it is connected to a given TRX (as part as an M-EGCH).
Trigger Condition An internal counter tracks the current number of busy GCH in the cell. This internalcounter is incremented when the associated Ater nibble of a GCH becomes busyor decremented on sending of a BSCGP ABIS-NIBBLES-ALLOCATION messageindicating the GCH deallocation.An Ater nibble is said busy when it is eitherreserved for establishment or used by a GCH.Whenever this internal counter isincremented, its new value is compared with the stored minimum number of busyGCH in the cell. If this value is lower than the stored minimum value, the valuebecomes the new minimum.At the begining of each granularity period , the counteris initialised with the current number of busy GCH.
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment This counter shall be aggregated by NPA at cell level.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 915 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.2.1.1.4 P100f - MAX_NB_GCH_BUSY_GPU
Long Name MAX_NB_GCH_BUSY_GPU
Definition Maximum number of busy GCH (16k channel) in the GPU.For a DRFU BTS, aGCH is said busy when it is connected to a given PDCH.For an Evolium BTS, aGCH is said busy when it is connected to a given TRX (as part as an M-EGCH).
Trigger Condition An internal counter tracks the current number of busy GCH in the GPU. Thisinternal counter is incremented when the associated Ater nibble of a GCH becomesbusy or decremented on sending of a BSCGP ABIS-NIBBLES-ALLOCATIONmessage indicating the GCH deallocation.An Ater nibble is said busy when it iseither reserved for establishment or used by a GCH.Whenever this internal counteris incremented, its new value is compared with the stored maximum number ofbusy GCH in the GPU. If this value is higher than the stored maximum value, thevalue becomes the new maximum.At the begining of each granularity period , thecounter is initialized with the current number of busy GCH.
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment It is the equivalent of P100b (B8) at GPU level.
916 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.2.1.1.5 P101 - CUMULATED_TIME_AVAIL_GCH_GPU
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_AVAIL_GCH_GPU
Definition Cumulative time (in seconds) during which a GCH resource (16k channel) isavailable in the GPU. The counter is integrated over all the GCH resourcesconfigured in the GPU.Notes: 1) The term "available" refers to the operationalstate of the GCH resource. A GCH resource is available if it is able to carryPS traffic. A GCH resource is unavailable if it is not able to carry PS traffic, forinstance further to a PCM alarm or BSC indicates a GCH not-available.2) A GCHcorresponds here to an Ater nibble.
Trigger Condition The counter cumulates over the reporting period and over all the GCH resourcesdefined in the GPU the time during which a GCH resource is available in theGPU.For a given GCH resource, the counter starts when the resource becomesavailable and stops when the resource becomes unavailable.
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 917 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.2.1.1.6 P383a - TIME_ATERMUX_CONG
Long Name TIME_ATERMUX_CONG
Definition Atermux congestion duration (in seconds) due to a lack of Ater nibbles on theAtermux interface.
Trigger Condition The counter is:- Started: when a GPU enters the Atermux congestion state(i.e. when the number of free Ater TS on the GPU is strictly less thanN_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU),- Stopped: when a GPU leaves the Atermuxcongestion state (i.e. when there is at least N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU freeAter TS on the GPU).
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
918 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.2.1.1.7 P383b - TIME_HIGH_ATER_USAGE
Long Name TIME_HIGH_ATER_USAGE
Definition Time (cumulated over a granularity period) during which the GPU remains in"high" Ater usage
Trigger Condition - started: when the percentage of used Ater nibbles, in the GPU, reachesAter_Usage_Threshold- stopped: when the percentage of used Ater nibbles, inthe GPU, drops below Ater_Usage_Threshold
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 919 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.2.1.1.8 P469 - MAX_NB_DEFICIT_GCH
Long Name MAX_NB_DEFICIT_GCH
Definition Maximum number of GCH in deficit reached in the cell.
Trigger Condition This counter gives the greatest value of the number of GCH in deficit amongall the values of GCH in deficit obtained over the granularity period.1) ForEvolium BTS:value = greatest value of the (Max(0,sum over all TRX in thecell of Average_Target_Nb_GCH - Current_Nb_GCH)) values encounteredin the granularity period.Average_Target_Nb_GCH shall be computedlike Target_Nb_GCH but by replacing: - Nb_GCH(MAX_GPRS_CS) byNb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_GPRS)" - and Nb_GCH(MAX_EGPRS_MCS) byNb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS).The computing of Average_Target_Nb_GCHwill only differ from the one of Target_Nb_GCH for the long data" MS transfers.To simplify, it is considered that all the GCHs established for the short data MStransfers on a TRX are necessary. Hence, for the short data MS transfers,the computing of Average_Target_Nb_GCH will be similar to the one ofTarget_Nb_GCH (Nb_GCH(MAX_(E)GPRS_(M)CS_SHORT_DATA) shall notbe replaced by Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_(E)GPRS) in the formulas).Note:Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_(E)GPRS) shall be computed in incremental steps: - ifR_AVERAGE_EGPRS is < 11,2 kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) =Nb_GCH(MCS-1) as defined in RRM-PRH, - if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in therange [11,2;14,8[ kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-2)as defined in RRM-PRH, - if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in the range [44,8;54,4[kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-7) as definedin RRM-PRH, - if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in the range [54,4;59,2[ kbps, thenNb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-8) as defined in RRM-PRH, - ifR_AVERAGE_EGPRS is >= 59,2 kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) =Nb_GCH(MCS-9) as defined in RRM-PRH. 2) For DRFU BTS:value = 0
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
920 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.2.1.1.9 P470 - CUMULATED_TIME_DEFICIT_GCH
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_DEFICIT_GCH
Definition Cumulative time (in seconds), per cell , during which there is a deficit of GCHresources (16k channel).Note : GCH resources cover the established and thereserved GCH.
Trigger Condition The counter cumulates over the Granularity period and over all TRX of the cellthe time during which the GCH resources are in deficit.Deficit is computed asfollow : 1) For Evolium BTS:Deficit value = Max(0,sum over all TRX in the cell ofAverage_Target_Nb_GCH - Current_Nb_GCH).Average_Target_Nb_GCH shallbe computed like Target_Nb_GCH but by replacing: - Nb_GCH(MAX_GPRS_CS)by Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_GPRS)" - and Nb_GCH(MAX_EGPRS_MCS) byNb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS).The computing of Average_Target_Nb_GCHwill only differ from the one of Target_Nb_GCH for the long data MS transfers.To simplify, it is considered that all the GCHs established for the short data MStransfers on a TRX are necessary. Hence, for the short data MS transfers,the computing of Average_Target_Nb_GCH will be similar to the one ofTarget_Nb_GCH (Nb_GCH(MAX_(E)GPRS_(M)CS_SHORT_DATA) shall notbe replaced by Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_(E)GPRS) in the formulas).Note:Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_(E)GPRS) shall be computed in incremental steps: - ifR_AVERAGE_EGPRS is < 11,2 kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) =Nb_GCH(MCS-1) as defined in RRM-PRH, - if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in therange [11,2;14,8[ kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-2)as defined in RRM-PRH, - if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in the range [44,8;54,4[kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-7) as definedin RRM-PRH, - if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in the range [54,4;59,2[ kbps, thenNb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-8) as defined in RRM-PRH, - ifR_AVERAGE_EGPRS is >= 59,2 kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS)= Nb_GCH(MCS-9) as defined in RRM-PRH. 2) For DRFU BTS:Deficit value =0Within the Granularity period, the deficit of GCH is observed. At each changeof value of the deficit (increase or decrease) the previous value of the deficit ismultiplied its time duration and summed with the cumulated time.
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 921 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.2.1.1.10 P471 - CUMULATED_TIME_EXCESS_GCH
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_EXCESS_GCH
Definition Cumulative time (in seconds), per cell ,during which there is a excess of GCHresources (16k channel).Note : GCH resources cover the established and thereserved GCH.
Trigger Condition The counter cumulates over the Granularity period and over all TRX of the cellthe time during which the GCH resources are in excess .Excess is computed asfollow : 1) For Evolium BTS:Excess value = Max(0,sum over all TRX in the cell ofCurrent_Nb_GCH - Average_Target_Nb_GCH).Average_Target_Nb_GCH shallbe computed like Target_Nb_GCH but by replacing: - Nb_GCH(MAX_GPRS_CS)"by Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_GPRS)" - and Nb_GCH(MAX_EGPRS_MCS)" byNb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS).The computing of Average_Target_Nb_GCHwill only differ from the one of Target_Nb_GCH for the long data MS transfers.To simplify, it is considered that all the GCHs established for the short data MStransfers on a TRX are necessary. Hence, for the short data MS transfers,the computing of Average_Target_Nb_GCH will be similar to the one ofTarget_Nb_GCH ("Nb_GCH(MAX_(E)GPRS_(M)CS_SHORT_DATA) shallnot be replaced by Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_(E)GPRS) in the formulas).Note:Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_(E)GPRS) shall be computed in incremental steps: - ifR_AVERAGE_EGPRS is < 11,2 kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) =Nb_GCH(MCS-1) as defined in RRM-PRH, - if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in therange [11,2;14,8[ kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-2)as defined in RRM-PRH, - if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in the range [44,8;54,4[kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-7) as definedin RRM-PRH, - if R_AVERAGE_EGPRS is in the range [54,4;59,2[ kbps, thenNb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) = Nb_GCH(MCS-8) as defined in RRM-PRH, - ifR_AVERAGE_EGPRS is >= 59,2 kbps, then Nb_GCH(R_AVERAGE_EGPRS) =Nb_GCH(MCS-9) as defined in RRM-PRH.2) For DRFU BTS:Excess value = 0(all the established PDCHs are needed in a DRFU BTS , as there is no M-EGCHstatistical Multiplexing).In this case , the counter value can be considered as nonsignificant.Within the Granularity period, the excess of GCH is observed. Ateach change of value of the excess (increase or decrease) the previous value ofthe deficit is multiplied its time duration and summed with the cumulated time.The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e.ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
922 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.2.1.1.11 P474 - CUMULATED_TIME_FREE_ATER_NIBBLES
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_FREE_ATER_NIBBLES
Definition Cumulative time (in seconds), per GPU ,during which there are free Ater nibbles.Afree Ater nibble is an Ater nibble which is neither reserved for establishment norcurrently used by a GCH.
Trigger Condition This counter can be computed by the difference between the counter P101 andthe sum over all the cells of P100c.
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 923 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.2.1.1.12 P486 - MIN_NB_FREE_ATER_NIBBLE
Long Name MIN_NB_FREE_ATER_NIBBLE
Definition Minimum number of free Ater nibbles.A free Ater nibble is an Ater nibble which isneither reserved for establishment nor currently used by a GCH.
Trigger Condition This counter gives the lowest value (not null) of the number of free Ater nibblesamong all the values of free Ater nibbles obtained over the granularity period.Atthe beginning of each granularity period, the counter is initialized with the currentnumber of free Ater nibbles.
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
924 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.2.2 LapD
24.2.2.2.1 N/A
24.2.2.2.1.1 P32 - TIME_LAPD_NOT_AVAIL
Long Name TIME_LAPD_NOT_AVAIL
Definition Time during which the LapD is not available.
Trigger Condition The time starts whenever the LapD operational state is "disabled" or theadministrative state "locked", and stops whenever the LapD operational state is"enabled" and the administrative state "unlocked".The time is provided in secondswith one significant value after the comma (ie ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 LapD
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LapD
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 925 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.3 Gb interface
24.2.3.1 Bearer Channel
24.2.3.1.1 N/A
24.2.3.1.1.1 P33 - TIME_BEAR_CHAN_NOT_AVAIL
Long Name TIME_BEAR_CHAN_NOT_AVAIL
Definition Time during which the Bearer Channel is not available.
Trigger Condition The time starts whenever the Bearer Channel operational state is "disabled" (LMlink integrity procedure failure as described in Q933 annex A), and stops wheneverthe Bearer Channel operational state is "enabled" (LM link integrity procedurerecovery).The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after thecomma (ie ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 Bearer Channel
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Bearer Channel
External Comment –
926 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.3.2 BVC (Cell)
24.2.3.2.1 N/A
24.2.3.2.1.1 P67 - TIME_BVC_NOT_AVAIL
Long Name TIME_BVC_NOT_AVAIL
Definition Time during which the BVC (associated with one cell) is not available.
Trigger Condition The time starts whenever the PTP BVC status is NOT "Operational, started", andstops whenever the PTP BVC status is "Operational, started".The time is providedin seconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 BVC (Cell)
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 927 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.3.3 PVC
24.2.3.3.1 N/A
24.2.3.3.1.1 P34 - TIME_PVC_NOT_AVAIL
Long Name TIME_PVC_NOT_AVAIL
Definition Time during which the PVC is not available.
Trigger Condition The time starts whenever the PVC operational state is "disabled", and stopswhenever the PVC operational state is "enabled".The time is provided in secondswith one significant value after the comma (ie ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 PVC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object PVC
External Comment –
928 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.3.3.1.2 P4 - TIME_PVC_CONG_FRAME_RELAY
Long Name TIME_PVC_CONG_FRAME_RELAY
Definition Time during which the PVC is congested in uplink because of Frame Relaynetwork.
Trigger Condition The time starts whenever S consecutive frames are received from the FrameRelay with the BECN bit set while the PVC is not already in congestion state.The MFS stops the transmission towards the SGSN on this PVC during a fixeddelay, after which the time is stopped.The time is provided in seconds with onesignificant value after the comma (ie ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 PVC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object PVC
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 929 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.3.3.1.3 P5 - TIME_PVC_CONG_LEVEL1
Long Name TIME_PVC_CONG_LEVEL1
Definition Time during which the PVC is congested at level1 in uplink.The PVC congestion ismanaged by an hysteresis mechanism with two thresholds.The PVC enters thecongestion-level1 state whenever its occupation queue exceeds PVC-LEVEL1-UPwhile the PVC was not congested.The PVC exits the congestion-level1 statewhenever its occupation queue is smaller than PVC-LEVEL1-DOWN.
Trigger Condition The time starts whenever the PVC enters the congestion-level1 state, and stopswhenever the PVC exits this state.The time is provided in seconds with onesignificant value after the comma (ie ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 PVC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object PVC
External Comment –
930 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.3.4 SGSN_IP_NSVC
24.2.3.4.1 N/A
24.2.3.4.1.1 P34a - TIME_SGSN_IP_ENDPOINT_NOT_AVAIL_GBIP
Long Name TIME_SGSN_IP_ENDPOINT_NOT_AVAIL_GBIP
Definition Time during which the SGSN IP endpoint is not available.
Trigger Condition The time starts whenever the SGSN IP endpoint operational state is "disabled",and stops whenever the SGSN IP endpoint operational state is "enabled".
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 SGSN_IP_NSVC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object SGSN_IP_NSVC
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 931 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4 Radio interface
24.2.4.1 DL LLC data flow
24.2.4.1.1 N/A
24.2.4.1.1.1 P531b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1
Definition First class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 1.EGPRS LLC throughput class 1is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0 = 0 kbit/s
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inEGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
932 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.2 P531b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10
Definition Tenth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 10.EGPRS LLC throughput class 10is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inEGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 933 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.3 P531b_11 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_11
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_11
Definition Eleventh class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 11.EGPRS LLC throughput class 11is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10 <= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_11
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inEGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
934 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.4 P531b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2
Definition Second class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 2.EGPRS LLC throughput class 2is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inEGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 935 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.5 P531b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5
Definition Fifth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 5.EGPRS LLC throughput class 5is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inEGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
936 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.6 P531b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6
Definition Sixth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 6.EGPRS LLC throughput class 6is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inEGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 937 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.7 P531b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8
Definition Eighth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 8.EGPRS LLC throughput class 8is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inEGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
938 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.8 P532b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1
Definition First class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 1.GPRS LLC throughput class 1is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0 = 0 kbit/s
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 939 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.9 P532b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10
Definition Tenth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 10.GPRS LLC throughput class 10is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
940 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.10 P532b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2
Definition Second class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 2.GPRS LLC throughput class 2is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 941 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.11 P532b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3
Definition Third class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 3.GPRS LLC throughput class 3is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
942 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.12 P532b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4
Definition Fourth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 4.GPRS LLC throughput class 4is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 943 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.13 P532b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5
Definition Fifth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 5.GPRS LLC throughput class 5is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
944 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.14 P532b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6
Definition Sixth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 6.GPRS LLC throughput class 6is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 945 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.15 P532b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7
Definition Seventh class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 7.GPRS LLC throughput class 7is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
946 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.16 P532b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8
Definition Eighth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 8.GPRS LLC throughput class 8is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 947 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.1.1.17 P532b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9
Definition Ninth class of the distribution on number of GPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 9.GPRS LLC throughput class 9is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
948 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2 DL TBF duration
24.2.4.2.1 N/A
24.2.4.2.1.1 P16 - CUMULATED_OVERALL_DL_CONNECTION_TIME
Long Name CUMULATED_OVERALL_DL_CONNECTION_TIME
Definition Cumulated overall time (i.e. active and delayed) of DL TBF connections.
Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all DL TBF connections inthe cell over the Granularity period. Active as well as delayed release periodsare taken into account.Each time duration starts upon reception from the MobileStation of 04.60 PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGMENT on PACCH/U duringthe DL TBF establishment procedure (either in response to a PACKET DOWNLINKASSIGNMENT or PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE, whichever is applicable).In case of normal DL TBF releases, the counter stops for a given DL TBF uponreception of the reply to the 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (FBI=1, polling) sent by theMFS for the last RLC block to send, i.e. 04.60 (EGPRS) PACKET DOWNLINKACK/NACK from the MS and there is no retransmission required, if the TBF was inRLC acknowledged mode or 04.60 PACKET CONTROL ACK if the TBF was inRLC unacknowledged mode. This last RLC data block is the last actual data blockof the TBF, i.e. the last useful RLC data block for a TBF in normal release mode,or the last dummy RLC data block for a TBF in delayed release mode.In case ofabnormal DL TBF releases during active phase (i.e. not delayed phase), thecounter stops for a given DL TBF:- at the time when the RRM layer has receivedthe acknowledgment of the last DL LLC PDU (in case of RLC acknowledgedmode), or,- at the time when the RRM layer has sent the last DL LLC PDU tothe RLC layer (in case of RLC unacknowledged mode).In case of abnormal DLTBF releases during delayed phase, the counter stops for a given DL TBF at thetime when the RRM layer has been informed that the DL TBF has entered thedelayed phase.The case the DL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection ismanaged as an abnormal DL TBF release.The time is provided in seconds withone significant value after the comma (I.e. ROUND(10x)/10).The DL TBFs stillestablished at the expiration of the granularity period are not taken into accountin the cumulated value. They are taken into account only when the DL TBFs arereleased. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very long" TBF, this may leadto a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated) cumulated value.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 949 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.2 P409 -CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED_AND_OPTIMAL_DL_ALLOCATION
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED_AND_OPTIMAL_DL_ALLOCATION
Definition Cumulated time during which downlink TBFs are granted the maximum number ofPDCHs they need and the corresponding MSs are engaged in downlink-biasedtransfers.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by the duration during which all downlink TBFs of a cellwhich serve a downlink-biased transfer are granted as many timeslots as needed.The results are cumulated over the granularity period.When determining thenumber of timeslots needed by the mobile station for the DL TBF, the MFS takesinto account:i) The MS multislot class (or the MS high multislot class if allowed inthe cell). The GPRS or EGPRS (possibly high) multislot class is used dependingon the DL TBF establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).ii) The biasof the transfer. For instance, for an MS belonging to multislot class 6, for whichthe transfer is deemed downlink-biased, the requested number of timeslots indownlink is 3 and not 2. iii) The value of the "traffic type" (signalling or data) ofthis MS. If the traffic type is signalling, only one PDCH is required. However, the"optimality" may change during the life of the TBF, due to change in the traffic typefrom signalling to data.In case of abnormal DL TBF releases during active phase(i.e. not delayed phase), the counter stops for a given DL TBF:- at the time whenthe RRM layer has received the acknowledgment of the last DL LLC PDU (in caseof RLC acknowledged mode), or,- at the time when the RRM layer has sent thelast DL LLC PDU to the RLC layer (in case of RLC unacknowledged mode).Incase of abnormal DL TBF releases during delayed phase, the counter stops for agiven DL TBF at the time when the RRM layer has been informed that the DL TBFhas entered the delayed phase.The case the DL TBF is released due to a NC cellreselection is managed as an abnormal DL TBF release.The time is provided inseconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).TheDL TBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period are not takeninto account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only when the DLTBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very long" TBF, thismay lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated) cumulated value.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment - when the traffic type changes from "signalling" to "data" , the optimality isre-assessed. - Once the traffic type is set to data, it can not be changed tosignalling, whatever the T-bit value.
950 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.3 P411 - CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED_DL_TBF
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED_DL_TBF
Definition Cumulated time during which MSs are engaged in downlink-biased transfers andthere is a DL TBF serving the MS.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by the duration during which MSs are deemed in adownlink-biased transfer. Only the time during which there is a DL TBF servingthe MS is taken into account.In case of abnormal DL TBF releases during activephase (i.e. not delayed phase), the counter stops for a given DL TBF:- at the timewhen the RRM layer has received the acknowledgment of the last DL LLC PDU (incase of RLC acknowledged mode), or,- at the time when the RRM layer has sentthe last DL LLC PDU to the RLC layer (in case of RLC unacknowledged mode).Incase of abnormal DL TBF releases during delayed phase, the counter stops for agiven DL TBF at the time when the RRM layer has been informed that the DL TBFhas entered the delayed phase.The case the DL TBF is released due to a NC cellreselection is managed as an abnormal DL TBF release.The time is provided inseconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).TheDL biased TBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period arenot taken into account in the cumulated value. They are taken into account onlywhen the DL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "verylong" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated)cumulated value.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 951 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.4 P419 - CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_DL_BIASED
Definition Cumulated time during which MSs are engaged in downlink-biased transfers.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by the duration during which MSs are deemed in adownlink-biased transfer.When an MS context is created :If it is downlink-biased,then the timer is started for that MS. When the bias changes to uplink, then thetimer is stopped. When it changes back to downlink, the timer is restarted.If it isuplink-biased, then the timer is started for that MS when the bias changes todownlink. When it changes back to uplink, then the timer is stopped.When thesession ends, the timer for the MS is cumulated to P419.Note that when the MScontext is deemed downlink-biased and T3192 is running, even if there is noon-going TBF, that duration shall be taken into account in this timer.In case theMS has no on-going UL TBF and an abnormal DL TBF release is detected duringactive phase (i.e. not delayed phase), the counter stops for the given MS:- at thetime when the RRM layer has received the acknowledgment of the last DL LLCPDU (in case of RLC acknowledged mode), or,- at the time when the RRM layerhas sent the last DL LLC PDU to the RLC layer (in case of RLC unacknowledgedmode).In case the MS has no on-going UL TBF and an abnormal DL TBF releaseis detected during delayed phase, the counter stops for the given MS at the timewhen the RRM layer has been informed that the DL TBF has entered the delayedphase.In case the MS has no on-going DL TBF and an abnormal UL TBF releaseis detected, the counter stops for the given MS at the time when the RRM layerhas received the last UL LLC PDU.The case the DL TBF is released due to aNC cell reselection is managed as an abnormal DL TBF release. Similarly, thecase the UL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as anabnormal UL TBF release.The time is provided in seconds with one significantvalue after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).The MSs still DL biased at theexpiration of the granularity period are not taken into account in the cumulatedvalue. They are taken into account only when the biais change to UL. In case oftraffic profile including a lot of "very long" TBF with no bias changes, this may leadto a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated) cumulated value.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
952 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.5 P453b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_1
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_1
Definition First cell of the duration on DL TBF duration.It contains :1) numberof DL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 1Duration band1 is defined by : PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_0<= duration <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_0 = 0 sec
Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 953 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.6 P453b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_10
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_10
Definition Tenth cell of the duration on DL TBF duration.It contains :1) numberof DL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 10Duration band10 is defined by : PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9<= duration <PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 = 16384
Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of theTBF is taken into account.The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c,P52d.Whenever a TBF duration exceeds PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10,then it is not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
954 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.7 P453b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_2
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_2
Definition Second cell of the duration on DL TBF duration.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose duration is in duration band 2Duration band 2 is defined by :PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2
Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 955 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.8 P453b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_3
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_3
Definition Third cell of the duration on DL TBF duration.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose duration is in duration band 3Duration band 3 is defined by :PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3
Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
956 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.9 P453b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_4
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_4
Definition Fourth cell of the duration on DL TBF duration.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose duration is in duration band 4Duration band 4 is defined by :PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4
Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 957 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.10 P453b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_5
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_5
Definition Fifth cell of the duration on DL TBF duration.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose duration is in duration band 5Duration band 5 is defined by :PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5
Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
958 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.11 P453b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_6
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_6
Definition Sixth cell of the duration on DL TBF duration.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose duration is in duration band 6Duration band 6 is defined by :PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6
Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 959 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.12 P453b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_7
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_7
Definition Seventh cell of the duration on DL TBF duration.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose duration is in duration band 7.Duration band 7 is defined by :PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7
Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
960 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.13 P453b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_8
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_8
Definition Eighth cell of the duration on DL TBF duration.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose duration is in duration band 8Duration band 8 is defined by :PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8
Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 961 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.14 P453b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_9
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_DURATION_9
Definition Ninth cell of the duration on DL TBF duration.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose duration is in duration band 9Duration band 9 is defined by :PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8<= duration < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9
Trigger Condition DL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.The duration is measured as for P52a, P52b, P52c, P52d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
962 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.15 P52a - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_GPRS_ACK
Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_GPRS_ACK
Definition Cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFs established in GPRS mode andRLC acknowledged modeNote: An active DL TBF connection is a DL TBF not indelayed release state.
Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFsestablished in GPRS mode and in RLC acknowledged mode in the cell over thegranularity period.For a given DL TBF, the counter starts at the establishmentof the DL TBF in GPRS mode and RLC acknowledged mode upon the receiptfrom the Mobile Station of 04.60 a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENTmessage on PACCH/U during the DL TBF establishment procedure.Once the DLTBF enters the delayed release state, the counter is suspended upon the receiptfrom the mobile station of an 04.60 PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK messageacknowledging the correct reception of all the useful LLC PDUs. The counter isresumed once the TBF becomes active again, i.e. when a new downlink LLC PDUis sent to the Mobile Station.In case of normal DL TBF releases, the counter stopsfor a given DL TBF upon the receipt of the RLC indication indicating that the TBFhas entered the delayed phase. The DL TBF enters the delayed phase upon thereceipt of the acknowledgment of the last useful RLC data block with (FBI = 0 anda polling indication).In case of abnormal DL TBF releases, the counter stops for agiven DL TBF at the time when the RRM layer has received the acknowledgmentof the last DL LLC PDU. The case the DL TBF is released due to a NC cellreselection is managed as an abnormal DL TBF release.The time is provided inseconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x)/10).The DLTBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period are not taken intoaccount in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only when the DLTBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very long" TBF, thismay lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated) cumulated value.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 963 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.16 P52b - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_GPRS_NACK
Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_GPRS_NACK
Definition Cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFs established in GPRS mode andRLC unacknowledged modeNote: An active DL TBF connection is a DL TBFnot in delayed release state.
Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFsestablished in GPRS mode and in RLC unacknowledged mode in the cell overthe granularity period.For a given DL TBF, the counter starts at the establishmentof the DL TBF in GPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode upon the receiptfrom the Mobile Station of 04.60 a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENTmessage on PACCH/U during the DL TBF establishment procedure.Once the DLTBF enters the delayed release state, the counter is suspended upon receptionfrom the mobile station of an 04.60 PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK messageacknowledging the reception of the first RLC data block of the last useful DL LLCPDUs. The counter is resumed once the TBF becomes active again, i.e. when anew downlink LLC PDU is sent to the Mobile Station.In case of normal DL TBFreleases, the counter stops for a given TBF upon the receipt of the RLC indicationindicating that the TBF has entered the delayed phase. The DL TBF enters thedelayed phase at the sending of the last useful RLC data block with (FBI = 0 and apolling indication).In case of abnormal DL TBF releases, the counter stops for agiven DL TBF at the time when the RRM layer has sent the last DL LLC PDU tothe RLC layer. The case the DL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection ismanaged as an abnormal DL TBF release.The time is provided in seconds withone significant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x)/10).The DL TBFs stillestablished at the expiration of the granularity period are not taken into accountin the cumulated value. They are taken into account only when the DL TBFs arereleased. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very long" TBF, this may leadto a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated) cumulated value.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
964 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.17 P52c - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_EGPRS_ACK
Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_EGPRS_ACK
Definition Cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFs established in EGPRS mode andRLC acknowledged mode.Note: An active DL TBF connection is a DL TBF not indelayed release state.
Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFsestablished in EGPRS mode and in RLC acknowledged mode in the cell over thegranularity period.For a given DL TBF, the counter starts at the establishment ofthe DL TBF in EGPRS mode and RLC acknowledged mode upon the receiptfrom the Mobile Station of 04.60 a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENTmessage on PACCH/U during the DL TBF establishment procedure.Once the DLTBF enters the delayed release state, the counter is suspended upon the receiptfrom the mobile station of an 04.60 EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACKmessage acknowledging the receipt of first DL RLC data block of the last DL LLCPDU. The counter is resumed once the TBF becomes active again, i.e. when anew downlink LLC PDU is sent to the Mobile Station.In case of normal DL TBFreleases, the counter stops for a given DL TBF upon the receipt of the RLCindication indicating that the TBF has entered the delayed phase. The DL TBFenters the delayed phase upon the receipt of the acknowledgment of the lastuseful RLC data block with (FBI = 0 and a polling indication).In case of abnormalDL TBF releases, the counter stops for a given DL TBF at the time when the RRMlayer has received the acknowledgment of the last DL LLC PDU. The case theDL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as an abnormal DLTBF release.The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after thecomma (i.e. ROUND(10x)/10).The DL TBFs still established at the expiration ofthe granularity period are not taken into account in the cumulated value. They aretaken into account only when the DL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profileincluding a lot of "very long" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated(then over-estimated) cumulated value.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 965 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.2.1.18 P52d - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_EGPRS_NACK
Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_DL_CONNECTION_TIME_EGPRS_NACK
Definition Cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFs established in EGPRS mode andRLC unacknowledged mode.Note: An active DL TBF connection is a DL TBFnot in delayed release state.
Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all active DL TBFsestablished in EGPRS mode and in RLC unacknowledged mode in the cell overthe granularity period.For a given DL TBF, the counter starts at the establishmentof the DL TBF in EGPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode upon the receiptfrom the Mobile Station of 04.60 a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENTmessage on PACCH/U during the DL TBF establishment procedure.Once the DLTBF enters the delayed release state, the counter is suspended upon the receiptfrom the mobile station of an 04.60 EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACKmessage acknowledging the reception of the first RLC data block of the last usefulDL LLC PDUs. The counter is resumed once the TBF becomes active again, i.e.when a new downlink LLC PDU is sent to the Mobile Station.In case of normalDL TBF releases, the counter stops for a given TBF upon the receipt of the RLCindication indicating that the TBF has entered the delayed phase. The DL TBFenters the delayed phase at the sending of the last useful RLC data block with (FBI= 0 and a polling indication).In case of abnormal DL TBF releases, the counterstops for a given DL TBF at the time when the RRM layer has sent the last DLLLC PDU to the RLC layer. The case the DL TBF is released due to a NC cellreselection is managed as an abnormal DL TBF release.The time is provided inseconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x)/10).The DLTBFs still established at the expiration of the granularity period are not taken intoaccount in the cumulated value. They are taken into account only when the DLTBFs are released. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very long" TBF, thismay lead to a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated) cumulated value.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
966 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.3 DL TBF LLC volume
24.2.4.3.1 N/A
24.2.4.3.1.1 P454a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_3
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_3
Definition Third cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.It contains :1) number of ULTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 3.LLCvolume band 1 is defined by : PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2<= LLC volume <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P44.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 967 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.3.1.2 P454a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_4
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_4
Definition Fourth cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.It contains :1) number of ULTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 4.LLCvolume band 1 is defined by : PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3<= LLC volume <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P44.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
968 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.3.1.3 P454b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_1
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_1
Definition First cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 1.LLCvolume band 1 is defined by : PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_0<= LLC volume <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_0 = 0 byte
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P43.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 969 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.3.1.4 P454b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_10
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_10
Definition Tenth cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 10.LLCvolume band 1 is defined by : PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9<= LLC volume <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 = 100 000000 bytes
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P43.Whenever aTBF volume exceeds PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10, then it is not taken intoaccount.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
970 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.3.1.5 P454b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_2
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_2
Definition Second cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 2.LLCvolume band 2 is defined by : PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1<= LLC volume <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P43.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 971 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.3.1.6 P454b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_3
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_3
Definition Third cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 3.LLCvolume band 3 is defined by : PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2<= LLC volume <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P43.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
972 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.3.1.7 P454b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_4
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_4
Definition Fourth cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 4.LLCvolume band 4 is defined by : PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3<= LLC volume <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P43.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 973 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.3.1.8 P454b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_5
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_5
Definition Fifth cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 5.LLCvolume band 5 is defined by : PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4<= LLC volume <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P43.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
974 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.3.1.9 P454b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_6
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_6
Definition Sixth cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 6.LLCvolume band 6 is defined by : PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5<= LLC volume <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P43.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 975 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.3.1.10 P454b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_7
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_7
Definition Seventh cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 7.LLCvolume band 7 is defined by : PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6<= LLC volume <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P43.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
976 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.3.1.11 P454b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_8
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_8
Definition Eighth cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 8.LLCvolume band 1 is defined by : PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7<= LLC volume <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P43.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 977 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.3.1.12 P454b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_9
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_TBF_VOLUME_9
Definition Ninth cell of the distribution on volume of DL TBF.It contains :1) number of DLTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 9.LLCvolume band 9 is defined by : PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8<= LLC volume <PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P43.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
978 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.4 PDCH
24.2.4.4.1 N/A
24.2.4.4.1.1 P13 - TIME_DL_PDCH_CONG
Long Name TIME_DL_PDCH_CONG
Definition Time during which the DL TBF establishment is impossible due to congestion(no radio resource in the MFS).
Trigger Condition The time starts whenever:1) No slave PDCH resource is available in theMFS, ie: - the maximum number of MSs per PDCH in downlink (set byMAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH) is reached for all the slave PDCHs of the cell, and - allMAX_SPDCH_LIMIT PDCHs granted by the BSC are used.OR2) no resources(TAI, TFI, PDCH) are available at MFS side to serve the mobile.The time stops assoon as the above conditions are false.The time is provided in seconds with onesignificant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 979 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.4.1.2 P26 - TIME_UL_PDCH_CONG
Long Name TIME_UL_PDCH_CONG
Definition Time during which the UL TBF establishment is impossible due to congestion(no radio resource in the MFS).
Trigger Condition The time starts whenever:1) No slave PDCH resource are available inthe BSC, i.e.:- the maximum number of MSs per PDCH in uplink (set byMAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH) is reached for all the slave PDCHs of the cell, and - allMAX_SPDCH_LIMIT PDCHs granted by the BSC are used.OR2) no resources(TAI, TFI, PDCH) are available at MFS side to serve the mobile.The time stops assoon as the above conditions are false.The time is provided in seconds with onesignificant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
980 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.4.1.3 P38b - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED
Definition Cumulated time during which the slave PDCHs carry at least one UL or DL TBF(TBF established in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).
Trigger Condition The timer is the sum of all unit times per slave PDCH during which the a slavePDCH supported carries at least one UL or DL TBF (TBF established in GPRSmode or EGPRS mode).Note 1: For downlink TBF, active , delayed phases aretaken into account.Note 2: The time is provided in seconds with one significantdigit after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).Note 3 : For uplink TBF, active ,delayed final PUAN , extended phases are taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 981 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.4.1.4 P38c - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_EGPRS
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_EGPRS
Definition Cumulated time during which the slave PDCHs carry at least one UL or DL TBFestablished in EGPRS mode.
Trigger Condition The timer is the sum of all unit times per slave PDCH during which the slavePDCH supported at least one UL or DL TBF established in EGPRS mode.The timeis provided in seconds with one significant digit after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x)/ 10).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
982 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.4.1.5 P38e - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_DL_CELL
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_DL_CELL
Definition Cumulated time during which a PDCH is used by at least one DL TBF (in GPRS orEGPRS mode), cumulated over all the PDCHs of the cell.
Trigger Condition The timer is the sum of all unit times per slave PDCH during which the slavePDCH supported at least one DL TBF (established in GPRS mode or EGPRSmode).Note: Only Active, delayed, extended phases of the TBF are taken intoaccount.The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after thecomma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 983 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.4.1.6 P38f - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_UL_CELL
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_USED_UL_CELL
Definition Cumulated time during which a PDCH is used by at least one UL TBF (in GPRS orEGPRS mode), cumulated over all the PDCHs of the cell.
Trigger Condition The timer is the sum of all unit times per slave PDCH during which the slavePDCH supported at least one UL TBF (established in GPRS mode or EGPRSmode).Note: Only Active, delayed, extended phases of the TBF are taken intoaccount.The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after thecomma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
984 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.4.1.7 P414bis - CUMULATED_TIME_ALLOCATED_SPDCH
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_ALLOCATED_SPDCH
Definition This counter integrates over time the values of the allocated SPDCH during thewhole granularity period.
Trigger Condition When the granularity period starts, the counter is reset to 0. The current valueof SPDCHs allocated to the MFS by the BSC is multiplied by the duration untilthe next allocated SPDCH update is received from the BSC (I.e. reception ofa (BSCGP) RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION INDICATION indicating a newnumber of SPDCHs allocated to the MFS). Then the new value of allocatedSPDCH is multiplied by the duration until the next allocated SPDCH update , andso on.The counter is the sum of all the computed values.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment Replaces P414 (B8 counter).
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 985 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.4.1.8 P415bis - MAX_OF_ALLOCATED_SPDCH
Long Name MAX_OF_ALLOCATED_SPDCH
Definition This counter gives the maximum value of allocated SPDCH during the wholegranularity period.
Trigger Condition During the granularity period , at each receipt of the RADIO RESOURCEALLOCATION INDICATION
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment Replaces P415 (B8 counter).
986 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.4.1.9 P416bis - MIN_OF_ALLOCATED_SPDCH
Long Name MIN_OF_ALLOCATED_SPDCH
Definition This counter gives the minimum value of allocated SPDCH during the wholegranularity period.
Trigger Condition During the granularity period , at each receipt of the RADIO RESOURCEALLOCATION INDICATION the value of allocated SPDCH is stored.At the endof the granularity period, the minimum value of all the stored values is usedto update the counter.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment Replaces P416 (B8 counter).
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 987 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.4.1.10 P417 - NB_PREEMPTED_PDCH
Long Name NB_PREEMPTED_PDCH
Definition This counter measures the overall number of slave PDCHs which have beenreleased after having been marked by the soft pre-emption procedure in the cellover the granularity period.
Trigger Condition Each time the MFS receives a BSCGP RR ALLOCATION INDICATION messagefrom the BSC with a SPDCHs Allocation bitmap containing less PDCHs thanthe current number of allocated slave PDCHs, the MFS has to mark the slavePDCHs in excess as soft pre-empted. The counter is incremented by one eachtime a slave PDCH is released due to pre-emption (i.e. it is incremented alsowhen a non-marked PDCH gets released and allows unmarking another PDCH).Note that even if a slave PDCH has no TBF at the time of soft pre-emption andtherefore the PDCH is given back immediately to the BSC, it shall be consideredin the calculation.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
988 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.4.1.11 P495 - MAX_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELL
Long Name MAX_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELL
Definition Maximum number of used slave PDCHs in the cell.Note: An used PDCH is aPDCH that carries at least one UL or DL TBF.
Trigger Condition An internal counter tracks the current number of used slave PDCH in the cell.This internal counter is - Incremented when one UL or DL TBF is carried bya salve PDCH. - Decremented when no UL or DL TBF is carried by a slavePDCH.Whenever this internal counter is incremented, its new value is comparedwith the stored maximum number of used PDCHs in the cell. If this value is higherthan the stored maximum value, the value becomes the new maximum.The masterPDCHs are excluded from this counter.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 989 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.4.1.12 P496 - MIN_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELL
Long Name MIN_NB_USED_SPDCH_CELL
Definition Minimum number of used slave PDCHs in the Note: An used PDCH is a PDCHthat carries at least one UL or DL TBF.
Trigger Condition An internal counter tracks the current number of used slave PDCH in the cell.This internal counter is - Incremented when one UL or DL TBF is carried bya salve PDCH. - Decremented when no UL or DL TBF is carried by a slavePDCH.Whenever this internal counter is decremented, its new value is comparedwith the stored minimum number of used PDCHs in the cell. If this value is lowerthan the stored minimum value, the value becomes the new minimum.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
990 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
24.2.4.5.1 N/A
24.2.4.5.1.1 P160 - NB_DL_TBF_1_succ
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_1_succ
Definition Number of downlink TBF establishment requests ( 1 slot allocated) which aresatisfied at once by the initial allocation.
Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS allocates 1 PDCH for a DL TBF in case of an MS requesting1 (or several) slot DL. When determining the number of timeslots requestedby the mobile station for the DL TBF, the MFS takes into account:i) The MSmultislot class. The GPRS or EGPRS multislot class is used depending on theDL TBF establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).ii) The bias of thetransfer.iii) The value of the T-bit indicated in the DL LLC PDU triggering the DLTBF establishment. If the T-bit is set to signalling, only one PDCH is required.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 991 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.2 P162 - NB_DL_TBF_2_3_succ
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_2_3_succ
Definition Number of downlink TBF establishment requests requesting 2 or 3 slots whichare totally satisfied at once by the initial allocation.
Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS allocates exactly 2 PDCHs (or 3 PDCHs) for a DL TBF in caseof an MS requesting 2 slots DL (or 3 slots DL).When determining the number oftimeslots requested by the mobile station for the DL TBF, the MFS takes intoaccount:i) The MS multislot class. The GPRS or EGPRS multislot class is useddepending on the DL TBF establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRSmode).ii) The bias of the transfer. For instance, for an MS belonging to multislotclass 10, for which the transfer is deemed uplink-biased, the requested number oftimeslots in downlink is 3 and not 4.iii) The value of the T-bit indicated in the DLLLC PDU triggering the DL TBF establishment. If the T-bit is set to signalling, onlyone PDCH is required.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
992 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.3 P164 - NB_DL_TBF_4_5_succ
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_4_5_succ
Definition Number of downlink TBF establishment requests requesting 4 or 5 slots whichare totally satisfied at once by the initial allocation.
Trigger Condition Whenever the system MFS allocates exactly 4 PDCHs (or 5 PDCHs) for a DL TBFin case of an MS requesting 4 slots DL (or 5 slots DL).When determining thenumber of timeslots requested by the mobile station for the DL TBF, the MFS takesinto account:i) The MS multislot class (or the MS high multislot class if allowed inthe cell). The GPRS or EGPRS (possibly high) multislot class is used dependingon the DL TBF establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).ii) The biasof the transfer. For instance, for an MS belonging to multislot class 12, for which thetransfer is deemed downlink-biased, the requested number of timeslots in downlinkis 4 and not 1.iii) The value of the T-bit indicated in the DL LLC PDU triggering theDL TBF establishment. If the T-bit is set to signalling, only one PDCH is required.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 993 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.4 P35 - MAX_NB_DL_TBF_SIMUL_EST
Long Name MAX_NB_DL_TBF_SIMUL_EST
Definition Maximum number of DL TBF simultaneously established over the Granularityperiod.
Trigger Condition Within the Granularity period, the number of established DL TBF is observed ateach GAUGE-POLLING value; the maximum value is kept for the counter.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
994 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.5 P36 - AV_NB_DL_TBF_SIMUL_EST
Long Name AV_NB_DL_TBF_SIMUL_EST
Definition Average number of DL TBF simulataneously established over the Granularityperiod.
Trigger Condition Within the Granularity period, the number of established DL TBF is observed ateach GAUGE-POLLING value. At Granularity period expiry, these observationsare averaged, ie summed and divided by the number of observations. Theaveraged value (real) is multiplied by 10 and then rounded up or down to thenearest interger value (ie ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 995 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.6 P451b - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_CELL
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_CELL
Definition Cumulated time during which an DL TBF uses one PDCH, for all PDCHs of theTBF, and for all TBFs of the cell (in GPRS or EGPRS mode).
Trigger Condition The counter shall consider the resource allocation changes that occur further toa DL TBF re-allocation.Note: Active , delayed, extended phases of the TBF aretaken into account (only).The time is provided in seconds with one significantvalue after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
996 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.7 P452 - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_GMM_SIG_CELL
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_DL_TBF_GMM_SIG_CELL
Definition Cumulated time during which a DL TBF established for GMM signalling purposesuses a PDCH (in GPRS or EGPRS mode), for all TBFs of the cell.
Trigger Condition For a given DL TBF, this counter is started at the establishment of the DL TBFsestablished to carry GMM signalling traffic to the MS. It is stopped at the end ofthe active phase of the DL TBF or on receipt of a DL LLC PDU without the T-bitset.Note : such TBFs only have one PDCH allocated.The time is provided inseconds with one significant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 997 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.8 P455b_1 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_1
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_1
Definition First cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.Itcontains :1) number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocatedunits is in PDCH units band 1.PDCH units band 1 is defined by: PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_0<= allocated PDCH units <PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_0 = 0.
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DLat the release of the DL TBF. A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of thePDCHs that is used by the assigned DL TBF. This distribution is computed at therelease of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of timer T3192).The number of PDCHunits is calculated as follows :1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHsallocated to the MS are shared only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH,the number of units allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)Thesum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units allocatedin DL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS areshared by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of unitsallocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
998 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.9 P455b_10 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_10
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_10
Definition Tenth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.Itcontains :1) number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocatedunits is in PDCH units band 10.PDCH units band 10 is defined by: PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9<= allocated PDCH units <PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10= 5.
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DLat the release of the DL TBF. A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of thePDCHs that is used by the assigned DL TBF. This distribution is computed at therelease of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of timer T3192).The number of PDCHunits is calculated as follows :1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHsallocated to the MS are shared only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH,the number of units allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)Thesum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units allocatedin DL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS areshared by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of unitsallocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 999 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.10 P455b_2 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_2
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_2
Definition Second cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.It contains :1)number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band2.PDCH units band 2 is defined by : PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1<=allocated PDCH units < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DLat the release of the DL TBF. A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of thePDCHs that is used by the assigned DL TBF. This distribution is computed at therelease of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of timer T3192).The number of PDCHunits is calculated as follows :1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHsallocated to the MS are shared only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH,the number of units allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)Thesum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units allocatedin DL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS areshared by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of unitsallocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1000 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.11 P455b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_3
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_3
Definition Third cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.It contains :1)number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band3.PDCH units band 3 is defined by : PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2<=allocated PDCH units < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DLat the release of the DL TBF. A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of thePDCHs that is used by the assigned DL TBF. This distribution is computed at therelease of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of timer T3192).The number of PDCHunits is calculated as follows :1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHsallocated to the MS are shared only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH,the number of units allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)Thesum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units allocatedin DL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS areshared by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of unitsallocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1001 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.12 P455b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_4
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_4
Definition Fourth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.It contains :1)number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band4.PDCH units band 4 is defined by : PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3<=allocated PDCH units < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DLat the release of the DL TBF. A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of thePDCHs that is used by the assigned DL TBF. This distribution is computed at therelease of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of timer T3192).The number of PDCHunits is calculated as follows :1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHsallocated to the MS are shared only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH,the number of units allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)Thesum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units allocatedin DL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS areshared by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of unitsallocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1002 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.13 P455b_5 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_5
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_5
Definition Fifth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.It contains :1)number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band5.PDCH units band 5 is defined by : PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4<=allocated PDCH units < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DLat the release of the DL TBF. A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of thePDCHs that is used by the assigned DL TBF. This distribution is computed at therelease of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of timer T3192).The number of PDCHunits is calculated as follows :1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHsallocated to the MS are shared only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH,the number of units allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)Thesum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units allocatedin DL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS areshared by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of unitsallocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1003 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.14 P455b_6 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_6
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_6
Definition Sixth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.It contains :1)number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band6.PDCH units band 6 is defined by : PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5<=allocated PDCH units < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DLat the release of the DL TBF. A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of thePDCHs that is used by the assigned DL TBF. This distribution is computed at therelease of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of timer T3192).The number of PDCHunits is calculated as follows :1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHsallocated to the MS are shared only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH,the number of units allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)Thesum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units allocatedin DL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS areshared by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of unitsallocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1004 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.15 P455b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_7
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_7
Definition Seventh cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.It contains :1)number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band7.PDCH units band 7 is defined by : PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6<=allocated PDCH units < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DLat the release of the DL TBF. A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of thePDCHs that is used by the assigned DL TBF. This distribution is computed at therelease of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of timer T3192).The number of PDCHunits is calculated as follows :1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHsallocated to the MS are shared only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH,the number of units allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)Thesum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units allocatedin DL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS areshared by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of unitsallocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1005 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.16 P455b_8 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_8
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_8
Definition Eighth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.It contains :1)number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band8.PDCH units band 8 is defined by : PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7<=allocated PDCH units < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DLat the release of the DL TBF. A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of thePDCHs that is used by the assigned DL TBF. This distribution is computed at therelease of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of timer T3192).The number of PDCHunits is calculated as follows :1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHsallocated to the MS are shared only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH,the number of units allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)Thesum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units allocatedin DL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS areshared by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of unitsallocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1006 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.17 P455b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_9
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_9
Definition Ninth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to DL TBFs.It contains :1)number of DL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band9.PDCH units band 9 is defined by : PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8<=allocated PDCH units < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in DLat the release of the DL TBF. A DL PDCH unit represents the percentage of thePDCHs that is used by the assigned DL TBF. This distribution is computed at therelease of each DL TBF (i.e. at the expiry of timer T3192).The number of PDCHunits is calculated as follows :1) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHsallocated to the MS are shared only by best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH,the number of units allocated to this TBF = 1/ (nb of DL TBF on this PDCH)Thesum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBF gives the number of PDCH units allocatedin DL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE is enable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS areshared by best effort and GBR TBFs), then for each PDCH, the number of unitsallocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1007 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.18 P62d - NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_PIM
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_PIM
Definition Number of UL TBF establishment requests on (P)CCCH for EGPRS capableMS in packet idle mode.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by one whenever the MFS receives:- An 04.18EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message on RACH, or- An 04.60 EGPRSPACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message on PRACH, or- An 04.60 PACKETRESOURCE REQUEST message from an EGPRS capable MS.Generally, allcounters related to TBF establishment requests only take into account the firstattempt, i.e. no repetitions are counted.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1008 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.19 P90g - NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_PIM
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_PIM
Definition Number of DL TBF establishments on (P)CCCH for EGPRS capable MS in packetidle mode successfully served in EGPRS mode.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a PACKET CONTROLACKNOWLEDGEMENT message indicating that the DL TBF has beensuccessfully established on (P)CCCH in EGPRS mode.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1009 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.5.1.20 P91g - NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_PIM
Long Name NB_DL_TBF_EST_REQ_EGPRS_PIM
Definition Number of DL TBF establishment requests for EGPRS capable MS in packetidle mode
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by one whenever the MFS receives a DL LLCPDU for an EGPRS capable MS in packet idle mode. Note: If transmissionresources are available, this event will trigger a DL TBF establishment on(P)CCCH (in GPRS mode or in EGPRS mode).Generally, all counters relatedto TBF establishment requests only take into account the first attempt, i.e. norepetitions are counted.Note: This counter only applies in an EGPRS cell.In caseof GPRS-only cell, this counter is not incremented.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for DL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1010 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
24.2.4.6.1 N/A
24.2.4.6.1.1 P161 - NB_UL_TBF_1_succ
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_1_succ
Definition Number of uplink TBF establishment requests (1 slot allocated) which are satisfiedat once by the initial allocation..
Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS allocates 1 PDCH for an UL TBF in case of an MS requesting1 (or several) slot UL.When determining the number of timeslots requestedby the mobile station for the UL TBF, the MFS takes into account:i) The MSmultislot class. The GPRS or EGPRS multislot class is used depending on theUL TBF establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRS mode).ii) The bias ofthe transfer. For instance, for an MS belonging to multislot class 6, for whichthe transfer is deemed downlink-biased, the requested number of timeslots inuplink is 1 and not 2.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1011 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.2 P163 - NB_UL_TBF_2_3_succ
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_2_3_succ
Definition Number of uplink TBF establishment requests requesting 2 or 3 slots which aretotally satisfied at once by the initial allocation..
Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS allocates exactly 2 PDCHs (or 3 PDCHs) for an UL TBF incase of an MS requesting 2 slots UL (or 3 slots UL).When determining the numberof timeslots requested by the mobile station for the UL TBF, the MFS takes intoaccount:i) The MS multislot class. The GPRS or EGPRS multislot class is useddepending on the UL TBF establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRSmode).ii) The bias of the transfer. For instance, for an MS belonging to multislotclass 6, for which the transfer is deemed uplink-biased, the requested number oftimeslots in uplink is 2 and not 1.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1012 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.3 P165 - NB_UL_TBF_4_5_succ
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_4_5_succ
Definition Number of uplink TBF establishment requests requesting 4 or 5 slots which aretotally satisfied at once by the initial allocation.
Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS allocates exactly 4 PDCHs (or 5 PDCHs) for an UL TBF incase of an MS requesting 4 slots UL (or 5 slots UL).When determining the numberof timeslots requested by the mobile station for the UL TBF, the MFS takes intoaccount:i) The MS multislot class. The GPRS or EGPRS multislot class is useddepending on the UL TBF establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRSmode).ii) The bias of the transfer. For instance, for an MS belonging to multislotclass 12, for which the transfer is deemed uplink-biased, the requested number oftimeslots in uplink is 4 and not 1.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1013 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.4 P30d - NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_PIM
Long Name NB_UL_TBF_EST_SUCC_EGPRS_PIM
Definition Number of UL TBF establishments on (P)CCCH for EGPRS MS in packet idlemode successfully served in EGPRS mode.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented in one of the following conditions:- whenever theTLLI is received during a one phase access EGPRS UL TBF establishment, or-whenever the TBF start indication is received during a two-phase access EGPRSUL TBF establishment.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1014 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.5 P39 - MAX_NB_UL_TBF_SIMUL_EST
Long Name MAX_NB_UL_TBF_SIMUL_EST
Definition Maximum number of UL TBF simultaneously established over the Granularityperiod.
Trigger Condition Within the Granularity period, the number of established UL TBF is observed ateach GAUGE-POLLING value; the maximum value is kept for the counter.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1015 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.6 P40 - AV_NB_UL_TBF_SIMUL_EST
Long Name AV_NB_UL_TBF_SIMUL_EST
Definition Average number of UL TBF simutaneously established over the Granularity period.
Trigger Condition Within the Granularity period, the number of established UL TBF is observed ateach GAUGE-POLLING value. At Granularity period expiry, these observationsare averaged, ie summed and divided by the number of observations. Theaveraged value (real) is multiplied by 10 and then rounded up or down to thenearest interger value (ie ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1016 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.7 P451a - CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_UL_TBF_CELL
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_PDCH_UL_TBF_CELL
Definition Cumulated time during which an UL TBF uses one PDCH, for all PDCHs of theTBF, and for all TBFs of the cell (in GPRS or EGPRS mode).
Trigger Condition The counter shall consider the resource allocation changes that occur further toa UL TBF re-allocation.Note: Active , delayed, extended phases of the TBF aretaken into account (only).The time is provided in seconds with one significantvalue after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1017 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.8 P455a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_1
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_1
Definition First cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.Itcontains :1) number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocatedunits is in PDCH units band 1.PDCH units band 1 is defined by: PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_0<= allocated PDCH units <PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_0 = 0.
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in ULat the release of the UL TBF. An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage ofthe PDCHs that is used by the assigned UL TBF. This distribution is computedat the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of reception of acknowledgementof final PUAN).The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :1) ifEN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared onlyby best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to thisTBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBFgives the number of PDCH units allocated in UL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE isenable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared by best effort and GBR TBFs),then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1018 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.9 P455a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_10
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_10
Definition Tenth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.Itcontains :1) number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocatedunits is in PDCH units band 10.PDCH units band 10 is defined by: PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9<= allocated PDCH units <PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_10= 5.
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in ULat the release of the UL TBF. An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage ofthe PDCHs that is used by the assigned UL TBF. This distribution is computedat the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of reception of acknowledgementof final PUAN).The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :1) ifEN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared onlyby best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to thisTBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBFgives the number of PDCH units allocated in UL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE isenable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared by best effort and GBR TBFs),then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1019 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.10 P455a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_2
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_2
Definition Second cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.It contains :1)number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band2.PDCH units band 2 is defined by : PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1<=allocated PDCH units < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in ULat the release of the UL TBF. An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage ofthe PDCHs that is used by the assigned UL TBF. This distribution is computedat the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of reception of acknowledgementof final PUAN).The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :1) ifEN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared onlyby best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to thisTBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBFgives the number of PDCH units allocated in UL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE isenable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared by best effort and GBR TBFs),then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1020 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.11 P455a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_3
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_3
Definition Third cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.It contains :1)number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band3.PDCH units band 3 is defined by : PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2<=allocated PDCH units < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in ULat the release of the UL TBF. An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage ofthe PDCHs that is used by the assigned UL TBF. This distribution is computedat the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of reception of acknowledgementof final PUAN).The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :1) ifEN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared onlyby best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to thisTBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBFgives the number of PDCH units allocated in UL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE isenable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared by best effort and GBR TBFs),then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1021 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.12 P455a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_4
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_4
Definition Fourth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.It contains :1)number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band4.PDCH units band 4 is defined by : PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3<=allocated PDCH units < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in ULat the release of the UL TBF. An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage ofthe PDCHs that is used by the assigned UL TBF. This distribution is computedat the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of reception of acknowledgementof final PUAN).The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :1) ifEN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared onlyby best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to thisTBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBFgives the number of PDCH units allocated in UL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE isenable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared by best effort and GBR TBFs),then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1022 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.13 P455a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_5
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_5
Definition Fifth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.It contains :1)number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band5.PDCH units band 5 is defined by : PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4<=allocated PDCH units < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in ULat the release of the UL TBF. An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage ofthe PDCHs that is used by the assigned UL TBF. This distribution is computedat the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of reception of acknowledgementof final PUAN).The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :1) ifEN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared onlyby best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to thisTBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBFgives the number of PDCH units allocated in UL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE isenable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared by best effort and GBR TBFs),then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1023 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.14 P455a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_6
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_6
Definition Sixth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.It contains :1)number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band6.PDCH units band 6 is defined by : PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5<=allocated PDCH units < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in ULat the release of the UL TBF. An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage ofthe PDCHs that is used by the assigned UL TBF. This distribution is computedat the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of reception of acknowledgementof final PUAN).The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :1) ifEN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared onlyby best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to thisTBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBFgives the number of PDCH units allocated in UL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE isenable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared by best effort and GBR TBFs),then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1024 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.15 P455a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_7
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_7
Definition Seventh cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.It contains :1)number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band7.PDCH units band 7 is defined by : PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6<=allocated PDCH units < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in ULat the release of the UL TBF. An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage ofthe PDCHs that is used by the assigned UL TBF. This distribution is computedat the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of reception of acknowledgementof final PUAN).The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :1) ifEN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared onlyby best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to thisTBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBFgives the number of PDCH units allocated in UL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE isenable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared by best effort and GBR TBFs),then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1025 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.16 P455a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_8
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_8
Definition Eighth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.It contains :1)number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band8.PDCH units band 8 is defined by : PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7<=allocated PDCH units < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in ULat the release of the UL TBF. An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage ofthe PDCHs that is used by the assigned UL TBF. This distribution is computedat the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of reception of acknowledgementof final PUAN).The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :1) ifEN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared onlyby best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to thisTBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBFgives the number of PDCH units allocated in UL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE isenable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared by best effort and GBR TBFs),then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1026 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.6.1.17 P455a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_9
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_9
Definition Ninth cell of the distribution on units of PDCH allocated to UL TBFs.It contains :1)number of UL TBFs whose number of PDCH allocated units is in PDCH units band9.PDCH units band 9 is defined by : PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8<=allocated PDCH units < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9
Trigger Condition This distribution measures the number of PDCH units assigned to the MS in ULat the release of the UL TBF. An UL PDCH unit represents the percentage ofthe PDCHs that is used by the assigned UL TBF. This distribution is computedat the release of each UL TBF (i.e. indication of reception of acknowledgementof final PUAN).The number of PDCH units is calculated as follows :1) ifEN_QOS_FEATURE is disable ( the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared onlyby best effort TBFs) , then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to thisTBF = 1/ (nb of UL TBF on this PDCH)The sum on all PDCHs allocated to the TBFgives the number of PDCH units allocated in UL.2) ) if EN_QOS_FEATURE isenable (the PDCHs allocated to the MS are shared by best effort and GBR TBFs),then for each PDCH, the number of units allocated to this TBF is :
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PDCH allocation for UL TBF
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1027 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7 UL LLC data flow
24.2.4.7.1 N/A
24.2.4.7.1.1 P531a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1
Definition First class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 1.EGPRS LLC throughput class 1is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0 = 0 kbit/s
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1028 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.2 P531a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10
Definition Tenth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 10.EGPRS LLC throughput class 10is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1029 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.3 P531a_11 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_11
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_11
Definition Eleventh class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 11.EGPRS LLC throughput class 11is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_11
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1030 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.4 P531a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2
Definition Second class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 2.EGPRS LLC throughput class 2is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1031 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.5 P531a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3
Definition Third class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 3.EGPRS LLC throughput class 3is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1032 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.6 P531a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4
Definition Fourth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 4.EGPRS LLC throughput class 4is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1033 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.7 P531a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5
Definition Fifth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 5.EGPRS LLC throughput class 5is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1034 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.8 P531a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6
Definition Sixth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 6.EGPRS LLC throughput class 6is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1035 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.9 P531a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7
Definition Seventh class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 7.EGPRS LLC throughput class 7is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1036 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.10 P531a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8
Definition Eighth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 8.EGPRS LLC throughput class 8is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1037 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.11 P531a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9
Definition Ninth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 9.EGPRS LLC throughput class 9is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in EGPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1038 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.12 P531b_3 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3
Definition Third class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class3.EGPRS LLC throughput class 3is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inEGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1039 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.13 P531b_4 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4
Definition Fourth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 4.EGPRS LLC throughput class 4is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inEGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1040 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.14 P531b_7 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7
Definition Seventh class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 7.EGPRS LLC throughput class 7is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inEGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1041 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.15 P531b_9 - DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9
Long Name DISTRIB_DL_EGPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9
Definition Ninth class of the distribution on number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of EGPRS DL LLC throughput whose throughputis in EGPRS LLC throughput class 9.EGPRS LLC throughput class 9is defined by : EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8<= LLC throughput <EGPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the DL LLC PDU size sent in the TBF established inEGPRS mode and their transfer duration are cumulated.When the MS context isdeleted , the DL LLC throughput (cumulated DL LLC PDU size/cumulated transferduration) is estimated and the suitable class of the distribution is incremented byone.Note : - Only DL LLC PDU whose traffic type is data are taken into account.-The transfer duration of one (or a set of DL LLC PDU) is estimated by RRM whena LLC PDU (or a set of DL LLC PDU) have been correctly received by the MS .
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1042 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.16 P532a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_1
Definition First class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 1.GPRS LLC throughput class 1is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_0 = 0 kbit/s
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.– The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1043 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.17 P532a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_10
Definition Tenth class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 10.GPRS LLC throughput class 10is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_10
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1044 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.18 P532a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_2
Definition Second class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 2.GPRS LLC throughput class 2is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_1<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is providedby RLC to RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1045 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.19 P532a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_3
Definition Third class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 3.GPRS LLC throughput class 3is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_2<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1046 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.20 P532a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_4
Definition Fourth class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 4.GPRS LLC throughput class 4is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_3<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1047 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.21 P532a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_5
Definition Fifth class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 5.GPRS LLC throughput class 5is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_4<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1048 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.22 P532a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_6
Definition Sixth class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 6.GPRS LLC throughput class 6is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_5<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1049 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.23 P532a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_7
Definition Seventh class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 7.GPRS LLC throughput class 7is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_6<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1050 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.24 P532a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_8
Definition Eighth class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 8.GPRS LLC throughput class 8is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_7<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1051 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.7.1.25 P532a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_GPRS_LLC_THROUGHPUT_CLASS_9
Definition Ninth class of the distribution on number of GPRS UL LLC throughput.Itcontains :1) number of GPRS UL LLC throughput whose throughputis in GPRS LLC throughput class 9.GPRS LLC throughput class 9is defined by : GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_8<= LLC throughput <GPRS_LLC_throughput_THR_9
Trigger Condition During MS context lifetime , the size of the UL LLC PDU received in the TBFestablished in GPRS mode and their transfert duration are cumulated.Whenthe MS context is deleted , the UL LLC throughput (cumulated UL LLC PDUsize/cumulated transfer time) is estimated and the suitable class of the distributionis incremented by one.Note : -Only UL LLC PDU whose TBF traffic type is data aretaken into account.- The size and transfer duration of a UL LLC PDU is estimatedby RRM when a UL LLC PDU have been correctly received from the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1052 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8 UL TBF duration
24.2.4.8.1 N/A
24.2.4.8.1.1 P129a - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_GPRS_ACK
Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_GPRS_ACK
Definition Cumulated time duration of all active UL TBFs established in GPRS mode andRLC acknowledged mode.Note: An active UL TBF connection is an UL TBF not inextended phase.
Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all UL TBFs established inGPRS mode and RLC acknowledged Mode in the cell over the granularity period.Note 1 : The time during which the emission of the final Packet Uplink Ack/Nackmessage is delayed and the time during which the UL is in extended phase are nottaken into account Note 2 : In case of abnormal UL TBF releases, the counterstops at the time when the RRM layer has received the last UL LLC PDU.Note 3 :The case the UL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as anabnormal UL TBF release.The time is provided in seconds with one significantvalue after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).The UL TBFs still established at theexpiration of the granularity period are not taken into account in the cumulatedvalue. They are taken into account only when the UL TBFs are released. In caseof traffic profile including a lot of "very long" TBF, this may lead to a temporaryunder-estimated (then over-estimated) cumulated value.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1053 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.2 P129b - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_GPRS_NACK
Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_GPRS_NACK
Definition Cumulated time duration of all active UL TBFs established in GPRS mode andRLC unacknowledged mode.Note: An active UL TBF connection is an UL TBFnot in extended phase.
Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all UL TBFs establishedin GPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode in the cell over the granularityperiod.Note1 : The time during which the emission of the final Packet UplinkAck/Nack message is delayed and the time during which the UL is in extendedphase not taken into account.Note 2 :In case of abnormal UL TBF releases, thecounter stops at the time when the RRM layer has received the last UL LLCPDU. Note 3 :The case the UL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection ismanaged as an abnormal UL TBF release.The time is provided in seconds withone significant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).The UL TBFs stillestablished at the expiration of the granularity period are not taken into accountin the cumulated value. They are taken into account only when the UL TBFs arereleased. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very long" TBF, this may leadto a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated) cumulated value.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1054 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.3 P129c - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EGPRS_ACK
Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EGPRS_ACK
Definition Cumulated time duration of all active UL TBFs established in EGPRS mode andRLC acknowledged mode.Note: An active UL TBF connection is an UL TBF not inextended phase.
Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all UL TBFs establishedin EGPRS mode and RLC acknowledged Mode in the cell over the granularityperiod.Note 1 : The time during which the emission of the final Packet UplinkAck/Nack message and the time during which the UL is in extended phasedelayed is not taken into account.Note 2 : In case of abnormal UL TBF releases,the counter stops at the time when the RRM layer has received the last UL LLCPDU.Note 3 : The case the UL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection ismanaged as an abnormal UL TBF release.The time is provided in seconds withone significant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).The UL TBFs stillestablished at the expiration of the granularity period are not taken into accountin the cumulated value. They are taken into account only when the UL TBFs arereleased. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very long" TBF, this may leadto a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated) cumulated value.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1055 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.4 P129d - CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EGPRS_NACK
Long Name CUMULATED_ACTIVE_UL_CONNECTED_TIME_EGPRS_NACK
Definition Cumulated time duration of all active UL TBFs established in EGPRS mode andRLC unacknowledged mode.Note: An active UL TBF connection is an UL TBFnot in extended phase.
Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all UL TBFs establishedin EGPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode in the cell over the granularityperiod.Note1 : The time during which the emission of the final Packet UplinkAck/Nack message and the time during which the UL is in extended phasedelayed is not taken into account.Note 2 :In case of abnormal UL TBF releases,the counter stops at the time when the RRM layer has received the last UL LLCPDU. Note 3 :The case the UL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection ismanaged as an abnormal UL TBF release.The time is provided in seconds withone significant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).The UL TBFs stillestablished at the expiration of the granularity period are not taken into accountin the cumulated value. They are taken into account only when the UL TBFs arereleased. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very long" TBF, this may leadto a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated) cumulated value.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1056 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.5 P410 -CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED_AND_OPTIMAL_UL_ALLOCATION
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED_AND_OPTIMAL_UL_ALLOCATION
Definition Cumulated time during which uplink TBFs are granted the maximum numberof PDCHs they need and the corresponding MSs are engaged in uplink-biasedtransfers.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by the duration during which all uplink TBFs of a cellwhich serve an uplink-biased transfer are granted as many timeslots as needed.The results are cumulated over the granularity period.When determining thenumber of timeslots needed by the mobile station for the UL TBF, the MFS takesinto account:i) The MS multislot class. The GPRS or EGPRS multislot class isused depending on the UL TBF establishment mode (in GPRS mode or EGPRSmode).ii) The bias of the transfer. For instance, for an MS belonging to multislotclass 6, for which the transfer is deemed uplink-biased, the requested number oftimeslots in uplink is 2 and not 1. iii) The value of the "traffic type" (signalling ordata) of this MS. If the traffic type is signalling, only one PDCH is required.However,the "optimality" may change during the life of the TBF, due to change in the traffictype from signalling to data.In case of abnormal UL TBF releases, the counterstops at the time when the RRM layer has received the last UL LLC PDU. Thecase the UL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as anabnormal UL TBF release.The time is provided in seconds with one significantvalue after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).The optimal UL biaised TBFs stillestablished at the expiration of the granularity period are not taken into accountin the cumulated value. They are taken into account only when the UL TBFs arereleased. In case of traffic profile including a lot of "very long" TBF, this may leadto a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated) cumulated value.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment - when the traffic type changes from "signalling" to "data", the optimality isre-assessed. - Once the traffic type is set to data, it can not be changed tosignalling, whatever the T-bit value.
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1057 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.6 P412 - CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED_UL_TBF
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED_UL_TBF
Definition Cumulated time during which MSs are engaged in uplink-biased transfers andthere is an UL TBF serving the MS.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by the duration during which MSs are deemed in anuplink-biased transfer. Only the time during which there is an UL TBF serving theMS is taken into account.In case of abnormal UL TBF releases, the counter stopsat the time when the RRM layer has received the last UL LLC PDU. The case theUL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as an abnormal ULTBF release.The time is provided in seconds with one significant value after thecomma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).The UL TBFs still established at the expiration ofthe granularity period are not taken into account in the cumulated value. They aretaken into account only when the UL TBFs are released. In case of traffic profileincluding a lot of "very long" TBF, this may lead to a temporary under-estimated(then over-estimated) cumulated value.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1058 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.7 P420 - CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED
Long Name CUMULATED_TIME_UL_BIASED
Definition Cumulated time during which MSs are engaged in uplink-biased transfers.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by the duration during which MSs are deemed inan uplink-biased transfer.When an MS context is created :If it is uplink-biased,then the timer is started for that MS. When the bias changes to downlink, thenthe timer is stopped. When it changes back to uplink, the timer is restarted.If itis downlink-biased, then the timer is started for that MS when the bias changesto uplink. When it changes back to downlink, then the timer is stopped.Whenthe session ends, the timer for the MS is cumulated to P420.Note that when theMS context is deemed uplink-biased and T3192 is running, even if there is noon-going TBF, that duration shall be taken into account in this timer.In case theMS has no on-going UL TBF and an abnormal DL TBF release is detected duringactive phase (i.e. not delayed phase), the counter stops for the given MS:- at thetime when the RRM layer has received the acknowledgment of the last DL LLCPDU (in case of RLC acknowledged mode), or,- at the time when the RRM layerhas sent the last DL LLC PDU to the RLC layer (in case of RLC unacknowledgedmode).In case the MS has no on-going UL TBF and an abnormal DL TBF releaseis detected during delayed phase, the counter stops for the given MS at the timewhen the RRM layer has been informed that the DL TBF has entered the delayedphase.In case the MS has no on-going DL TBF and an abnormal UL TBF releaseis detected, the counter stops for the given MS at the time when the RRM layerhas received the last UL LLC PDU.The case the DL TBF is released due to aNC cell reselection is managed as an abnormal DL TBF release. Similarly, thecase the UL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection is managed as anabnormal UL TBF release.The time is provided in seconds with one significantvalue after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).The MSs still UL biaised at theexpiration of the granularity period are not taken into account in the cumulatedvalue. They are taken into account only when the biais change to DL. In case oftraffic profile including a lot of "very long" TBF with no bias changes, this may leadto a temporary under-estimated (then over-estimated) cumulated value.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1059 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.8 P453a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_1
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_1
Definition First cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.It contains :1) numberof UL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 1Duration band1 is defined by : PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_0<= duration <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_0 = 0 sec.
Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1060 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.9 P453a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_10
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_10
Definition Tenth cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.It contains :1) numberof UL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 10Duration band10 is defined by : PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9<= duration <PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10 = 16384
Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of theTBF is taken into account.Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c,P129d.Whenever a TBF duration exceeds PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_10,then it is not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1061 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.10 P453a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_2
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_2
Definition Second cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.It contains :1) number ofUL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 2Duration band 2 is defined by :PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2
Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1062 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.11 P453a_3 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_3
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_3
Definition Third cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.It contains :1) number of ULTBFs whose duration is in duration band 3Duration band 3 is defined by :PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3
Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1063 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.12 P453a_4 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_4
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_4
Definition Fourth cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.It contains :1) number ofUL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 4Duration band 4 is defined by :PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4
Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1064 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.13 P453a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_5
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_5
Definition Fifth cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.It contains :1) number of ULTBFs whose duration is in duration band 5Duration band 5 is defined by :PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5
Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1065 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.14 P453a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_6
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_6
Definition Sixth cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.It contains :1) number of ULTBFs whose duration is in duration band 6Duration band 6 is defined by :PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6
Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1066 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.15 P453a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_7
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_7
Definition Seventh cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.It contains :1) number ofUL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 7Duration band 7 is defined by :PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7
Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1067 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.16 P453a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_8
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_8
Definition Eighth cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.It contains :1) number ofUL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 8Duration band 8 is defined by :PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8
Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1068 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.17 P453a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_9
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_DURATION_9
Definition Nineth cell of the distribution on UL TBF duration.It contains :1) number ofUL TBFs whose duration is in duration band 9Duration band 9 is defined by :PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8<= duration < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9
Trigger Condition UL TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and in RLCunacknowledged mode are taken into account. Only the active phase of the TBFis taken into account.Duration is measured as for P129a, P129b, P129c, P129d.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1069 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.8.1.18 P461 - CUMULATED_ACT_EXT_UL_CONNECTION_TIME
Long Name CUMULATED_ACT_EXT_UL_CONNECTION_TIME
Definition Cumulated overall time of UL TBF connections (in active state or extended phase).
Trigger Condition The counter measures the cumulated time duration of all UL TBFs connections inactive or extended phase in the cell over the granularity period.The counter starts:For a given UL TBF, at the establishment of the UL TBF in (E)GPRS mode (thefirst UL RLC data block has been received).The counter stops : For a given ULTBF, at the release of the UL TBF in (E)GPRS mode.Note : This counter appliesto both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs and to both acknowledge or unacknowledgemode.Note1 : The time during which the emission of the final Packet UplinkAck/Nack message is delayed and the time during which the UL is in extendedphase are taken into account.Note 2 :In case of abnormal UL TBF releases, thecounter stops at the time when the RRM layer has received the last UL LLCPDU. Note 3 :The case the UL TBF is released due to a NC cell reselection ismanaged as an abnormal UL TBF release.The time is provided in seconds withone significant value after the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF duration
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1070 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.9 UL TBF LLC volume
24.2.4.9.1 N/A
24.2.4.9.1.1 P454a_1 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_1
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_1
Definition First cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.It contains :1) number of ULTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 1.LLCvolume band 1 is defined by : PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_0<= LLC volume <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_0 = 0 byte
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P44.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1071 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.9.1.2 P454a_10 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_10
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_10
Definition Tenth cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.It contains :1) number of ULTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 10.LLCvolume band 10 is defined by : PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9<= LLC volume< PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10 = 100 000000 bytes
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P44.Whenever aTBF volume exceeds PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_10, then it is not taken intoaccount.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1072 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.9.1.3 P454a_2 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_2
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_2
Definition Second cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.It contains :1) number of ULTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 2.LLCvolume band 2 is defined by : PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1<= LLC volume <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P44.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1073 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.9.1.4 P454a_5 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_5
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_5
Definition Fifth cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.It contains :1) number of ULTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 5.LLCvolume band 5 is defined by : PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4<= LLC volume <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P44.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1074 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.9.1.5 P454a_6 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_6
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_6
Definition Sixth cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.It contains :1) number of ULTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 6.LLCvolume band 1 is defined by : PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5<= LLC volume <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P44.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1075 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.9.1.6 P454a_7 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_7
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_7
Definition Seventh cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.It contains :1) number of ULTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 7.LLCvolume band 7 is defined by : PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6<= LLC volume <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P44.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1076 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.9.1.7 P454a_8 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_8
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_8
Definition Eighth cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.It contains :1) number of ULTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 81.LLCvolume band 8 is defined by : PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7<= LLC volume <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P44.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1077 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.2.4.9.1.8 P454a_9 - DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_9
Long Name DISTRIB_UL_TBF_VOLUME_9
Definition Ninth cell of the distribution on volume of UL TBF.It contains :1) number of ULTBFs whose LLC volume (in RLC ack mode only) is in LLC volume band 9.LLCvolume band 9 is defined by : PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8<= LLC volume <PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9
Trigger Condition TBF in GPRS and EGPRS mode, in RLC acknowledged and RLC unacknowledgedmode are taken into account.The volume is calculated as in P44.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL TBF LLC volume
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object DistCell
External Comment –
1078 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3 Traffic load
24.3.1 Ater interface
24.3.1.1 GCH
24.3.1.1.1 N/A
24.3.1.1.1.1 P103 - NB_ERROR_UL_GCH_FRAME
Long Name NB_ERROR_UL_GCH_FRAME
Definition Number of GCH frames badly received by the MFS (due to a bad CRC).
Trigger Condition Whenever the EGCH layer detects that a GCH frame has not been correctlydecoded in the MFS (due a bad CRC).
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 GCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1079 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.1.2 LapD
24.3.1.2.1 N/A
24.3.1.2.1.1 P41 - NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_BSC
Long Name NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_BSC
Definition Number of kilo bytes sent to the BSC on the LapD link.
Trigger Condition For each message sent to the BSC on the LapD link, the counter is incrementedby the number of bytes of the message. The result is expressed in kilo bytes.
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 LapD
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LapD
External Comment –
1080 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.1.2.1.2 P42 - NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_BSC
Long Name NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_BSC
Definition Number of kilo bytes received from the BSC on the LapD link.
Trigger Condition For each message received from the BSC on the LapD link, the counter isincremented by the number of bytes of the message. The result is expressedin kilo bytes.
Sub Domain 1 Ater interface
Sub Domain 2 LapD
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LapD
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1081 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.2 Gb interface
24.3.2.1 BVC (Cell)
24.3.2.1.1 N/A
24.3.2.1.1.1 P43 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES
Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES
Definition Number of DL LLC bytes received from the SGSN at BSSGP level per cell.
Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives a DL 08.18 UNITDATA from the SGSN to transmit tothe cell, the counter is incremented by the number of bytes of the LLC PDU(s).
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 BVC (Cell)
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1082 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.2.1.1.2 P44 - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES
Long Name NB_UL_LLC_BYTES
Definition Number of UL LLC bytes received from the MS at BSSGP (08.18) sublayer per cell.
Trigger Condition Whenever the BSSGP sublayer receives an UL 08.18 UNITDATA from theMAC/RLC sublayer to transmit to the SGSN, the counter is incremented by thenumber of bytes of the LLC PDU(s).
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 BVC (Cell)
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1083 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.2.2 PVC
24.3.2.2.1 N/A
24.3.2.2.1.1 P45 - NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_SGSN
Long Name NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_SGSN
Definition Number of kilo bytes received from the SGSN at SNS sublayer.
Trigger Condition For each message received from the SGSN, the counter is incremented by thenumber of bytes of the message. The result is expressed in kilo bytes.
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 PVC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object PVC
External Comment –
1084 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.2.2.1.2 P46 - NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_SGSN
Long Name NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_SGSN
Definition Number of kilo bytes sent to the SGSN.
Trigger Condition For each message sent to the SGSN, the counter is incremented by the number ofbytes of the message. The result is expressed in kilo bytes.
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 PVC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object PVC
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1085 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.2.3 SGSN_IP_NSVC
24.3.2.3.1 N/A
24.3.2.3.1.1 P45a - NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_SGSN_GBIP
Long Name NB_KBYTES_RECEIVED_FROM_SGSN_GBIP
Definition Number of kilo bytes received from the SGSN at SNS sublayer.
Trigger Condition For each message received from the SGSN, the counter is incremented by thenumber of bytes of the message. The result is expressed in kilo bytes.
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 SGSN_IP_NSVC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object SGSN_IP_NSVC
External Comment –
1086 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.2.3.1.2 P46a - NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_SGSN_GBIP
Long Name NB_KBYTES_SENT_TO_SGSN_GBIP
Definition Number of kilo bytes sent to the SGSN.
Trigger Condition For each message sent to the SGSN, the counter is incremented by the number ofbytes of the message. The result is expressed in kilo bytes.
Sub Domain 1 Gb interface
Sub Domain 2 SGSN_IP_NSVC
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object SGSN_IP_NSVC
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1087 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3 Radio interface
24.3.3.1 AGCH
24.3.3.1.1 N/A
24.3.3.1.1.1 P49 - NB_IMM_ASS_AGCH
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_AGCH
Definition Number of (BSCGP) IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT sent to the MS (through the BSCwhich manages the AGCH resource)- for an UL TBF establisment,- for a DL TBFestablishment when the MS is in non-DRX mode,- for the allocation of an ULblock.This counter gives an indication of the AGCH load used for GPRS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a (BSCGP) IMMEDIATE_ASSIGNMENT is sent to the MS on AGCH.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 AGCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1088 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.2 DL LLC data flow
24.3.3.2.1 N/A
24.3.3.2.1.1 P10 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_DISC_CONG
Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_DISC_CONG
Definition Number of DL LLC bytes discarded due to congestion.
Trigger Condition 1) Whenever the PDU life time of a DL LLC PDU expires, the counter isincremented by the number of bytes of the LLC PDU.2) Whenever the MFSreceives a DL LLC PDU and the buffer in reception on the Gb interface is full, thecounter is incremented by the number of bytes of the LLC PDU to discard.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1089 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.2.1.2 P43a - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_ACK
Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_ACK
Definition Number of DL LLC bytes that have been transmitted and acknowledged by theRLC layer on DL TBFs established in GPRS mode and RLC acknowledged mode.
Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer is informed that an DL LLC PDU has been correctlyreceived by the MS on a DL TBF established in GPRS mode and RLCacknowledged mode, the counter is incremented by the number of bytes of thecorresponding DL LLC PDU.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1090 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.2.1.3 P43b - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_NACK
Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_NACK
Definition Number of DL LLC bytes that have been transmitted by the RLC layer on DL TBFsestablished in GPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode.
Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer is informed that an DL LLC PDU has been correctlytransmitted to the MS on a DL TBF established in GPRS mode and RLCunacknowledged mode, the counter is incremented by the number of bytes of thecorresponding DL LLC PDU.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1091 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.2.1.4 P43c - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_ACK
Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_ACK
Definition Number of DL LLC bytes that have been transmitted and acknowledged by the RLClayer on DL TBFs established in EGPRS mode and RLC acknowledged mode.
Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer is informed that an DL LLC PDU has been correctlyreceived by the MS on a DL TBF established in EGPRS mode and RLCacknowledged mode, the counter is incremented by the number of bytes of thecorresponding DL LLC PDU.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1092 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.2.1.5 P43d - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_NACK
Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_NACK
Definition Number of DL LLC bytes that have been transmitted by the RLC layer on DL TBFsestablished in EGPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode.
Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer is informed that a DL LLC PDU has been correctlytransmitted to the MS on a DL TBF established in GPRS mode and RLCunacknowledged mode, the counter is incremented by the number of bytes of thecorresponding DL LLC PDU.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1093 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.2.1.6 P74 - NB_DL_PDU_TRANSMITTED
Long Name NB_DL_PDU_TRANSMITTED
Definition Number of DL LLC PDUs transmitted to the RLC layer
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever a DL LLC PDU is transmitted to PTU.Note:An DL LLC PDU may have been transmitted to the RLC layer and then may bediscarded by the RRM layer (e.g. when a transmission problem is encountered onthe radio interface) without having been sent on the radio interface.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1094 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.2.1.7 P95 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_REROUTED
Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_REROUTED
Definition Number of DL LLC bytes rerouted (i.e. sent) from cell to another one.
Trigger Condition Flush message received in the serving cell with rerouting conditions fulfilled.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1095 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.2.1.8 P96 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_NOT_REROUTED
Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_NOT_REROUTED
Definition Number of DL LLC bytes discarded during a cell change.
Trigger Condition Flush message received in the serving cell with rerouting conditions not fulfilled.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1096 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.2.1.9 P97 - NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_REROUTED_RECEIVED
Long Name NB_DL_LLC_BYTES_REROUTED_RECEIVED
Definition Number of DL LLC bytes rerouted (i.e. received) from another cell.
Trigger Condition Receipt of rerouted data from another cell.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1097 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.2.1.10 P99 - NB_LLC_BYTES_DISC_SUSPEND
Long Name NB_LLC_BYTES_DISC_SUSPEND
Definition Number of LLC bytes discarded due to the suspend procedure.
Trigger Condition Suspend message received from BSC while DL PDUs are stored by RRM for thismobile. Queued PDUs or incoming PDUs received until suspend ack receptionfrom SGSN are deleted. The counter is expressed in "bytes".
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1098 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.3 DL PACCH
24.3.3.3.1 N/A
24.3.3.3.1.1 P438b - SIG_BLKS_NC2_DL_PACCH_PTM_LOAD
Long Name SIG_BLKS_NC2_DL_PACCH_PTM_LOAD
Definition Number of DL RLC control blocks sent on PACCH/D for MS in packet transfermode and used to carry NC2 signalling messages.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the MFS sends a DL RLC control block onPACCH/D due to the NC2 mode of operation for MS in packet transfer mode.Therefore, this counter shall count the following downlink messages:- PacketMeasurement Order- Packet Cell Change Order.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL PACCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1099 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.3.1.2 P457 - NB_PSI_MES
Long Name NB_PSI_MES
Definition Signalling load induced in the cell by the procedure of broadcast of (P)SI messages
Trigger Condition Number of RLC blocks used :1) To broadcast a PSI message for Packet PSIStatus feature2) To send a PACKET SERVING CELL DATA message for PacketSI Status feature.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL PACCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1100 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.3.1.3 P459 - NB_NEIGH_PSI_MES
Long Name NB_NEIGH_PSI_MES
Definition Signalling load induced in the cell by the procedure of broadcast of neighbour(P)SI messages
Trigger Condition Whenever a RLC block sent to the MS contains a PACKET NEIGHBOUR CELLDATA message for NACC feature.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL PACCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1101 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.3.1.4 P59 - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PACCH
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PACCH
Definition Number of DL RLC blocks sent on PACCH (excluding the dummy blocks). Theretransmitted blocks are counted.
Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS sends a DL RLC Block (different from a dummy block) onPACCH (RLC/MAC control messages).Note : PSCD/PNCD blocks are not takeninto account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL PACCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1102 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4 DL RLC data flow
24.3.3.4.1 N/A
24.3.3.4.1.1 P20a - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS1
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS1
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC blocks (except RLC blocks containingLLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in CS-1 retransmitted dueto unacknowledgement of the MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emissionwindow) on PDTCH encoded in CS-1 is retransmitted to the MS. Theretransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the emissionwindow are not counted (these blocks may be re-transmitted at the end of aTBF to speed up the release).In unacknowledged mode, P20a is equal to 0 (noretransmission). Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commandsonly and that can be inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF arenot taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1103 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.2 P20b - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS2
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS2
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC blocks (except RLC blocks containingLLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in CS-2 retransmitted dueto unacknowledgement of the MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emissionwindow) on PDTCH encoded in CS-2 is retransmitted to the MS. Theretransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the emissionwindow are not counted (these blocks may be re-transmitted at the end of a TBFto speed up the release).In unacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (noretransmission). Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commandsonly and that can be inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF arenot taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1104 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.3 P20c - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS3
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS3
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC blocks (except RLC blocks containingLLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in CS-3 retransmitted dueto unacknowledgement of the MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emissionwindow) on PDTCH encoded in CS-3 is retransmitted to the MS. Theretransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the transmitwindow are not counted (these blocks may be re-transmitted at the end of aTBF to speed up the release).In unacknowledged mode, P20c is equal to 0 (noretransmission).Note 1: This counter does not count the blocks re-transmitted atthe end of a TBF to speed up the release or when the RLC transmit window isstalled.Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blocks containing LLC DummyUI Commands that can be inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1105 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.4 P20d - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS4
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS4
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC blocks (except RLC blocks containingLLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in CS-4 retransmitted dueto unacknowledgement of the MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emissionwindow) on PDTCH encoded in CS-4 is retransmitted to the MS. Theretransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING status within the transmitwindow are not counted (these blocks may be re-transmitted at the end of aTBF to speed up the release).In unacknowledged mode, P20d is equal to 0 (noretransmission).Note 1: This counter does not count the blocks re-transmitted atthe end of a TBF to speed up the release or when the RLC transmit window isstalled.Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blocks containing LLC DummyUI Commands that can be inserted by RLC to delay the release of the DL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1106 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.5 P20f - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS1
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS1
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-1retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emissionwindow) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-1 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter isincremented .The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING statuswithin the transmit window are not counted. In unacknowledged mode, the counteris equal to 0 (no retransmission).Note 1: This counter does not count the RLCblocks re-transmitted at the end of a TBF to speed up the releaseor when the RLCtransmit window is stalled.Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands that can be inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1107 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.6 P20g - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS2
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS2
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-2retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emissionwindow) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-2 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter isincremented .The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING statuswithin the transmit window are not counted. In unacknowledged mode, the counteris equal to 0 (no retransmission).Note 1: This counter does not count the RLCblocks re-transmitted at the end of a TBF to speed up the releaseor when the RLCtransmit window is stalled.Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands that can be inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1108 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.7 P20h - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS3
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS3
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-3retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emissionwindow) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-3 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter isincremented .The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING statuswithin the transmit window are not counted. In unacknowledged mode, the counteris equal to 0 (no retransmission).Note 1: This counter does not count the RLCblocks re-transmitted at the end of a TBF to speed up the releaseor when the RLCtransmit window is stalled.Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands that can be inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1109 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.8 P20i - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS4
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS4
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-4retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emissionwindow) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-4 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter isincremented .The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING statuswithin the transmit window are not counted. In unacknowledged mode, the counteris equal to 0 (no retransmission).Note 1: This counter does not count the RLCblocks re-transmitted at the end of a TBF to speed up the releaseor when the RLCtransmit window is stalled.Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands that can be inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1110 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.9 P20j - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS5
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS5
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-5retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emissionwindow) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-5 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter isincremented .The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING statuswithin the transmit window are not counted. In unacknowledged mode, the counteris equal to 0 (no retransmission).Note 1: This counter does not count the RLCblocks re-transmitted at the end of a TBF to speed up the releaseor when the RLCtransmit window is stalled.Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands that can be inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1111 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.10 P20k - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS6
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS6
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-6retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emissionwindow) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-6 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter isincremented .The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING statuswithin the transmit window are not counted. In unacknowledged mode, the counteris equal to 0 (no retransmission).Note 1: This counter does not count the RLCblocks re-transmitted at the end of a TBF to speed up the releaseor when the RLCtransmit window is stalled.Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands that can be inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1112 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.11 P20l - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS7
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS7
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-7retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emissionwindow) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-7 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter isincremented .The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING statuswithin the transmit window are not counted. In unacknowledged mode, the counteris equal to 0 (no retransmission).Note 1: This counter does not count the RLCblocks re-transmitted at the end of a TBF to speed up the releaseor when the RLCtransmit window is stalled.Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands that can be inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1113 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.12 P20m - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS8
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS8
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-8retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emissionwindow) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-8 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter isincremented .The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING statuswithin the transmit window are not counted. In unacknowledged mode, the counteris equal to 0 (no retransmission).Note 1: This counter does not count the RLCblocks re-transmitted at the end of a TBF to speed up the releaseor when the RLCtransmit window is stalled.Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands that can be inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1114 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.13 P20n - NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS9
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS9
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data blocks (except RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-9retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK (in NACK state within the emissionwindow) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-9 is retransmitted to the MS, the counter isincremented .The retransmissions of DL RLC DATA blocks in PENDING statuswithin the transmit window are not counted. In unacknowledged mode, the counteris equal to 0 (no retransmission).Note 1: This counter does not count the RLCblocks re-transmitted at the end of a TBF to speed up the releaseor when the RLCtransmit window is stalled.Note 2: This counter does not count the RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands that can be inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1115 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.14 P350a - NB_DL_RADIO_BLOCK_PDTCH
Long Name NB_DL_RADIO_BLOCK_PDTCH
Definition Number of DL RLC/MAC data blocks sent on PDTCH. The retransmitted radioblocks are counted.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the MFS sends a DL RLC/MAC data blockon PDTCH. Note that the RLC/MAC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commandsare also counted.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1116 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.15 P421 - NB_DUMMY_RLC_DATA_BLOCKS
Long Name NB_DUMMY_RLC_DATA_BLOCKS
Definition Number of RLC data blocks containing only Dummy LLC UI Command PDUs thathave been sent on the radio interface.Note: This counter applies to both GPRSand EGPRS TBFs.
Trigger Condition Each time one RLC data block is sent, if this RLC data block contains onlyDummy LLC UI Command PDUs, this counter is incremented.Note that both initialtransmissions and retransmissions are counted.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1117 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.16 P55a - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS1
Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS1
Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in CS-1. The retransmitted blocks and RLC blocks containing LLCDummy UI Commands only are not counted.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-1 isacknowledged by the MS for the first time (previously in PENDING or UNACKstate within the emission window).Note that RLC blocks containing LLC DummyUI Commands only and that have been inserted by RLC to delay the release ofthe DL TBF are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1118 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.17 P55b - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS2
Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS2
Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in CS-2. The retransmitted blocks and RLC blocks containing LLCDummy UI Commands only are not counted.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-2 isacknowledged by the MS for the first time (previously in PENDING or UNACKstate within the emission window).Note that RLC blocks containing LLC DummyUI Commands only and that have been inserted by RLC to delay the release ofthe DL TBF are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1119 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.18 P55c - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS3
Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS3
Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in CS-3. The retransmitted blocks and RLC blocks containing LLCDummy UI Commands only are not counted.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-3 isacknowledged by the MS for the first time (previously in PENDING or UNACKstate within the emission window).Note that RLC blocks containing LLC DummyUI Commands only and that have been inserted by RLC to delay the release ofthe DL TBF are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1120 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.19 P55d - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS4
Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS4
Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in CS-4. The retransmitted blocks and RLC blocks containing LLCDummy UI Commands only are not counted.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-4 isacknowledged by the MS for the first time (previously in PENDING or UNACKstate within the emission window).Note that RLC blocks containing LLC DummyUI Commands only and that have been inserted by RLC to delay the release ofthe DL TBF are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1121 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.20 P55e - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS1
Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS1
Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-1.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-1 isacknowledged by the MS for the first time.If a DL RLC data block needs to bere-transmitted using a more robust MCS, the counter is incremented on receipt ofthe first acknowledgement of the corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In thiscase, only the counter corresponding to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) isincremented.Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are countedand these blocks are counted only once.Note that RLC blocks containing LLCDummy UI Commands only and that have been inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1122 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.21 P55f - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS2
Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS2
Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-2.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-2 isacknowledged by the MS for the first time.If a DL RLC data block needs to bere-transmitted using a more robust MCS, the counter is incremented on receipt ofthe first acknowledgement of the corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In thiscase, only the counter corresponding to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) isincremented.Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are countedand these blocks are counted only once.Note that RLC blocks containing LLCDummy UI Commands only and that have been inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1123 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.22 P55g - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS3
Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS3
Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-3.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-3 isacknowledged by the MS for the first time.If a DL RLC data block needs to bere-transmitted using a more robust MCS, the counter is incremented on receipt ofthe first acknowledgement of the corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In thiscase, only the counter corresponding to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) isincremented.Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are countedand these blocks are counted only once.Note that RLC blocks containing LLCDummy UI Commands only and that have been inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1124 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.23 P55h - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS4
Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS4
Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-4
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-4 isacknowledged by the MS for the first time.If a DL RLC data block needs to bere-transmitted using a more robust MCS, the counter is incremented on receipt ofthe first acknowledgement of the corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In thiscase, only the counter corresponding to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) isincremented.Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are countedand these blocks are counted only once.Note that RLC blocks containing LLCDummy UI Commands only and that have been inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1125 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.24 P55i - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS5
Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS5
Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-5.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-5 isacknowledged by the MS for the first time.If a DL RLC data block needs to bere-transmitted using a more robust MCS, the counter is incremented on receipt ofthe first acknowledgement of the corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In thiscase, only the counter corresponding to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) isincremented.Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are countedand these blocks are counted only once.Note that RLC blocks containing LLCDummy UI Commands only and that have been inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1126 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.25 P55j - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS6
Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS6
Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-6
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-6 isacknowledged by the MS for the first time.If a DL RLC data block needs to bere-transmitted using a more robust MCS, the counter is incremented on receipt ofthe first acknowledgement of the corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In thiscase, only the counter corresponding to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) isincremented.Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are countedand these blocks are counted only once.Note that RLC blocks containing LLCDummy UI Commands only and that have been inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1127 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.26 P55k - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS7
Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS7
Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-7.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-7 isacknowledged by the MS for the first time.If a DL RLC data block needs to bere-transmitted using a more robust MCS, the counter is incremented on receipt ofthe first acknowledgement of the corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In thiscase, only the counter corresponding to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) isincremented.Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are countedand these blocks are counted only once.Note that RLC blocks containing LLCDummy UI Commands only and that have been inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1128 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.27 P55l - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS8
Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS8
Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-8.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-8 isacknowledged by the MS for the first time.If a DL RLC data block needs to bere-transmitted using a more robust MCS, the counter is incremented on receipt ofthe first acknowledgement of the corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In thiscase, only the counter corresponding to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) isincremented.Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are countedand these blocks are counted only once.Note that RLC blocks containing LLCDummy UI Commands only and that have been inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1129 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.28 P55m - NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS9
Long Name NB_USEFUL_DL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS9
Definition Number of useful DL RLC blocks sent in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-9.
Trigger Condition Whenever a DL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-9 isacknowledged by the MS for the first time.If a DL RLC data block needs to bere-transmitted using a more robust MCS, the counter is incremented on receipt ofthe first acknowledgement of the corresponding re-transmitted block(s). In thiscase, only the counter corresponding to the MCS of the re-transmitted block(s) isincremented.Only the blocks successfully acknowledged by the MS are countedand these blocks are counted only once.Note that RLC blocks containing LLCDummy UI Commands only and that have been inserted by RLC to delay therelease of the DL TBF are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1130 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.29 P72c - NB_DL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_CS
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_CS
Definition In unacknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data bytes (except RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in CS-x (with x= 1 to 4) that are lost.
Trigger Condition In unacknowledged mode, the counter is incremented at reception of 04.60PACKET DL ACK/NACK by the number of DL RLC data bytes of the DL 04.60 RLCDATA BLOCK sent on PDTCH (encoded in CS-x with x = 1 to 4) since the previous04.60 PACKET DL ACK/NACK that are unacknowledged (NACK status in the RBBbitmap).In acknowledged mode, the value of the counter is equal to 0.Note thatRLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only are not taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1131 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.4.1.30 P72d - NB_DL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_MCS
Long Name NB_DL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_MCS
Definition In unacknowledged mode, number of DL RLC data bytes (except RLC blockscontaining LLC Dummy UI Commands only) on PDTCH encoded in MCS-x (with x= 1 to 9) that are lost.
Trigger Condition In unacknowledged mode, the counter is incremented at reception of 04.60EGPRS PACKET DL ACK/NACK by the number of DL RLC data bytes of the DL04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK sent on PDTCH (encoded in MCS-x with x = 1 to 9) sincethe previous 04.60 EGPRS PACKET DL ACK/NACK that are unacknowledged(NACK status in the RBB bitmap).In acknowledged mode, the value of the counteris equal to 0.Note that RLC blocks containing LLC Dummy UI Commands only arenot taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 DL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1132 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.5 GPU load
24.3.3.5.1 N/A
24.3.3.5.1.1 P104 - NB_LLC_PDU_GPU
Long Name NB_LLC_PDU_GPU
Definition Number of LLC PDU transferred (UL+ DL), Sum of P74 and P75 (cell counters) foreach cells mapped on GPU.
Trigger Condition –
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 GPU load
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1133 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.5.1.2 P201 - TIME_PTU_CPU_DSP_LOAD
Long Name TIME_PTU_CPU_DSP_LOAD
Definition This counter cumulates the time during which at least a DSP is in CPU load state.
Trigger Condition During the granularity period, the cumulated time during which at least a DSP isloaded is computed.The time is provided in seconds with one significant valueafter the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10). Note :A DSP is said loaded when itsCPU load is > =DSP_LOAD_THR1 and < DSP_LOAD_THR2.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 GPU load
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
1134 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.5.1.3 P202 - TIME_PTU_CPU_DSP_OVERLOAD
Long Name TIME_PTU_CPU_DSP_OVERLOAD
Definition This counter cumulates the time during which at least a DSP is in CPU overloadstate.
Trigger Condition During the granularity period, the cumulated time during which at least a DSP isoverloaded is computed.The time is provided in seconds with one significant valueafter the comma (i.e. ROUND(10x) / 10).Note : A DSP is said overloaded whenits CPU load is > =DSP_LOAD_THR2.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 GPU load
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1135 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.5.1.4 P384 - Time_DSP_Cong
Long Name Time_DSP_Cong
Definition DSP congestion duration (in seconds).
Trigger Condition The counter is started when a DSP of a GPU enters the congestion statebecause one of the following conditions is met:i) the maximum number ofGCHs that can be handled by a DSP is reached (MAX_GCH_DSP value -N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU value) ,ii) the maximum number of TRXs that can behandled by a DSP is reached (MAX_TRX_DSP value) ,iii) the maximum numberof TBFs that can be handled by a DSP is reached (MAX_TBF_DSP value),iv) the maximum number of PDCHs that can be handled by a DSP is reached(MAX_PDCH_DSP value) ,v) the percentage of RLC memory resources usedwithin a DSP does not allow to serve new TBF (on this DSP) (current DSP memorycongestion state is different from NO_CONGESTION).The counter is stopped:when all the DSP have left the congestion state.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 GPU load
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
1136 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.5.1.5 P391a - NB_PS_PAGING_REQ_GPU
Long Name NB_PS_PAGING_REQ_GPU
Definition Number of PS paging requests processed by the GPU.
Trigger Condition Whenever a PS paging request is received from the SGSN.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 GPU load
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1137 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.5.1.6 P391b - NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_GPU
Long Name NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_GPU
Definition Number of CS paging requests processed by the GPU.
Trigger Condition Whenever a CS paging request is received from the SGSN.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 GPU load
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
1138 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.5.1.7 P392a - AV_NB_MS_CONTEXTS
Long Name AV_NB_MS_CONTEXTS
Definition Average number of contexts of MS (in RRM) observed during the granularityperiod.
Trigger Condition The number of contexts of MS (in RRM) is observed at each GAUGE polling value.At the end of the granularity period, the value is averaged.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 GPU load
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1139 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.5.1.8 P392b - MAX_NB_MS_CONTEXTS
Long Name MAX_NB_MS_CONTEXTS
Definition Maximum number of active contexts of MS (in RRM) observed during thegranularity period.
Trigger Condition Tide mark of counter P392a.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 GPU load
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
1140 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.5.1.9 P402 - TIME_PMU_OVERLOAD
Long Name TIME_PMU_OVERLOAD
Definition Cumulative time during which the GPU stays in the PMU CPU overload state dueto PMU CPU power limitations.
Trigger Condition The counter is:- Starts when the GPU enters the PMU CPU overload state,i.e. when the PMU CPU power budget is strictly higher than the thresholdPMU_CPU_Overload.- Stops when the GPU leaves the PMU CPU overloadstate, i.e. when the PMU CPU power budget is below or equal to the thresholdPMU_CPU_Overload
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 GPU load
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1141 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.5.1.10 P413 - NB_GPRS_SESSIONS
Long Name NB_GPRS_SESSIONS
Definition Number of (E)GPRS sessions. A session corresponds to a mobile station and theBSS exchanging packet data using downlink TBFs, uplink TBFs or both. There isalways at least one TBF active across the whole duration of a session or T3192 isrunning.
Trigger Condition A (E)GPRS session starts when for one mobile station, there was no on-goingTBF and one TBF is established. It ends when for that mobile station, there wasone (or two) on-going TBF(s) and one (or both) is (are) released and T3192 is nolonger running. During a session, TBFs may be established and released in bothdirections provided there is always at least one direction for which there is anon-going TBF or T3192 is running.The detailed triggers are described below:1) ifan MS has got no TBF established and a DL or UL TBF is established then thesession starts when the first RLC data block is sent or received on that TBF;2)in case an MS has got an UL TBF only, the current session ends when thelast UL RLC data block is received (and no retransmission is required in RLCacknowledged mode);3) in case an MS has got a DL TBF only, the current sessionends when the final (EGPRS) PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK is received and noretransmission is required in RLC acknowledged mode, if T3192 is not started (i.e.T3192 = 0);4) in case an MS has got a DL TBF only, the final (EGPS) PACKETDOWNLINK ACK/NACK is received and no retransmission is required in RLCacknowledged mode, if T3192 is started, the session continues;5) in case an MShas got a DL (resp UL) TBF on-going and an UL (resp DL) TBF is established,then the session continues;6) in case an MS has got both a DL and an UL TBFson-going and one of the TBFs gets released, then the session continues;7) in casean MS has got both a DL and an UL TBFs on-going and both TBFs are releasedat the same time, but the timer T3192 is started, then the session continues(otherwise if T3192=0, then the session ends);8) in case an MS has got no TBFestablished, T3192 is running and reaches its expiry value, the session ends.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 GPU load
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1142 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.5.1.11 P76a - AV_PMU_CPU_POWER_BUDGET
Long Name AV_PMU_CPU_POWER_BUDGET
Definition Average PMU CPU power budget observed during the granularity period.
Trigger Condition The counter is the average value of all the samples of the PMU CPU power budgetover the granularity period.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 GPU load
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1143 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.5.1.12 P77a - MAX_PMU_CPU_POWER_BUDGET
Long Name MAX_PMU_CPU_POWER_BUDGET
Definition Maximum value of the PMU CPU power budget observed during the granularityperiod.
Trigger Condition Tidemark of the counter P76a.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 GPU load
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
1144 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.6 Link control at RLC layer
24.3.3.6.1 N/A
24.3.3.6.1.1 P310a - NB_STALL_IND_MS_GPRS
Long Name NB_STALL_IND_MS_GPRS
Definition Number of stall indications from the MS for an GPRS uplink TBF.
Trigger Condition Detected transitions from SI=0 to SI=1 for an GPRS uplink TBF (stall indicationsfrom the MS).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1145 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.6.1.2 P310b - NB_STALL_IND_MS_EGPRS
Long Name NB_STALL_IND_MS_EGPRS
Definition Number of stall indications from MS for an EGPRS uplink TBF.
Trigger Condition Detected transitions from SI=0 to SI=1 for an EGPRS uplink TBF (stall indicationsfrom the MS).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1146 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.6.1.3 P310c - NB_STALL_STATE_GPRS_DL_TBF
Long Name NB_STALL_STATE_GPRS_DL_TBF
Definition Number of times the MFS RLC transmit window enters the stall state for a GPRSDL TBF.
Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS RLC transmit window enters the stall state for a GPRS DL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1147 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.6.1.4 P310d - NB_STALL_STATE_EGPRS_DL_TBF
Long Name NB_STALL_STATE_EGPRS_DL_TBF
Definition Number of times the MFS RLC transmit window enters the stall state for anEGPRS DL TBF.
Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS RLC transmit window enters the stall state for an EGPRSDL TBF.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1148 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.6.1.5 P335 - AV_DL_TX_EFF_GPRS
Long Name AV_DL_TX_EFF_GPRS
Definition Average TX_EFFICIENCY computed on DL TBFs established in GPRS mode.
Trigger Condition Each time TX_EFFICIENCY is tested on a DL TBF established in GPRS mode.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1149 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.6.1.6 P336 - AV_UL_TX_EFF_GPRS
Long Name AV_UL_TX_EFF_GPRS
Definition Average TX_EFFICIENCY computed on UL TBFs established in GPRS mode.
Trigger Condition Each time TX_EFFICIENCY is tested on an UL TBF established in GPRS mode.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1150 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.6.1.7 P351a - NB_DL_CS_ADAPT_INCREASE
Long Name NB_DL_CS_ADAPT_INCREASE
Definition Number of coding scheme adaptations from a given coding scheme to a lessrobust coding scheme in the downlink direction for GPRS TBFs.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the RLC layer triggers a change of codingscheme towards a less robust coding scheme in the downlink direction for aGPRS TBF.Note 1: This counter is never incremented when the data transfer isresumed while the DL TBF is in DL TBF delayed.Note 2: This counter does notapply to EGPRS TBFs.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1151 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.6.1.8 P351b - NB_DL_CS_ADAPT_DECREASE
Long Name NB_DL_CS_ADAPT_DECREASE
Definition Number of coding scheme adaptations from a given coding scheme to a morerobust coding scheme in the downlink direction for GPRS TBFs.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the RLC layer triggers a change of codingscheme towards a more robust coding scheme in the downlink direction (withthe exception below) for a GPRS TBF.Although the coding scheme may bechanged to become more robust, this counter is not incremented in the followingsituations:- When entering the delayed DL TBF release state to send Dummy UICommand,- When ordered by the RRM layer (e.g. in reallocation when old andnew TRX having different radio configuration),- When a consecutive lost of 04.60PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK messages is detected,- When the data transferis resumed while the DL TBF is in DL TBF delayed state.Note: This counter doesnot apply to EGPRS TBFs.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1152 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.6.1.9 P352a - NB_UL_CS_ADAPT_INCREASE
Long Name NB_UL_CS_ADAPT_INCREASE
Definition Number of coding scheme adaptations from a given coding scheme to a lessrobust coding scheme in the uplink direction for GPRS TBFs.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the RLC layer triggers a change of codingscheme towards a less robust coding scheme in the uplink direction for a GPRSTBF.Note: This counter does not apply to EGPRS TBFs.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1153 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.6.1.10 P352b - NB_UL_CS_ADAPT_DECREASE
Long Name NB_UL_CS_ADAPT_DECREASE
Definition Number of coding scheme adaptations from a given coding scheme to a morerobust coding scheme in the uplink direction for GPRS TBFs.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the RLC layer triggers a change of codingscheme towards a more robust coding scheme in the uplink direction for a GPRSTBF.Although the coding scheme may be changed to become more robust, thiscounter is not incremented in the following situations:- When ordered by theRRM layer (e.g. in reallocation when old and new TRX having different radioconfiguration),- When the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block ornothing from the MS a certain number of times.Note: This counter does not applyto EGPRS TBFs.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Link control at RLC layer
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1154 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.7 MS capability
24.3.3.7.1 N/A
24.3.3.7.1.1 P450a - NB_R97_R98_MS_CONTEXT_GPU
Long Name NB_R97_R98_MS_CONTEXT_GPU
Definition Number of MS contexts created for Releases 1997 or 1998 mobile stations.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is receivedfor a given MS context in the GPU and indicates that the MS is compliant to the3GPP standard Releases 1997 or 1998.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 MS capability
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1155 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.7.1.2 P450b - NB_GPRS_R99_MS_CONTEXT_GPU
Long Name NB_GPRS_R99_MS_CONTEXT_GPU
Definition Number of MS contexts created for non-EGPRS capable Release 1999 onwardsmobile stations.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is receivedfor a given MS context in the GPU and indicates that the MS is non-EGPRScapable and compliant to the 3GPP standard Release 1999 onwards.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 MS capability
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
1156 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.7.1.3 P450c - NB_EGPRS_R99_MS_CONTEXT_GPU
Long Name NB_EGPRS_R99_MS_CONTEXT_GPU
Definition Number of MS contexts created for EGPRS capable Release 1999 onwardsmobile stations.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is receivedfor a given MS context in the GPU and indicates that the MS is EGPRS capableand compliant to the 3GPP standard Release 1999 onwards.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 MS capability
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1157 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.7.1.4 P450d - NB_MS_CONTEXT_GPU
Long Name NB_MS_CONTEXT_GPU
Definition Number of MS contexts created.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS Radio Access Capability isreceived for a given MS context Note : This counter is incremented whatever theMS release or feature supported by the MS.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 MS capability
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
1158 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.7.1.5 P450e - NB_GERAN_FEATURE_PACK1_MS_CONTEXT_GPU
Long Name NB_GERAN_FEATURE_PACK1_MS_CONTEXT_GPU
Definition Number of MS contexts created for MS supporting the Geran feature package 1.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability isreceived for a given MS context and indicates that the MS supports the Geranfeature package 1.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 MS capability
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1159 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.7.1.6 P530a_1 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_0_TO_10
Long Name NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_0_TO_10
Definition Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class belongs to the set ofmultislot classes 0 to 10.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability isreceived for a given MS context and indicates that the MS multislot class belongsto the set of multislot classes 0 to 10.Note :- In the MS Radio Access Capabilityparameter, only the GPRS multislot class, EGPRS multislot class , and HighMultislot Capability fields are taken into account if available.-If several multislotclass are available for the same MS (e-g GPRS MS class, EDGE MS class), thenonly one will be taken into consideration to increment the proper counter, basedon the following priorities in decreasing order:0-> EGPRS high multislot class,1->EGPRS multislot class,2-> GPRS high multislot class,3-> GPRS multislot class.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 MS capability
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
1160 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.7.1.7 P530a_2 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_11_TO_12
Long Name NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_11_TO_12
Definition Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class belongs to the setof multislot classes 11 to 12.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability isreceived for a given MS context and indicates that the MS multislot class belongsto the set of multislot classes 11 to 12.Note :- In the MS Radio Access Capabilityparameter, only the GPRS multislot class, EGPRS multislot class , and HighMultislot Capability fields are taken into account if available.-If several multislotclass are available for the same MS (e-g GPRS MS class, EDGE MS class), thenonly one will be taken into consideration to increment the proper counter, basedon the following priorities in decreasing order:0-> EGPRS high multislot class,1->EGPRS multislot class,2-> GPRS high multislot class,3-> GPRS multislot class.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 MS capability
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1161 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.7.1.8 P530a_3 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_3X
Long Name NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_3X
Definition Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class belongs to the set ofmultislot classes of type 3X .
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is receivedfor a given MS context and indicates that the MS multislot class belongs to theset of multislot classes of type 3X.Note :- In the MS Radio Access Capabilityparameter, only the GPRS multislot class, EGPRS multislot class , and HighMultislot Capability fields are taken into account if available.-If several multislotclass are available for the same MS (e-g GPRS MS class, EDGE MS class), thenonly one will be taken into consideration to increment the proper counter, basedon the following priorities in decreasing order:0-> EGPRS high multislot class,1->EGPRS multislot class,2-> GPRS high multislot class,3-> GPRS multislot class.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 MS capability
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
1162 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.7.1.9 P530a_4 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_4X
Long Name NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_4X
Definition Number of MS contexts created for MS whose multislot class belongs to the set ofmultislot classes of type 4X .
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is receivedfor a given MS context and indicates that the MS multislot class belongs to theset of multislot classes of type 4X.Note :- In the MS Radio Access Capabilityparameter, only the GPRS multislot class, EGPRS multislot class , and HighMultislot Capability fields are taken into account if available.-If several multislotclass are available for the same MS (e-g GPRS MS class, EDGE MS class), thenonly one will be taken into consideration to increment the proper counter, basedon the following priorities in decreasing order:0-> EGPRS high multislot class,1->EGPRS multislot class,2-> GPRS high multislot class,3-> GPRS multislot class.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 MS capability
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1163 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.7.1.10 P530a_5 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_TO_34
Long Name NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_TO_34
Definition Number of MS contexts created for MS whose (PTM) high multislot class belongsto 30-34.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability isreceived for a given MS context and indicates that the MS (PTM) high multislotclass belongs to 30-34.Note :- In the MS Radio Access Capability parameter, onlythe GPRS multislot class, EGPRS multislot class, and High Multislot Capabilityfields are taken into account if available.-If several multislot classes are availablefor the same MS, then only one will be taken into consideration to increment theproper counter, based on the following priorities in decreasing order:0-> EGPRShigh multislot class,1-> EGPRS multislot class,2-> GPRS high multislot class,3->GPRS multislot class.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 MS capability
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
1164 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.7.1.11 P530b_5 - NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_31_TO_34
Long Name NB_MS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_31_TO_34
Definition Number of MS contexts created for MS whose DTM high multislot class belongsto 31-34.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented the first time the MS radio access capability is receivedfor a given MS context and indicates that the MS DTM high multislot class belongsto 31-34.Note :- In the MS Radio Access Capability parameter, only the DTMGPRS high multislot class and DTM EGPRS high multislot class fields are takeninto account if available.-If DTM GPRS and EGPRS high multislot classes areavailable for the same MS, then only one will be taken into consideration, basedon the following priorities in decreasing order:0-> DTM EGPRS high multislotclass,1-> DTM GPRS high multislot class,
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 MS capability
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Sub_BSS (BSC/FABRIC)
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1165 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.8 PAGCH
24.3.3.8.1 N/A
24.3.3.8.1.1 P400 - SIG_BLKS_PAGCH_LOAD
Long Name SIG_BLKS_PAGCH_LOAD
Definition Dedicated PAGCH signalling load on all the existing MPDCHs.The dedicatedPAGCH signalling load represents the number of blocks dedicated to Packet UplinkAssignment and Packet Access Reject messages over the granularity period.It evaluated as the weighted sum of these messages sent over the granularityperiod.A weight of 1 is given to the Packet UL Assignment messages sent onPAGCH or PPCH.A weight of 0.5 (assuming that 2 access rejects are gatheredin one single block) is given to a Packet Access Reject sent either on PAGCH orPPCH.Note that the Packet UL Assignment and Packet Access Reject messagessent on PPCH are counted with P400.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by 1 whenever a Packet UL Assignment is sent onPAGCH or PPCH.The counter is incremented by 0.5 whenever a Packet Accessreject message is sent on PAGCH or PPCH.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PAGCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1166 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.9 PCH
24.3.3.9.1 N/A
24.3.3.9.1.1 P53a - NB_PS_PAGING_REQ_PCH
Long Name NB_PS_PAGING_REQ_PCH
Definition Number of (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST for PS paging sent to the MS (throughthe BSC which manages the PCH resource).This counter gives an indication ofthe PCH load used for GPRS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST is sent to the MS for PS pagingwhatever may be the paging area (RA, LA, ...)
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1167 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.9.1.2 P53b - NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_PCH
Long Name NB_CS_PAGING_REQ_PCH
Definition Number of (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST for CS paging sent to the MS (throughthe BSC which manages the PCH resource).This counter gives an indication ofthe PCH load used for GPRS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a (BSCGP) PAGING REQUEST is sent to the MS for CS pagingwhatever may be the paging area (RA, LA, ...)
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1168 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.9.1.3 P53c - NB_IMM_ASS_PCH
Long Name NB_IMM_ASS_PCH
Definition Number of (BSCGP) IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT sent to the MS (through theBSC which manages the PCH resource) for a DL TBF establisment when the MSis in DRX mode.
Trigger Condition Whenever a (BSCGP) IMMEDIATE_ASSIGNMENT is sent to the MS on PCH.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1169 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.10 PPCH
24.3.3.10.1 N/A
24.3.3.10.1.1 P61 - SIG_BLKS_PPCH_LOAD
Long Name SIG_BLKS_PPCH_LOAD
Definition Dedicated PPCH signalling load on all the existing MPDCHs.The dedicated PPCHsignalling load represents the number of PPCH blocks dedicated to CS/PS Pagingrequests and Packet Downlink Assignment messages over the granularity period.It is evaluated as the weighted sum of these messages sent over the granularityperiod. A weight of 0.5 (assuming that 2 paging requests are gathered in onesingle block) is given to a CS and PS paging sent on PPCH. A weight of 1 is givento the Packet DL Assignment messages sent on PPCH (in DRX and non DRXmode).Note that the Packet UL Assignment and Packet Access Reject messagessent on PPCH are not counted with P61, but with P400.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by 0.5 whenever a CS or PS paging is sent onPPCH.The counter is incremented by 1 whenever a Packet DL Assignment issent on PPCH.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PPCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1170 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.10.1.2 P61a - NB_PACK_PS_PAGING_REQ_PPCH
Long Name NB_PACK_PS_PAGING_REQ_PPCH
Definition Number of 04.06 PACKET PAGING REQUEST for PS paging sent to the MS onPPCH.This counter gives an indication of the PPCH load.
Trigger Condition Whenever a 04.06 PACKET PAGING REQUEST is sent to the MS for PS paging.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PPCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1171 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.10.1.3 P61b - NB_PACK_CS_PAGING_REQ_PPCH
Long Name NB_PACK_CS_PAGING_REQ_PPCH
Definition Number of 04.06 PACKET PAGING REQUEST for CS paging sent to the MS onPPCH.This counter gives an indication of the PPCH load.
Trigger Condition Whenever a 04.06 PACKET PAGING REQUEST is sent to the MS for CS paging.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PPCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1172 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.11 PRACH
24.3.3.11.1 N/A
24.3.3.11.1.1 P399 - SIG_BLKS_PRACH_LOAD
Long Name SIG_BLKS_PRACH_LOAD
Definition PRACH signalling load (expressed in blocks) on all the existing MPDCHs.ThePRACH signalling load is the weighted sum of the used PRACH bursts over thegranularity period. A weight of 0.25 (4 bursts per block) is given to a PRACH burstoccurrence carrying a (EGPRS) Packet Channel Request, whereas a weight of0.5 (1 collision = 2 MS attempts) is given to a PRACH burst occurrence on which acollision has been detected.
Trigger Condition The counter is updated whenever RRM receives from MAC the internal primitivePRH-PRACH-COLLISION-REPORT-cnf indicating the number of PRACH burstoccurrences carrying a (EGPRS) Packet Channel Request message, and thenumber of PRACH occurrences on which a collision has been detected.Remark:The primitive PRH-PRACH-COLLISION-REPORT-cnf is regularly sent by thePTU (on PMU demand).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PRACH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1173 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.11.1.2 P438d - SIG_BLKS_NC2_PRACH_LOAD
Long Name SIG_BLKS_NC2_PRACH_LOAD
Definition Number of Packet Channel Request messages with cause "Single block accesswithout TBF establishment".
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a Packet ChannelRequest messages with cause "Single block access without TBF establishment".
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 PRACH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1174 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.12 UL LLC data flow
24.3.3.12.1 N/A
24.3.3.12.1.1 P23 - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_DISC_CONG
Long Name NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_DISC_CONG
Definition Number of UL LLC bytes discarded due to congestion in the SNS sublayer (theMS is obviously in packet transfer mode UL).
Trigger Condition Whenever an UL LLC PDU is discarded by the SNS sublayer due to congestionsituation on the Frame Relay.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object PVC
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1175 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.12.1.2 P44a - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_ACK
Long Name NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_ACK
Definition Number of UL LLC bytes received at RRM layer on UL TBFs established in GPRSmode and RLC acknowledged mode.
Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer receives an UL LLC PDU from the RLC layer on an ULTBF established in GPRS mode and RLC acknowledged mode, the counter isincremented by the number of bytes of the received UL LLC PDU.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1176 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.12.1.3 P44b - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_NACK
Long Name NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_GPRS_NACK
Definition Number of UL LLC bytes received at RRM layer on UL TBFs established in GPRSmode and RLC unacknowledged mode.
Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer receives an UL LLC PDU from the RLC layer on an ULTBF established in GPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode, the counter isincremented by the number of bytes of the received UL LLC PDU.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1177 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.12.1.4 P44c - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_ACK
Long Name NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_ACK
Definition Number of UL LLC bytes received at RRM layer on UL TBFs established inEGPRS mode and RLC acknowledged mode.
Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer receives an UL LLC PDU from the RLC layer on an ULTBF established in EGPRS mode and RLC acknowledged mode, the counter isincremented by the number of bytes of the received UL LLC PDU.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1178 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.12.1.5 P44d - NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_NACK
Long Name NB_UL_LLC_BYTES_EGPRS_NACK
Definition Number of UL LLC bytes received at RRM layer on UL TBFs established inEGPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode.
Trigger Condition Whenever the RRM layer receives an UL LLC PDU from the RLC layer on an ULTBF established in EGPRS mode and RLC unacknowledged mode, the counter isincremented by the number of bytes of the received UL LLC PDU.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1179 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.12.1.6 P75 - NB_UL_PDU_TRANSMITTED
Long Name NB_UL_PDU_TRANSMITTED
Definition Number of LLC PDUs transmitted in UL during one granularity period.
Trigger Condition Whenever a LLC PDU is transmitted to SGSN.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL LLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1180 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.13 UL PACCH
24.3.3.13.1 N/A
24.3.3.13.1.1 P401 - SIG_BLKS_PACCH_UL_LOAD
Long Name SIG_BLKS_PACCH_UL_LOAD
Definition UL PACCH signalling load on all the existing PCCCHs.The UL PACCH signallingload counts the number of PACCH/UL blocks used on PCCCHs over thegranularity period. The following messages are taken into account:- PacketControl Ack reported on UL path sent in answer to Packet DL Assignment sent onPCCCH;- Packet Resource Request reported on UL path sent in answer to PacketUL Assignment sent on PCCCH;- Packet Cell Change Failure sent in an UL RLCcontrol block on PCCCH;- Packet Measurement Report sent in an UL RLC controlblock on PCCCH.The messages sent on PACCH/UL of an on-going TBF are notcounted (Packet DL Ack/Nack, Packet Resource Request, Packet Control Ack).
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented by 1 whenever: - a Packet DL Assignment (with polling)is sent on PCCCH, or;- a Packet Resource Request is received in answer to aPacket UL Assignment sent on PCCCH;- a Packet Cell Change Failure or a PacketMeasurement Report message is received in an UL RLC control block on PCCCH.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL PACCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1181 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.13.1.2 P438a - SIG_BLKS_NC2_UL_PACCH_PTM_LOAD
Long Name SIG_BLKS_NC2_UL_PACCH_PTM_LOAD
Definition Number of UL RLC control blocks received on PACCH/U for MS in packet transfermode and used to carry NC2 signalling messages.
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives an UL RLC controlblock on PACCH/U due to the NC2 mode of operation for MS in packet transfermode. Therefore, this counter shall count the following uplink messages:- PacketMeasurement Report- Packet Cell Change Failure- Acknowledgement (valid ornot) of a Packet Cell Change Order message.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL PACCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1182 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.13.1.3 P438c - SIG_BLKS_NC2_UL_PACCH_CCCH_LOAD
Long Name SIG_BLKS_NC2_UL_PACCH_CCCH_LOAD
Definition Number of UL RLC control blocks received on PACCH/U for MS in packetidle mode and used to carry NC2 signalling messages (when no PCCCH isestablished in the cell)
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a Packet MeasurementReport or a Packet Cell Change Failure message on a non-PCCCH from a MS inpacket idle mode.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL PACCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1183 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.13.1.4 P439 - SIG_BLKS_UL_PACCH_CCCH_PRR_LOAD
Long Name SIG_BLKS_UL_PACCH_CCCH_PRR_LOAD
Definition Number of Packet Resource Request messages received on PACCH/U for MS inpacket idle mode (when no PCCCH is established in the cell).
Trigger Condition The counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives a Packet ResourceRequest message on a slave PDCH (i.e. on a PDCH not carrying any PCCCH)from a MS in packet idle mode.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL PACCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1184 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.13.1.5 P60 - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PACCH
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PACCH
Definition Number of UL RLC blocks received on PACCH (excluding the dummy blocks).The retransmitted blocks are counted.
Trigger Condition Whenever the MFS receives an UL RLC Block (different from a dummy block) onPACCH (RLC/MAC control message in normal burst format) whatever the modeof the MS is (packet transfer or packet idle mode).On slave PDCHs, the counteris incremented on receipt of one of the following messages:- a 04.60 PACKETRESOURCE REQUEST message,- a 04.60 (EGPRS) PACKET DOWNLINKACK/NACK message,- a 04.60 PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message,- a04.60 PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORT message.- a 04.60 PACKET CELLCHANGE NOTIFICATION message.- a 04.60 PACKET PSI STATUS message.- a04.60 PACKET SI STATUS message.- a 04 60 PACKET MOBILE TBF STATUSmessage.On master PDCHs, the counter is incremented on receipt of one ofthe following messages:- a 04.60 PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message,-a 04.60 PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE message,- a 04.60 PACKETMEASUREMENT REPORT message.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL PACCH
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1185 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14 UL RLC data flow
24.3.3.14.1 N/A
24.3.3.14.1.1 P21a - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS1
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS1
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC blocks on PDTCH encoded in CS-1retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded inCS-1 is correctly received by the MFS. In unacknowledged mode, the counteris equal to 0 (no retransmission).The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks forExtended UL TBF mode feature shall not be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1186 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.2 P21b - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS2
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS2
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC blocks on PDTCH encoded in CS-2retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded inCS-2 is correctly received by the MFS. In unacknowledged mode, the counteris equal to 0 (no retransmission).The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks forExtended UL TBF mode feature shall not be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1187 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.3 P21c - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS3
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS3
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC blocks on PDTCH encoded in CS-3retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded inCS-3 is correctly received by the MFS.In unacknowledged mode, the counteris equal to 0 (no retransmission).The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks forExtended UL TBF mode feature shall not be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1188 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.4 P21d - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS4
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_CS4
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC blocks on PDTCH encoded in CS-4retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded inCS-4 is correctly received by the MFS.In unacknowledged mode, the counteris equal to 0 (no retransmission).The Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks forExtended UL TBF mode feature shall not be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1189 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.5 P21f - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS1
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS1
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCHencoded in MCS-1 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encodedin MCS-1 is correctly received by the MFS, the counter is incremented.Inunacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).The PacketUplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature shall not betaken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1190 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.6 P21g - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS2
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS2
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCHencoded in MCS-2 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encodedin MCS-2 is correctly received by the MFS, the counter is incremented.Inunacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).The PacketUplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature shall not betaken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1191 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.7 P21h - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS3
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS3
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCHencoded in MCS-3 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encodedin MCS-3 is correctly received by the MFS, the counter is incremented.Inunacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).The PacketUplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature shall not betaken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1192 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.8 P21i - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS4
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS4
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCHencoded in MCS-4 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encodedin MCS-4 is correctly received by the MFS, the counter is incremented.Inunacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).The PacketUplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature shall not betaken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1193 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.9 P21j - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS5
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS5
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCHencoded in MCS-5 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encodedin MCS-5 is correctly received by the MFS, the counter is incremented.Inunacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).The PacketUplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature shall not betaken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1194 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.10 P21k - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS6
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS6
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCHencoded in MCS-6 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encodedin MCS-6 is correctly received by the MFS, the counter is incremented.Inunacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).The PacketUplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature shall not betaken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1195 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.11 P21l - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS7
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS7
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCHencoded in MCS-7 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encodedin MCS-7 is correctly received by the MFS, the counter is incremented.Inunacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).The PacketUplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature shall not betaken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1196 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.12 P21m - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS8
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS8
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCHencoded in MCS-8 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encodedin MCS-8 is correctly received by the MFS, the counter is incremented.Inunacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).The PacketUplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature shall not betaken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1197 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.13 P21n - NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS9
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_RETRANS_MCS9
Definition In acknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data blocks received on PDTCHencoded in MCS-9 retransmitted due to unacknowledgement of the MFS.
Trigger Condition Whenever a retransmitted UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encodedin MCS-9 is correctly received by the MFS, the counter is incremented.Inunacknowledged mode, the counter is equal to 0 (no retransmission).The PacketUplink Dummy Control Blocks for Extended UL TBF mode feature shall not betaken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1198 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.14 P350b - NB_UL_RADIO_BLOCK_PDTCH
Long Name NB_UL_RADIO_BLOCK_PDTCH
Definition Number of UL RLC/MAC data blocks received on PDTCH. The retransmittedradio blocks are counted.
Trigger Condition This counter is incremented whenever the MFS receives an UL RLC/MAC datablock on PDTCH.Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken intoaccount.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1199 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.15 P462 - NB_DUMMY_UL_BLOCKS
Long Name NB_DUMMY_UL_BLOCKS
Definition Number of Packet Uplink Dummy Control blocks received on the radiointerface.Note: This counter applies to both GPRS and EGPRS TBFs.
Trigger Condition
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1200 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.16 P57a - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS1
Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS1
Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in CS-1. The retransmitted blocks are not counted.
Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-1 isreceived by the MFS for the first time.Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shallnot be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1201 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.17 P57b - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS2
Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS2
Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in CS-2. The retransmitted blocks are not counted.
Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-2 isreceived by the MFS for the first time.Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shallnot be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1202 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.18 P57c - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS3
Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS3
Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in CS-3. The retransmitted blocks are not counted.
Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-3/4 isreceived by the MFS for the first time.Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shallnot be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1203 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.19 P57d - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS4
Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_CS4
Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in CS-4. The retransmitted blocks are not counted.
Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in CS-4 isreceived by the MFS for the first time.Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shallnot be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1204 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.20 P57e - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS1
Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS1
Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-1.
Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-1is received by the MFS for the first time.The retransmitted blocks are notcounted.Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1205 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.21 P57f - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS2
Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS2
Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-2.
Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-2is received by the MFS for the first time.The retransmitted blocks are notcounted.Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1206 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.22 P57g - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS3
Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS3
Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-3.
Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-3is received by the MFS for the first time.The retransmitted blocks are notcounted.Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1207 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.23 P57h - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS4
Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS4
Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-4.
Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-4is received by the MFS for the first time.The retransmitted blocks are notcounted.Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1208 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.24 P57i - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS5
Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS5
Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-5.
Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-5is received by the MFS for the first time.The retransmitted blocks are notcounted.Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1209 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.25 P57j - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS6
Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS6
Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-6.
Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-6is received by the MFS for the first time.The retransmitted blocks are notcounted.Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1210 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.26 P57k - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS7
Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS7
Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-7.
Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-7is received by the MFS for the first time.The retransmitted blocks are notcounted.Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1211 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.27 P57l - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS8
Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS8
Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-8.
Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-8is received by the MFS for the first time.The retransmitted blocks are notcounted.Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1212 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.28 P57m - NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS9
Long Name NB_USEFUL_UL_RLC_BLOCK_PDTCH_MCS9
Definition Number of useful UL RLC blocks received in RLC acknowledged mode on PDTCHencoded in MCS-9.
Trigger Condition Whenever an UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCH encoded in MCS-9is received by the MFS for the first time.The retransmitted blocks are notcounted.Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks shall not be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1213 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.29 P73c - NB_UL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_CS
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_CS
Definition In unacknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data bytes on PDTCH encodedin CS-x (with x = 1 to 4) lost.
Trigger Condition In unacknowledged mode, whenever a UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCHencoded in CS-x (with x = 1 to 4) is not received (the awaited block defined to theMS by the USF is not received), the counter is incremented by the DL RLC databytes expected in the UL RLC data block.In acknowledged mode, the value of thecounter is equal to 0.Lost RLC data block corresponding to the USFs scheduledduring the UL extension phase shall not be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
1214 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
24.3.3.14.1.30 P73d - NB_UL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_MCS
Long Name NB_UL_RLC_BYTES_PDTCH_LOST_MCS
Definition In unacknowledged mode, number of UL RLC data bytes on PDTCH encoded inMCS-x (with x = 1 to 9) lost.
Trigger Condition In unacknowledged mode, whenever a UL 04.60 RLC DATA BLOCK on PDTCHencoded in MCS-x (with x = 1 to 9) is not received (the awaited block defined to theMS by the USF is not received), the counter is incremented by the DL RLC databytes expected in the UL RLC data block.In acknowledged mode, the value of thecounter is equal to 0.Lost RLC data block corresponding to the USFs scheduledduring the UL extension phase shall not be taken into account.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 UL RLC data flow
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object Cell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1215 / 1256
24 MFS-GPRS Counters
1216 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25 MFS-LCS Counters
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1217 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1 Quality of service
25.1.1 Radio interface
25.1.1.1 Assistance data for MS
25.1.1.1.1 N/A
25.1.1.1.1.1 P801 - NB_ASSIST_DATA_REQ
Long Name NB_ASSIST_DATA_REQ
Definition Number of received LCS requests for GPS assistance data (initially requested bythe MS) received from the BSC.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC receives a BSCLP PERFORM LOCATIONREQUEST from the BSC with MIE Location Type set to "location assistanceinformation for the target MS" and CIE "GPS Assistance Data" is present.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Assistance data for MS
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1218 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.1.1.2 P802 - NB_ASSIST_DATA_SUCC
Long Name NB_ASSIST_DATA_SUCC
Definition Number of successful GPS assistance data delivery (initially requested by theMS) responses sent to the BSC.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC sends a BSCLP PERFORM LOCATIONRESPONSE to the BSC without containing neither the OIE Location estimate northe OIE LCS cause (response in case of successful assistance data delivery).
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Assistance data for MS
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1219 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.2 Location estimate
25.1.1.2.1 N/A
25.1.1.2.1.1 P800 - NB_LOC_REQ
Long Name NB_LOC_REQ
Definition Number of received LCS requests for MS positioning received from the BSC.
Trigger Condition Incremented whenever the SMLC receives a BSCLP PERFORM LOCATIONREQUEST from BSC with MIE Location Type set to "current geographic location"
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Location estimate
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1220 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.2.1.2 P803 - NB_LOC_TA_SUCC
Long Name NB_LOC_TA_SUCC
Definition Number of successful location responses sent to the BSC using TA positioningmethod.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC sends to the BSC a BSCLP PERFORMLOCATION RESPONSE message with the OIE Location Estimate and the OIEPositioning Data containing field Positioning Method set to "Timing Advance", andthe associated field "usage" set to "Results used to generate location".
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Location estimate
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1221 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.2.1.3 P804 - NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_SUCC
Long Name NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_SUCC
Definition Number of successful location response sent to the BSC using ConventionalGPS positioning method.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC sends to the BSC a BSCLP PERFORMLOCATION RESPONSE message with the OIE Location Estimate and the OIEPositioning Data containing field Positioning Method set to "Conventional GPS",and the associated field "usage" set to "Results used to generate location".
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Location estimate
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1222 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.2.1.4 P805 - NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_SUCC
Long Name NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_SUCC
Definition Number of successful location responses sent to the BSC using MS AssistedA-GPS positioning method.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC sends to the BSC a BSCLP PERFORMLOCATION RESPONSE message with the OIE Location Estimate and the OIEPositioning Data containing field Positioning Method set to "Mobile assisted GPS",and the associated field "usage" set to "Results used to generate location".
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Location estimate
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1223 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.2.1.5 P806 - NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_SUCC
Long Name NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_SUCC
Definition Number of successful location response sent to the BSC using MS Based A-GPSpositioning method.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC sends to the BSC a BSCLP PERFORMLOCATION RESPONSE message with the OIE Location Estimate and the OIEPositioning Data containing field Positioning Method set to "Mobile based GPS",and the associated field "usage" set to "results used to generate location".
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Location estimate
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1224 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.3 Location estimate / Assistance data for MS
25.1.1.3.1 N/A
25.1.1.3.1.1 P814 - NB_LCS_PROTOCOL_ERROR
Long Name NB_LCS_PROTOCOL_ERROR
Definition Number of failed LCS procedures (considering LCS requests for MS positioningand LCS requests for GPS assistance data) due to LCS protocol error.
Trigger Condition Incremented whenever the SMLC sends to the BSC a BSCLP PERFORMLOCATION RESPONSE with LCS cause IEset to:- Unspecified- protocol error-Data missing in position request- Unexpected data value in position request-Target MS Unreachable- Location request aborted
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Location estimate / Assistance data for MS
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1225 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.3.1.2 P815 - NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTRA_BSC_HO
Long Name NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTRA_BSC_HO
Definition Number of failed LCS procedures (considering LCS requests for MS positioningand LCS requests for GPS assistance data) due to intra-BSC handover.
Trigger Condition Incremented whenever the SMLC receives a BSCLPPERFORM_LOCATION_ABORT with cause "Intra-BSC hand-over complete"or when it receives either a BSCLP COI RESET or a BSCLP COI ABORTwith cause "intra-BSS hand-over".
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Location estimate / Assistance data for MS
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1226 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.3.1.3 P816 - NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTER_BSC_HO
Long Name NB_LCS_INTERRUPTED_INTER_BSC_HO
Definition Number of failed LCS procedures (considering LCS requests for MS positioningand LCS requests for GPS assistance data) due to inter-BSC hand-over.
Trigger Condition Incremented whenever the SMLC receives a BSCLPPERFORM_LOCATION_ABORT with cause "Inter-BSC hand-over on-going" orwhen it receives a BSCLP COI ABORT with cause "inter-BSS hand-over".
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Location estimate / Assistance data for MS
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1227 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.3.1.4 P817 - NB_LCS_FAILURE_RRLP
Long Name NB_LCS_FAILURE_RRLP
Definition Number of failed LCS procedures (considering LCS requests for MS positioningand LCS requests for GPS assistance data) due to RRLP problem.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC receives a 04.31 RRLP (Protocol error)from the MS, or each times any 04.31 RRLP message from the MS is notcomplete/understandable.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Location estimate / Assistance data for MS
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1228 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.3.1.5 P818 - NB_LCS_FAILURE_TIMER_EXPIRY
Long Name NB_LCS_FAILURE_TIMER_EXPIRY
Definition Number of failed LCS procedures (considering LCS requests for MS positioningand LCS requests for GPS assistance data) due to LCS guard timer expiry.
Trigger Condition Incremented whenever one of the timer set to control the location processexpires in the SMLC (Timer currently defined are: T_LCS_LowDelay,T_LCS_DelayTolerent, T_RRLP_LowDelay, T_RRLP_DelayTolerent)
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Location estimate / Assistance data for MS
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1229 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.3.1.6 P819 - NB_LCS_FAILURE_INTERNAL
Long Name NB_LCS_FAILURE_INTERNAL
Definition Number of failed LCS procedures (considering LCS requests for MS positioningand LCS requests for GPS assistance data) due internal problem detected by theMFS/SMLC.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times PRCF or PCF returns an error which is not linked to timerexpiry or to BSCLP/RRLP protocol error.and/orIncremented whenever the SMLCsends to the BSC a BSCLP PERFORM LOCATION RESPONSE with LCS causeIE set to:- System Failure- Congestion
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Location estimate / Assistance data for MS
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1230 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.3.1.7 P820 - NB_UNKNOWN_LCS_REQ
Long Name NB_UNKNOWN_LCS_REQ
Definition Number of LCS requests rejected because not supported by the SMLC.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times the SMLC receives a BSCLP PERFORM LOCATIONREQUEST from BSC:- with MIE Location Type neither set to "Current geographiclocation", nor to "Location assistance information for the target MS"- or with MIELocation Type set to "Location assistance information for the target MS" but CIE"GPS Assistance Data" is not present.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Location estimate / Assistance data for MS
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1231 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.4 Positioning method
25.1.1.4.1 N/A
25.1.1.4.1.1 P807 - NB_LOC_TA_PCF_REQ
Long Name NB_LOC_TA_PCF_REQ
Definition Number of location calculation attempts with TA positioning PCF.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times a geographical location is processed using PCF "CI+TA"
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning method
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1232 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.4.1.2 P808 - NB_LOC_TA_PCF_SUCC
Long Name NB_LOC_TA_PCF_SUCC
Definition Number of location calculations successfully performed with TA positioning PCF.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times "CI+TA" PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimationwithout error indications.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning method
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1233 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.4.1.3 P809 - NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_PCF_REQ
Long Name NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_PCF_REQ
Definition Number of location calculation attempts with Conventional GPS PCF.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times a location estimate is performed in the SMLC using PCF"Conventional GPS".
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning method
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1234 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.4.1.4 P810 - NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_PCF_REQ
Long Name NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_PCF_REQ
Definition Number of location calculation attempts with MS Assisted A-GPS PCF.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times a location estimate is performed in the SMLC using PCF"MS assisted GPS".
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning method
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1235 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.4.1.5 P811 - NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_PCF_SUCC
Long Name NB_LOC_MA_AGPS_PCF_SUCC
Definition Number of location calculations successfully performed with MS Assisted A-GPSPCF.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times the PCF "MS-assisted A-GPS" returns a position estimatewithout error indications.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning method
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1236 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.4.1.6 P812 - NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_PCF_REQ
Long Name NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_PCF_REQ
Definition Number of location calculation attempts with MS Based A-GPS PCF.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times a location estimate is performed in the SMLC using PCF"MS-based A-GPS".
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning method
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1237 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.4.1.7 P813 - NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_PCF_SUCC
Long Name NB_LOC_MB_AGPS_PCF_SUCC
Definition Number of location calculations successfully performed with MS Based A-GPS.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times PCF "MS-based A-GPS" returns a position estimatewith no error indication.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning method
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1238 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.1.1.4.1.8 P821 - NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_PCF_SUCC
Long Name NB_LOC_CONV_GPS_PCF_SUCC
Definition Number of location calculations successfully performed with Conventional GPSPCF.
Trigger Condition Incremented each times "Conventional GPS" PCF returns a position estimationwithout error indication.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning method
Sub Domain 3 N/A
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1239 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2 Traffic load
25.2.1 Radio interface
25.2.1.1 Positioning statistics
25.2.1.1.1 Conventional GPS
25.2.1.1.1.1 P824 - AV_CONV_GPS_LAT
Long Name AV_CONV_GPS_LAT
Definition Averaged latitude of the mobile stations obtained with Conventional GPS PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the latitudes obtained with Conventional GPS PCFas well as the number of latitude measurements obtained with Conventional GPSPCF. Whenever Conventional GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimationwithout error indications,- the sum is incremented by the latitude of the mobilestation.- the number of latitude measurements is incremented by one.At the expiryof the reporting period, the MFS computes the average by dividing the obtainedsum by the obtained number of measurements.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 Conventional GPS
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1240 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2.1.1.1.2 P825 - AV_CONV_GPS_LONG
Long Name AV_CONV_GPS_LONG
Definition Averaged longitude of the mobile stations obtained with Conventional GPS PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the longitudes obtained with Conventional GPS PCFas well as the number of longitude measurements obtained with ConventionalGPS PCF. Whenever Conventional GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioningestimation without error indications,- the sum is incremented by the longitudeof the mobile station.- the number of longitude measurements is incrementedby one.At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the average bydividing the obtained sum by the obtained number of measurements.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 Conventional GPS
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1241 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2.1.1.1.3 P832 - ST_DEV_CONV_GPS_LAT
Long Name ST_DEV_CONV_GPS_LAT
Definition Standard deviation of the latitude of the mobile stations obtained with ConventionalGPS PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:- a first sum S1 of squared latitudes obtained with ConventionalGPS PCF,- a second sum S2 of latitudes obtained with Conventional GPSPCF,- the number N of latitude measurements obtained with Conventional GPSPCF.Whenever Conventional GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimationwithout error indications,- the first sum S1 is incremented by the squared latitudeof the mobile station,- the second sum S2 is incremented by the latitude of themobile station,- the number N of latitude measurements is incremented by one.Atthe expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the standard deviation asfollows:Standard_Deviation = Square_Root(Variance)whereVariance = S1/N -(S2/N)^2.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 Conventional GPS
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1242 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2.1.1.1.4 P833 - ST_DEV_CONV_GPS_LONG
Long Name ST_DEV_CONV_GPS_LONG
Definition Standard deviation of the longitude of the mobile stations obtained withConventional GPS PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:- a first sum S1 of squared longitudes obtained withConventional GPS PCF,- a second sum S2 of longitudes obtained withConventional GPS PCF,- the number N of longitude measurements obtainedwith Conventional GPS PCF.Whenever Conventional GPS PCF algorithmreturns a positioning estimation without error indications,- the first sum S1 isincremented by the squared longitude of the mobile station,- the second sum S2is incremented by the longitude of the mobile station,- the number N of longitudemeasurements is incremented by one.At the expiry of the reporting period,the MFS computes the standard deviation as follows:Standard_Deviation =Square_Root(Variance)whereVariance = S1/N - (S2/N)^2.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 Conventional GPS
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1243 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2.1.1.2 MS assisted A-GPS
25.2.1.1.2.1 P826 - AV_MA_AGPS_LAT
Long Name AV_MA_AGPS_LAT
Definition Averaged latitude of the mobile stations obtained with MS Assisted A-GPS PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the latitudes obtained with MS Assisted A-GPSPCF as well as the number of latitude measurements obtained with MS AssistedA-GPS PCF. Whenever MS Assisted A-GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioningestimation without error indications,- the sum is incremented by the latitude of themobile station.- the number of latitude measurements is incremented by one.Atthe expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the average by dividing theobtained sum by the obtained number of measurements.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 MS assisted A-GPS
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1244 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2.1.1.2.2 P827 - AV_MA_AGPS_LONG
Long Name AV_MA_AGPS_LONG
Definition Averaged longitude of the mobile stations obtained with MS Assisted A-GPS PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the longitudes obtained with MS Assisted A-GPSPCF as well as the number of longitude measurements obtained with MS AssistedA-GPS PCF. Whenever MS Assisted A-GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioningestimation without error indications,- the sum is incremented by the longitudeof the mobile station.- the number of longitude measurements is incrementedby one.At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the average bydividing the obtained sum by the obtained number of measurements.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 MS assisted A-GPS
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1245 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2.1.1.2.3 P834 - ST_DEV_MA_AGPS_LAT
Long Name ST_DEV_MA_AGPS_LAT
Definition Standard deviation of the latitude of the mobile stations obtained with MS AssistedA-GPS PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:- a first sum S1 of squared latitudes obtained with MS AssistedA-GPS PCF,- a second sum S2 of latitudes obtained with MS Assisted A-GPSPCF,- the number N of latitude measurements obtained with MS Assisted A-GPSPCF.Whenever MS Assisted A-GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimationwithout error indications,- the first sum S1 is incremented by the squared latitudeof the mobile station,- the second sum S2 is incremented by the latitude of themobile station,- the number N of latitude measurements is incremented by one.Atthe expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the standard deviation asfollows:Standard_Deviation = Square_Root(Variance)whereVariance = S1/N -(S2/N)^2.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 MS assisted A-GPS
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1246 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2.1.1.2.4 P835 - ST_DEV_MA_AGPS_LONG
Long Name ST_DEV_MA_AGPS_LONG
Definition Standard deviation of the longitude of the mobile stations obtained with MSAssisted A-GPS PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:- a first sum S1 of squared longitudes obtained with MSAssisted A-GPS PCF,- a second sum S2 of longitudes obtained with MSAssisted A-GPS PCF,- the number N of longitude measurements obtainedwith MS Assisted A-GPS PCF.Whenever MS Assisted A-GPS PCF algorithmreturns a positioning estimation without error indications,- the first sum S1 isincremented by the squared longitude of the mobile station,- the second sum S2is incremented by the longitude of the mobile station,- the number N of longitudemeasurements is incremented by one.At the expiry of the reporting period,the MFS computes the standard deviation as follows:Standard_Deviation =Square_Root(Variance)whereVariance = S1/N - (S2/N)^2.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 MS assisted A-GPS
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1247 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2.1.1.3 MS based A-GPS
25.2.1.1.3.1 P828 - AV_MB_AGPS_LAT
Long Name AV_MB_AGPS_LAT
Definition Averaged latitude of the mobile stations obtained with MS Based A-GPS PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the latitudes obtained with MS Based A-GPS PCFas well as the number of latitude measurements obtained with MS Based A-GPSPCF. Whenever MS Based A-GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimationwithout error indications,- the sum is incremented by the latitude of the mobilestation.- the number of latitude measurements is incremented by one.At the expiryof the reporting period, the MFS computes the average by dividing the obtainedsum by the obtained number of measurements.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 MS based A-GPS
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1248 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2.1.1.3.2 P829 - AV_MB_AGPS_LONG
Long Name AV_MB_AGPS_LONG
Definition Averaged longitude of the mobile stations obtained with MS Based A-GPS PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the longitudes obtained with MS Based A-GPS PCFas well as the number of longitude measurements obtained with MS Based A-GPSPCF. Whenever MS Based A-GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimationwithout error indications,- the sum is incremented by the longitude of the mobilestation.- the number of longitude measurements is incremented by one.At theexpiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the average by dividing theobtained sum by the obtained number of measurements.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 MS based A-GPS
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1249 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2.1.1.3.3 P836 - ST_DEV_MB_AGPS_LAT
Long Name ST_DEV_MB_AGPS_LAT
Definition Standard deviation of the latitude of the mobile stations obtained with MS BasedA-GPS PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:- a first sum S1 of squared latitudes obtained with MS BasedA-GPS PCF,- a second sum S2 of latitudes obtained with MS Based A-GPSPCF,- the number N of latitude measurements obtained with MS Based A-GPSPCF.Whenever MS Based A-GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimationwithout error indications,- the first sum S1 is incremented by the squared latitudeof the mobile station,- the second sum S2 is incremented by the latitude of themobile station,- the number N of latitude measurements is incremented by one.Atthe expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the standard deviation asfollows:Standard_Deviation = Square_Root(Variance)whereVariance = S1/N -(S2/N)^2.At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the varianceby dividing the obtained sum by the obtained number of measurements. Thestandard deviation is obtained by computing the square root of the variance.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 MS based A-GPS
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1250 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2.1.1.3.4 P837 - ST_DEV_MB_AGPS_LONG
Long Name ST_DEV_MB_AGPS_LONG
Definition Standard deviation of the longitude of the mobile stations obtained with MS BasedA-GPS PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:- a first sum S1 of squared longitudes obtained with MS BasedA-GPS PCF,- a second sum S2 of longitudes obtained with MS Based A-GPSPCF,- the number N of longitude measurements obtained with MS Based A-GPSPCF.Whenever MS Based A-GPS PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimationwithout error indications,- the first sum S1 is incremented by the squared longitudeof the mobile station,- the second sum S2 is incremented by the longitude ofthe mobile station,- the number N of longitude measurements is incrementedby one.At the expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the standarddeviation as follows:Standard_Deviation = Square_Root(Variance)whereVariance= S1/N - (S2/N)^2.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 MS based A-GPS
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1251 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2.1.1.4 TA positioning
25.2.1.1.4.1 P822 - AV_TA_LAT
Long Name AV_TA_LAT
Definition Averaged latitude of the mobile stations obtained with TA positioning PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the latitudes obtained with TA positioning PCF aswell as the number of latitude measurements obtained with TA positioning PCF.Whenever "CI+TA" PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation without errorindications,- the sum is incremented by the latitude of the mobile station.- thenumber of latitude measurements is incremented by one.At the expiry of thereporting period, the MFS computes the average by dividing the obtained sum bythe obtained number of measurements.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 TA positioning
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1252 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2.1.1.4.2 P823 - AV_TA_LONG
Long Name AV_TA_LONG
Definition Averaged longitude of the mobile stations obtained with TA positioning PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains a sum of the longitudes obtained with TA positioning PCF aswell as the number of longitude measurements obtained with TA positioning PCF.Whenever "CI+TA" PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation without errorindications,- the sum is incremented by the longitude of the mobile station.- thenumber of longitude measurements is incremented by one.At the expiry of thereporting period, the MFS computes the average by dividing the obtained sum bythe obtained number of measurements.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 TA positioning
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1253 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2.1.1.4.3 P830 - ST_DEV_TA_LAT
Long Name ST_DEV_TA_LAT
Definition Standard deviation of the latitude of the mobile stations obtained with TApositioning PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:- a first sum S1 of squared latitudes obtained with TApositioning PCF,- a second sum S2 of latitudes obtained with TA positioningPCF,- the number N of latitude measurements obtained with TA positioningPCF.Whenever "CI+TA" PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation withouterror indications,- the first sum S1 is incremented by the squared latitude ofthe mobile station,- the second sum S2 is incremented by the latitude of themobile station,- the number N of latitude measurements is incremented by one.Atthe expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the standard deviation asfollows:Standard_Deviation = Square_Root(Variance)whereVariance = S1/N(S2/N)^2.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 TA positioning
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
1254 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07
25 MFS-LCS Counters
25.2.1.1.4.4 P831 - ST_DEV_TA_LONG
Long Name ST_DEV_TA_LONG
Definition Standard deviation of the longitude of the mobile stations obtained with TApositioning PCF
Trigger Condition The MFS maintains:- a first sum S1 of squared longitudes obtained with TApositioning PCF,- a second sum S2 of longitudes obtained with TA positioningPCF,- the number N of longitude measurements obtained with TA positioningPCF.Whenever "CI+TA" PCF algorithm returns a positioning estimation withouterror indications,- the first sum S1 is incremented by the squared longitude of themobile station,- the second sum S2 is incremented by the longitude of the mobilestation,- the number N of longitude measurements is incremented by one.Atthe expiry of the reporting period, the MFS computes the standard deviation asfollows:Standard_Deviation = Square_Root(Variance)whereVariance = S1/N -(S2/N)^2.
Sub Domain 1 Radio interface
Sub Domain 2 Positioning statistics
Sub Domain 3 TA positioning
Measured Object LcsCell
External Comment –
3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07 1255 / 1256
25 MFS-LCS Counters
BLANK PAGE BREAK
1256 / 1256 3BK 21255 AAAA PCZZA Ed.07